for - welcome to environmentenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/eia/29092015egp2qxex... ·...

ENVIRONMENTAL IMAPCT ASSESSMENT

(EIA) REPORT

For

Proposed Additional Butibori Industrial Area,

Tehsil & District- Nagpur,

State- Maharashtra.

Project Proponent

Environmental Consultants

FINAL REPORT AFTER PUBLIC HERAING

Building Environment (India) Pvt. Ltd. Sai Sangam, Office No. 603, Plot No.85,

Sector-15, CBD Belapur, Navi Mumbai-400 614 &

Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. Head office: 60, Bajiprabhu Nagar,

Nagpur-440033

Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC), Nagpur

September 2015

DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA 1

Declaration by Expert

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA“EIA for Proposed Additional Butibori Industrial Area,

Tehsil and District Nagpur, State Maharashtra.

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

EIA coordinator:

Name: Mr. Hrushikesh Kolatkar

Signature and Date:

Period of involvement: March 2013 to September 2015

Contact information: Email id. [email protected] Tel. No: - 919820522779

Functional area experts:

S.

No.

Functional

areas

Name of the

expert/s

Involvement

(period and task**) Signature and date

1. AP* Mr. Ajay Ojha (Identification & Assessment of Impacts, Suggestion Mitigation Measures)

2. WP* Dr. Prajakta Kulkarni

(Identification & Assessment of Impacts, Suggestion Mitigation Measures)

3. SHW*

( MSW) Dr. Prajakta Kulkarni


4. SE* Mr. Hrushikesh Kolatkar


5.

EB*

Dr. Prajakta Kulkarni (Identification & Assessment of Impacts,

Suggestion Mitigation Measures)

6. Dr. Sandhya Clemente

7.

HG* Mr. Shrivallabh

Kothe



S.

No.

Functional

areas

Name of the

expert/s

Involvement

(period and task**) Signature and date

8. GEO* Mr. Shrivallabh

Kothe


9. SC* Mr. Shrivallabh

Kothe (Identification & Assessment of Impacts, Suggestion Mitigation Measures)

10. AQ* Dr. Manoj Kumar

Mishra (Identification & Assessment of Impacts, Suggestion Mitigation Measures)

11. NV* Dr. Manoj Kumar

Mishra (Identification & Assessment of Impacts, Suggestion Mitigation Measures)

12. LU* Mr. Hrushikesh Kolatkar


13.

RH* Mr. Ravindra

Kode



Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person

I, Mr. Hrushikesh Kolatkar, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA

“Proposed Additional Butibori Industrial Area, Tehsil and District Nagpur, State Maharashtra.”

I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading

information mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Name: Mr. Hrushikesh Kolatkar Designation: Managing Director

Name of the EIA consultant organization: Building Environment (India) Pvt. Ltd., Navi Mumbai

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date:

Sector No

Sector No. 31 - Industrial Estates/ Parks/ Complexes/Areas, Export Processing Zones(EPZs),

Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes

Sector No. 33 - Ports, Harbours, Jetties, Marine Terminals, Break Waters And Dredging

Sector No. 34 - Highways, Railways, Transport Terminals, Mass Rapid Transport Systems

Sector No. 38 - Building And Large Construction Projects Including Shopping Malls,

Multiplexes,

Commercial Complexes, Housing Estates, Hospitals, Institutions

Sector No. 39 - Townships And Area Development Projects

Ref: - Minutes of 63rd Accreditation Committee Meeting for Surveillance Assessment held on

August 23, 2013

EIA for Proposed Additional Butibori Industrial Area, Tehsil and District Nagpur, State Maharashtra,

Executive Summary ES-1

1.0 INTRODUCTION

Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) established in 1962 under MID act 1961 as a

premier industrial infrastructure development agency of Govt. of Maharashtra. The main objective of MIDC

is to setup industrial areas for planned and systematic industrial development. Accordingly, MIDC is

developed at Nagpur (Butibori area) which is 25 km from Nagpur in the year 1992.

The total area of existing Butibori MIDC is 2428.14 hectares which covers 16 villages having 2500 +

industrial plots have been carved out, out of which 2000+ industrial plots have been allotted. To encourage

the entrepreneurs, MIDC has constructed 46 work sheds. This industrial estate comprising IT Park,

Apparel Park and Food Park are developed in the area, remaining area is allotted for other categories of

Industries. MIDC has developed CHW TSDF site for collection and disposal of hazardous wastes in an

area of 29.7 ha with designed capacity to accept 60,000 tons per annum for 20 years. At present only

10,000 tons per annum waste is received. The CETP of 5 MLD capacity is also existing in 5 ha of land.

The proposed additional Butibori industrial area is located at 6 km from the existing MIDC, in 1391.85 ha of

land nearly 36 km from Nagpur and 0.5 km from NH and SH.

Need and Justification of the Project

Development of industrial area will be according to MID Act. The existing Butibori MIDC area is fully

developed and occupied by various industries and for further development there is no space left for the

industries likely to come. Hence, there is a need for additional industrial area to be developed for upcoming

prospective industries for overall economic growth of the state as a whole. The selection of site is carried

out considering the environmental features. Three sites were selected and the comparative statement with

respect to environmental features are considered and the one site (site 1) is selected considering the

advantages of all environmental features. The details regarding site selection are given in EIA report

Chapter-5.

1.1 PROJECT LOCATION

MIDC, has proposed additional Butibori industrial area incorporating area from the villages

Dhawalpeth, Mangali, Dudha, Bhamahni, Chicholi, Chimnazari Navegaon and Tarsi, Tehsil and

District Nagpur, State Maharashtra. The site is situated at Latitude 20051'8.98"N and Longitude

78055'56.88"E.

1.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

1.2.1 Regulatory framework

According to the EIA Notification 2006 and its subsequent amendments, the proposed project comes

under the project activity of 7 (c) & 8 (a), Industrial estate/parks/complexes/area, export processing

zone (EPZs), Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Park, Leather Complexes & Building and

Construction projects under Category ‘A’ (special condition apply) and is located at Butibori Industrial

Area, Tehsil and District Nagpur, State Maharashtra. MIDC, Nagpur, has therefore initiated the

process of environmental clearance. Accordingly MIDC retained M/s Building Environmental (India)

Pvt. Ltd., Belapure, Navi Mumbai being a QCI/NABET accredited consulting organization and

Anacon Laboratories Private Limited, Nagpur to carry out EIA studies for getting Environmental

clearance for this particular project.



1.2.2 Size of the project

The proposed additional Butibori proposal details are shown below.

Total land area 1391.85 ha

Total area under plots 835 ha

Area under roads, open spaces etc 556.85 ha

No. of buildings/sheds proposed 2000 Indicative

Maximum height of building Maximum permissible height 24 m, however it will be allowed as per DCR

Area of amenity space 87.84 ha

Nos. of phases for project execution Single Phase

Waste water treatment / Proposed CETP capacity

For CETP role of MIDC will be as a facilitator and will allot land to industries association to set-up CETP and will contribute financial share as per policies and guidelines.

Expected nos. of Industrial/ residents / users

Residential population, Industrial + visitors population: 1,00,000 nos

1.2.3 Cost of the project

Total project cost for additional Butibori industrial area is estimated to be 1000 Crore including land &

infrastructure.

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 PROPOSED DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES

Details of CETP

CETP is proposed (1.6 MLD) for the treatment of effluent generation from the industries that will be

established in the proposed developed areas. However, zero liquid discharge (ZLD) norms shall be

enforced on the industries to avoid any discharges from the industries.

Treatment Scheme

The CETP will be designed as a battery of four streams and each stream shall be capable to handle

additional 33% load in case of exigencies. The piping shall be designed to handle such additional

hydraulic load while the aeration grid shall be designed to provide additional 33% oxygenation as and

when required. Further, the collection system has a network of control valves with flow meter on

discharge line of each industry and if required, the flow from each unit can be reduced or staggered

to limit the influent to the CETP. The flow control system shall be based on SCADA and can be

implemented in a very short time from the CETP control room. Moreover on noticing the upset in the

quality of final treated effluent it will be diverted to equalization tank instead of the final discharge

during the short duration of the upset. Due to such a provision, providing large capacity guard pond

can be avoided.

(A) Preliminary Treatment

The untreated influent will reach the CETP through gravity main. The gravity main will discharge the

untreated influent to mechanical fine screen (MFS) at about 8 m below ground level. The MFS will be

used to remove floating and suspended matters larger than 8 – 10 mm in size in order to protect

subsequent equipment. The screen shall be either bar rack or perforated plate with a scrapper

mechanism or screw type as determine best during detail engineering. The post-screened

wastewater will flow under gravity to wet sump of the pumping station, and then pumped out to CETP

treatment units.



(B) Primary Treatment

The equalized effluent shall be pumped to primary physico-chemical treatment system, again

designed as battery of four systems. This treatment would include coagulation, flocculation and

gravity settling to remove suspended and colloidal solids.

(C) Biological Treatment

The clarified supernatant will overflow by gravity to the advanced biological treatment system. The

proposed bio treatment configuration shall be latest international technology based on Completely

Mixed Extended Aeration Suspended Growth Activated Sludge System, which is most rugged and

efficient system compared to other systems such as lagoons, bio-towers fluidized bed or moving bed

reactors, etc. While conventional system with a well-designed aeration tank, large secondary clarifier

and activated sludge recycle pumps can be employed to provide the desired performance.

Conventional plants are prone to maintenance due to moving parts such as sludge scrapper and

recycle pumps being in contact with corrosive effluent.

2.3 INFRASTRUCTURE AVAILABILITY

Amenities areas

5% of the total area of land so sub-divided, shall be reserved for “Amenity Area”. Following uses shall

be permissible in the land reserved for amenity area-MIDC officers, Local area officers, Post Officers,

Telephone Exchange, Fire Stations, Police Stations/Chowkies, Electric sub-station, water supply

works, drainage works, common facility centre/recreation centre, Industries”. Association officers,

schools/colleges, Educational institutions, Training centre, Pollution Control Laboratories, Sulabh

Shauchalaya, informal shopping, stall sites, plots for PAP’s, communication centers, milk booths, and

such other users as may be permitted by MIDC.

Roads

Peripheral roads: Peripheral network of the roads for the scheme area shall be retained as per

development plan/nodal plan/ zonal plan as per MRTP act 1966 for industrial commercial and residential

zones as shown below:

Provision of road in industrial and commercial zones.

Length of road Minimum width in metropolitan region as

notified of state Govt. under MRTP act 1966

Minimum width, in other areas

Up to 150 m 15 m 12 m

Above 150 m 20 m or more as may be required by the projected

traffic

15 m

Provision of road in Residential Zone


modified by state Govt. Under MRTP act 1966

Minimum width, in order

areas

Up to 75 m 6 m 6 m

75 m to 150 m 10 m 10 m

151 m to 300 m 12 m 10 m

Above 300 m 15 m as may be required by the proposed traffic 12 m

Parking area

Car parking and loading & unloading

Parking area for different vehicular modes and number of car spaces to be provided for various land uses



shall be governed as per the Table 1 given below:

TABLE 1

SIZE OF PARKING FOR DIFFERENT VEHICULAR MODES

Sr. No. Type of mode Size of parking bay

1. Car 2.50 m x 5.00 m

2. Scooter 2.50 m x 1.20 m

3. Bicycle 2.00 m x 0.70 m

4. Truck 3.75 m x 10.00 m

5. Trailer Truck 5.00 m x 20.00 m

Fire fighting

Fire protection and life safety regulations

i. For plots up to 1000 m2 having non hazardous activities & buildings below 15 m height from any

fire officer, duly authorized by the CEO, who shall examine the building proposed as per the

guidelines and checklist given by fire department of MIDC.

ii. For all other buildings from Chief Fire Officer of MIDC.

Fixed firefighting installation

All buildings depending upon the occupancy use shall be protected by wet riser, wet riser cum down

comer automatic sprinkler installation, high pressure water spray or foam generating system etc.

2.4 DETAILS ABOUT RESOURCES

Land requirement

Total land requirement for the proposed development of additional Butibori industrial area is 1391.85 Ha,

out of this, Govt. land is 23.58 ha and private land (agricultural) 1368.27 ha. As on today, 1178.23 ha land

under the possession of MIDC. There will not be any dispute for land possession. Land break-up is

presented in Table 2.

TABLE 2

LAND BREAKUP

Sr. No. Description Area (ha)

1 Area Under Plots 835

2 Area Under Road, open spaces etc. 556.85

Total Area 1391.85

Power requirement

Power requirement during construction phase will be 50 MW and power requirement during operation

phase will be 100 MW. Power supply will be from Maharashtra State Electricity Distribution Co. Ltd

MSEDCL and MSETCL.

Emergency power (Backup source)

Backup source of DG sets are proposed in case of power failure. CPCB approved 4 DG sets ranging

from 50-500 KVA will be provided.

Raw material availability

Raw materials required like sand, bricks, stone during construction of road, it will be procured from local



market near MIDC at Butibori and Nagpur.

Water availability and requirement

Total water requirement for additional industrial area is estimated to be 27 MLD during operation

phase which will be sourced from weirs of Wenna river at Nirgudi. Fresh water requirement details

are presented in Table 3.

TABLE 3

WATER REQUIREMENT AND WASTEWATER GENERATION

Sr. No.

Particulars Water requirement (m3/day)

Wastewater Generation (m3/day)

1 Process 9000 4050

2 Cooling water 14000 1350

3 Green belt & application 1000 -

4 Fire fighting 300 -

5 Domestic 2700 2160

Total 27000 7560

Wastewater generation

The wastewater generation from proposed industrial area will be 7560 m3/day (Table 3) and the

domestic generation will be 2160 m3/day from proposed development. The treated effluent from the

common effluent treatment plant will be used on site for landscaping and flushing purposes.

However, it is planned to use treated effluent for HRTS. The HRTS will be developed in 35 ha. of land

available with MIDC at a lower contour in phase wise. Apart from this, rainwater harvesting will be

carried out within the site for artificial recharge of groundwater.

The domestic water requirement is estimated to be 2700 m3/d. The domestic waste generation will be 2160

m3/d. For disposal of domestic waste, individual industries will make provision for sending it to septic tank/

soak pit. There will not be any disposal of domestic waste into nearby water body. However provision will

be made by individual industries to use treated domestic waste for plantation. MIDC will check this and

inform to MPCB regarding any ambiguity in the disposal of domestic waste. MIDC will insist on the zero

discharge policy. So there will not be any discharge in any aquatic system.

Manpower requirement

The development will generate direct employment 40000 + indirect 100000 both indicative.

3.0 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Meteorology

Meteorological data was collected at the site during the premonsoon season of 2014 and is

summarized in Table 4.

TABLE 4

SUMMARY OF MICRO-METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS AT SITE

Month Temperature (0C) Relative Humidity (%) Rainfall Monthly Total (mm)

Min Max Min Max

March 2014 14 42 9 97 12.96

April 2014 20 47 9 79 12.70

May 2014 21 47 8 89 8.64




Min Max Min Max

June 2014 24 49 7 89 21.84

Range 14-49 7-97 8.64-21.84

Wind Speed/ Directions

The wind speed and direction was collected and presented in the Table 5.

TABLE 5

SUMMARY OF SITE SPECIFIC WIND PATTERN

Predominant Wind Direction Pre monsoon season

First Predominant Wind Direction NW (9.06 %)

Second Predominant Wind Direction NNW (7.7 %)

Predominant Wind Speeds (m/s) 1.0 to 1.4, 1.4 to1.9, 1.9 to 2.4

Calm conditions (%) 9.06

Source: Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur

Baseline data

PM10: PM10 concentrations ranged from 41.0 – 69.0 g/m3 in the study area. The maximum

concentration of 69.0 g/m3 was recorded at Vadgaon (AAQ9) and minimum concentration 41.0 g/m3

was observed at Khapri Village (AAQ11). High concentration was due to dust emission due to vehicular

traffic.

PM2.5: In the study area, PM2.5 concentrations ranged from 11.3-22.9 g/m3. The maximum

concentration of 22.9 g/m3 was recorded at Vadgaon (AAQ9) and the minimum concentration of 11.3

g/m3 was observed at Borgaon (AAQ12).

SO2: Levels of SO2 concentration ranged from 5.1-17.6 g/m3 in the study area. The maximum and

minimum concentration of 17.6 g/m3 and 5.1 g/m3 was observed at Chicholi (AAQ2), respectively.

NOx: In the study area, NOx concentrations ranged from 10.1 to 26.2 g/m3. The maximum

concentration of 26.2 g/m3 was recorded at Khapri (AAQ11) and minimum concentration was

observed at Chicholi (AAQ2). The high concentration at Khapri was due to nearest proximity of the

IOCL’s distribution centre and also vehicular traffic in the area.

CO: CO monitored at the 12 locations in the study area, CO concentration ranged between 45.0 to

112.0 g/m3. The maximum concentration of 112.0 g/m3 was recorded at Khapri (AAQ11) and

minimum concentration was observed at village Borgaon (AAQ12).

NH3: NH3 concentration levels at study area was found to be in the range of 20.0-46.0 g/m3.

O3: Concentration levels of ozone in the study area was found to be in the range of 21.0-44.0 g/m3.

The overall air quality status of the area was found to be within the prescribed limits of CPCB.

Heavy Metals

Levels of heavy metals content in the particulate matter collected at all the locations were estimated

in the study area and presented in chapter 3 of EIA report.

The overall ambient air quality with respect to parameters of significance was found to be good and

within prescribed AAQMS by CPCB.



3.2 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Twelve (12) locations were identified based on the activities in the village area, traffic and sensitive

areas like hospitals and schools. The day time noise levels in residential and industrial area were

observed to be well within the prescribed limit of CPCB standards. The night time noise levels were

well within the prescribed limit of CPCB standard, in the study area.

One National Highway, NH-7 and SH–264 are passing through these regions. NH-7 and SH–264 are

having major traffic density. The Leq at above traffic junctions were observed in the range of 60-67

dB (A) at day time and 53-55 dB (A) at night time

During survey period, the traffic density at these junctions was observed to be very high. The Leq at

the traffic junctions was observed in the range of 67.2 dB (A).

3.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Total twelve surface and groundwater samples were collected from the study area (four surface water

and eight groundwater). The selection of the surface and groundwater sampling locations was based

on the surrounding activities, water intake, drinking sources and discharge point of view.

Analysis results of the samples were compared with the drinking water standards as per IS:

10500/2012. Overall surface water quality was found to be physico-chemically suitable for drinking

and domestic purposes, however bacteriologically contaminated and need chlorination before

consumption. The groundwater quality in the study area is highly mineralized with respect to total

dissolved solids, hardness, alkalinity and nitrates except iron content in some of the places, however

safe bacteriologically.

Total water requirement for the project is estimated to be 27000 m3/day and will be sourced from

Wenna weir at Nirgudi. The distribution network will be through pipeline i.e. 12 km from the Wenna

weirs. The raw water will be supplied through pipeline and will be stored in storage tank where it will

be treated in water treatment plant and the treated water will be sent to ESR (Elevated Storage

Reservior) and distributed to the users through pipeline (individual industries through pipeline)

network.

The overall water quality was found to be safe for drinking purpose physico- chemically, however

bacteriologically found to be contaminated and needs chlorination before consumption.

The wastewater generation is estimated to be 7560 m3/day and wastewater will be sent to CETP. The

treated effluent will be used for HRTS. The estimated quantity that will be required for HRTS in 35 Ha

of land will be 7000 m3 & the treated wastewater will also be used in new HRTS.

3.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.4.1 Soil characteristics

Twelve soil samples were collected from different locations of the study area during pre monsoon

2014 and analyzed for significant parameters. The results indicated the following:

Porosity was in the range of 12.24-52.16 %

Water holding capacity was found between 27.8-67.95 %.

Bulk density was in range of 1.30 to 1.52 g/cc

Electrical Conductivity of soil samples were in range of 42.63 to 267.6 μS/cm

The soils have moderate to high productivity and fertility status.

The concentration levels of heavy metals in soils were found to be normal.

3.4.2 Landuse of the study area



The land-use & land cover map of the 10 km radial study area from the periphery of project site was

prepared using Resource SAT-2 , sensor-LISS-3 having 23.5m spatial resolution and date of pass 29

May 2014 satellite image with reference to Google Earth data. In order to strengthen the baseline

information on existing land use pattern, the data covering approx. 20°51’09.00” N latitude and

78°55’56.90” E longitude was used.

Landuse pattern of the study area as well as the catchment area was classified by standard methods

of analysis of remotely sensed data and followed by ground truth collection and interpretation of

satellite data. The outcome of landuse study is presented in details in of EIA report.

3.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Flora of the study area

a. Trees: Total 62 species were found in the study area

b. Shrubs/Under Trees: Total 24 species were enumerated from the study area. The shrubs

species enlisted from the core zone are 15

c. Herbs: In the study area 15 species were observed.

d. Bamboo & Grasses: 18 species were enlisted from the study area

e. Climbers and Twiners: Total 13 species of climbers/ twiners were recorded in the study

area.

Faunal diversity of the study area

a. Mammals: The wild mammals of 16 species were observed other than domesticated ones

from the study area.

b. Birds: The list of the birds observed in the study area with the status of occurrence 34

species.

c. Butterflies: Butterflies observed during the present study are documented 6 species.

d. Fishes: Catala, Rohu, Mrigala, Common carp/Cyprinus Carp, Shrimp, Crab species of fishes

mainly observed in Wenna river were confirmed through the consultative approach with

villagers.

3.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Salient observations of the survey/ study area

House pattern: Types of housing varied from thatched to pucca houses.50% houses were in

pakka form, 40% in semi pakka and 10% houses were observed in kaccha form.

Employment: Main occupation in the study area was agriculture and its allied activities e.g. cattle

rearing, dairy farming etc. Agricultural activity was mainly depending on monsoon season. Other

income generation sources of the area were labour work, small business; private jobs etc.

The labours were getting daily wages in the range of Rs, 100 to 250 depending on type of work.

Dairy farming: Dairy farming was the major economic activity in the core zone (Dhwalpeth

village). Buffaloes were reared for milk in the villages. The milk was mostly sold to traders from

Butibori town. Some of the dairy farmers had small tempo for loading milk containers. Major

livestocks of the study area consist of Buffaloes, cows and goats etc.

Fuel: The primary sources of fuel for cooking food were firewood, cow dung cake, coal etc. Very

few villagers were using LPG facility

Main crops: The principle crops grown in agricultural farm were wheat, soyabean, pulses, wheat,

gram, jowar, bajra, linseed, cotton etc.



Language: Official language as well as mother tongue of the study area was Marathi. In addition

Hindi language was also spoken by large population

Sanitation: Toilet facility is one of the most basic facilities required in a house. It was observed

that more than 70% of the households were not having toilet facilities in their houses. There was

no proper drainage line in the villages. Open defication was in practice in most of the villages

Drinking water Facilities: During the survey, diverse sources of drinking water supply were

observed in villages. Major source of drinking water in the study area was ground water (hand

pumps. In some of the villages tap water and dug wells were also used for catering drinking

water. During survey, people from some villages in core zone reported shortage of water in

summer season

Education facilities: Most of the villages were availing education facilities in the form of

aanganwadi and primary schools. Higher education facilities were available in the range of 5-

10km. Colleges and other diploma courses were available at Butibori and Nagpur city.

Transportation facility: For transportation purpose, auto, jeep, private bus and S.T bus services

were available in the study area; however villagers reported that transportation facilities were not

frequently available. Private vehicles like bicycles & motor cycles were also used by villagers for

transportation purposes.

Road connectivity: Most of the roads were pucca and the few pucca roads were badly in need of

repair and maintenance. More than half the households reported that roads they frequently used

are semi pucca

Communication facilities: For communication purpose, mainly mobile phones, news papers &

post offices were present in the villages of study area.

Medical facilities: There were few healthcare facilities available in the study area. In some of the

villages primary health sub centres were available. Hospitals and other better health centres were

available in the range of 5-10 km at town/city place

Electricity: All villages were availing electricity facility for domestic and agriculture purposes.

Gram panchyat facility: Most of the villages were having gram panchayat building and

community halls

Market facility: Study area was predominantly rural. In villages, small shops were available for

daily needs. Weekly market facility was available in some villages. Wholesale market was

available in Butibori and Nagpur city

Recreation facilities: Television and radio were the main recreation facilities availing in the study

area.

4.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Prediction of impacts on air environment was carried out by employing a mathematical model. In the

present case, Industrial Source Complex 3 (ISC3) dispersion model based on a steady state

Gaussian plume dispersion, designed for multiple point sources for short term has been used for

predicting the ground level concentrations and developed by United States Environmental Protection

Agency [USEPA].

The maximum incremental ground level concentrations (GLCs) for PM10, SO2 and NOx due to

proposed developmental activities were carried out. The predicted 24 hourly maximum concentrations

for PM10, SO2 and NOx were found to be 0.4µg/m3, 1.2µg/m3 and 4.4µg/m3 respectively in proposed

scenario. The cumulative concentration levels (Ambient + predicted incremental rise) revealed that

the concentration levels for PM10, NOx and SO2 likely to be encountered in the operation of the

project are respectively occurring at a distance of about 1.4 km, 1.4 km, 1.4 km in the SSE, SE

direction with a concentration levels (cumulative) of 69.4 µg/m3, 18.8 µg/m3 and 30.6 µg/m3



respectively which is well within the NAAQM levels prescribed by CPCB. Hence it is inferred that

considering cumulative concentration levels, the pollution load that will be exerted due to proposed

project will be insignificant.


During operation phase, noise levels from four DG sets are considered. Four DG sets each of 500

KVA capacity will be the major contributors for increase in the noise levels in proposed additional

MIDC area. However since the industrial operation are far away from the habitation, adverse impacts

are not anticipated by the increase in the noise levels due to the proposed activities. The noise

generating from the DG sets will be of the order of 70-75 dB(A).

In order to reduce noise levels, the industry will take necessary steps to reduce/mitigate noise levels

at source by isolating these processes at the work environment to meet necessary standards.


4.3.1.1 Impact on Water Quality (surface and ground water)

The overall water quality of Wenna river was found to be safe for drinking purpose physico-

chemically. However bacteriologically contaminated and needs chlorination treatment before

consumption.There will not be wastewater discharges in any of the surface water bodies, hence no

impacts are envisaged on surface water quality.

Groundwater will not be utilized / abstracted for plant activity as sufficient surface water from weirs of

river Wenna will be available for the proposed project and necessary permission has been sought.

There will not be wastewater discharges on land, so no groundwater pollution is envisaged.


The proposed project site is presently not used for cultivation. The topsoil removed from the site will

be stored in dumps during construction period and in the post construction phase, the topsoil will be

spread on the un-built area of the plot and tree plantations and green belt development will be taken

up. As the topsoil removed from the site will be re-used for growth of plants, no adverse impact is

envisaged due to removal of topsoil from the site.

The dripping of oil from construction vehicles might cause soil contamination. In order to prevent soil

contamination likely to result from the oil spill and dripping from vehicles, drip pans will be placed at

the parking places of vehicles and the dripped oil will be collected. The collected dripped oil will be

stored and subsequently sent to the authorized recycling agencies.

Plantation/Greenbelt Development

Proposed project area will be 1391.85 Ha. Thus, plantation will be carried out on 459.31 ha. @ of

1500 trees/ha, which will be about 33% of the proposed project area. It is proposed to plan 1000 tree

saplings every year. Some trees shall be planted along road side in proposed project area. The

coming up individual industries will also develop plantation and green belt within the industry and

surrounding to make the view aesthetic and beautiful.


Impact on adjacent Zudupi Jungle due construction activities

Burning of firewood by the construction workers for their cooking may have minor impact on the

zudupi jungles on the local level, however, could be avoided by using the alternative sources of fuel

like kerosene, LPG gas, etc. Provision will be made to restrict the movement of construction workers

out site the project area, especially adjacent to Zudupi jungle.



Impact during Operational Phase

Impact related to Migratory route of Birds, Animals due to project activities

The existing ecological conditions in the project area have been established based on review of

secondary information and by conducting detailed primary ecological field surveys during summer

seasons of 2014. The study revealed that, there are no wildlife sanctuaries or wildlife protected areas

within 10 km study area from the project site. There is no identified migratory route/path of birds or

wildfauna. Birds observed during the study period are locally common in observation. The major

wildlife like Nilgai, Wildboar, Sabhar, deer, jackal, etcis confined to the RF of the study area. During

consultative approach with the locals/villagers, it came to know that, Nilgai, Wildboar, Sabhar, deer

are often raid to the adjacent agriculture area of RF and destroyed the crop during harvesting period.

The proposed project does not envisage any significant impact on wildlife in the study area.

Impact on seasonal Nallah within project site

One seasonal nallah is flowing adjacent to project boundary which can be covered by concrete slab

in order to avoid blockage of natural flow of water. Plantation will be carried out along the nallah as a

safely buffer.

4.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACTS

The project would create certain impacts which could be beneficial as well as adverse. It is necessary

to identify the extent of these impacts for further planning of control measures leading to mitigation of

the adverse impacts. The impacts due to proposed project on parameters of human interest are

assessed and given below:

Impact on human settlement

The development of the project and associated activities will strengthen the economic development,

civic amenities, and educational facilities in the study area. Overall, due to employment generation

and economic progress, there will be positive changes in the socio-economic condition of the people

residing in the vicinity of the project site.

Impact on employment pattern

According to census 2011, in the study area, there is 55% non- working population. Due to project

activity various job opportunities will be made available for local people. It may be possible that non-

working population will get employment and percentage of non-working population will decrease.

Impact on socio- cultural environment

It is highly unlikely that the whole project will be constructed using local labour. In this regard

therefore, migrant workers from different cultural background are likely to be hired to perform

specialized works whose skills are not available in the local pool.

The presence of migrant workers from different cultural backgrounds can occurred conflicts with the

local cultures. The life styles of the migrants may not be compatible with those of the hosts and these

could cause frictions.

5.0 ALANYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

Selection Site

The site and adjoining areas are being considered by the State Government for including in the MIDC

industrial area, which will make the site most appropriate for industries to come for increasing their

production activities. Further to this, the development of industrial area is done according to MIDC

act. The existing Butibori MIDC area is fully developed and occupied by various industries and for



further development there is no space left for the industries likely to come. Hence there was a need

for additional industrial area to be developed for upcoming prospective industries for overall economic

growth of the state as a whole.

Three sites were selected and comparative environmental features are considered and based on the

suitability of the features for project, suitable site is selected.

Criteria for selection of site are presented in chapter 5 of EIA report.

Selection Technology

Application of technology will be based on types of industries likely to come in MIDC area. The industries

will procure the technology based on the types of industry they want to be set up which will be eco-friendly

and will not produce or emit wastewater generation and gases. This will be taken care to maintain the

atmospheric pollution within the specified norms that will specified by MPCB.

The dependency and procurement and application of technology will be based on nature of industry to be

developed in the area.

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Environmental monitoring will be carried out for monitoring of important and crucial environmental

parameters to assess regularly the status of environment during operations. The monitoring program

for implementation is given below:

Environmental components

Parameters No. of locations Frequency Period

Air Environment

Ambient air quality PM10, PM2.5,SO2, NOX, CO 3 Locations in and around site

24 hourly samples

Monthly

DG set PM, NOx, SO2 etc. Based on meteorological conditions Each stack

As per CPCB norms

Monthly

Noise Environment

Noise Environment Noise levels in dB(A) Leq 6 Locations (within premises)

Once in day and once in night

Monthly

Water Environment

Groundwater and surface water quality

Physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters

2 Locations each for surface and ground water

Once Quarterly

Waste water (treated and untreated)

Physical & chemical parameters

Inlet and outlet of treatment plant

Once Composite

Daily basis

Land Environment

Soil Characteristics Physical, chemical and biological parameters to assess agricultural and aforestation potential

4 Locations Once Six monthly

Health Major fires, major accident, injuries, etc.

Work zone of factory

Regular checkups

Half yearly

Hazardous waste All relevant parameters(Permeability & porosity, Moisture, pH , EC, Loss on ignition, Phosphorus, Total Nitrogen, Particle size

Each type of waste

Once Half yearly





distribution, Heavy metals, Fluoride)

Biological Environment

Terrestrial

Aquatic

Green belt

Flora & fauna Flora & fauna Species diversity, survival rate, growth rate

Within and outside the MIDC area Wenna river and Within and outside the premises. Within and outside the premises.

Once Once Once

Quarterly Quarterly Quarterly

Socio-Economic Environment

Socio economic environment

Demography, infrastructure, facilities creation, quality of life, Health Status

Within 10 km radius

once yearly

Budgetary Provisions for Environmental Monitoring Program

Adequate budgetary provisions will be made available by MIDC for construction, operation and

maintenance of different pollution control systems. A definite budget allocation will be made available

for environmental monitoring related to the activities under the provision of MIDC act in association

with the State Pollution Control Board and shown in Table 6.

TABLE 6

BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Sr. No. Activities Capital Cost (Rs. lakhs)

Recurring Cost (Rs. lakhs)

1. Air Environment 10.00 1.00

2. Noise Environment 01.00 0.10

3. Water Environment 20.00 2.00

4. Land Environment (Solid waste & TSDF) 10.00 1.00

5. Biological Environment 05.00 0.50

6. Social Environment 04.00 0.40

Total 50.00 5.00

7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan

Accidental risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accident consisting of an

event or sequence of events resulting into fire, explosion or toxic hazards to human health and

environment. Risk Assessment (RA) provides a numerical measure of the risk that a particular facility

poses to the public. It begins with the identification of probable potential hazardous events at an

industry and categorization as per the predetermined criteria.



MCA analysis

MCA analysis encompasses defined techniques to identify the hazards and compute the consequent

effects in terms of damage distances due to heat radiation, toxic releases, vapour cloud explosion

etc.

Approach to Disaster Management Plan

Onsite Emergency or disaster is an unpleasant sudden event of such a magnitude which may cause

extensive damage to life and property, due to in-plant emergencies resulting from deficiencies in

operation, maintenance, design and human error; natural calamities like flood, cyclone and

earthquake; and deliberate and other acts of man like sabotage, riot, war etc.

It is important for every industry to have a well-documented Emergency Plan to meet any major

untoward incident or disaster. In view of this, an approach to Disaster Management Plan (DMP) to

tackle the emergencies in the industries of MIDC.

Public Consultation

According to EIA Notification 2006 and its subsequent amendments, the proposed project comes

under the project activity of 7 (c) & (a), Industrial estates /parks, complexes/area export processing

zone (EPZs), Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech park, Leather Complexes and Building &

Construction projects under category A (Special condition apply) and is located at Butibori Industrial

Area, Tehsil and District Nagpur, State Maharashtra. MIDC Nagpur has therefore initiated the process

of Environmental Clearance and as per above notification, Public Hearing process was initiated on

submission of draft EIA report along with executive summary English and Marathi to State Pollution

Control Board. The public hearing was conducted on 10/7/2015 at Shree Hanuman Mandir Devsthan

Sabhagruh, Dudha Grampanchayat (Dudha-Mangli) Tahsil and Dist. Nagpur under the Chairmanship

of Shri Ravindra Kumbhare Addl. District Magistrate (A representative nominated by the District

Collector, Nagpur). Shri Kiran Hasabnis, Sub-Regional Officer, Maharashtra Pollution Control Board,

Nagpur-2, acted as a Convener of the Environmental Public Hearing Panel. Shri Atul P. Satfale, Field

Officer, a representative of Regional Officer, MPCB Board, started public hearing processing at 3.00

p.m. with the permission of Chairman of the Public Hearing Panel.

8.0 PROJECT BENEFIT

Proposed Project Benefits

The development of proposed industrial area will benefit accruing to the locality, neighborhood,

region and nation as a whole and will improve living standards of the nearby locality; some of the

benefits are described below:

Improvement in the physical infrastructure of project, ancillary industries that may come up on

account of the project.

Improvement in the social infrastructure like roads, railways, townships, housing, water supply,

electrical power, drainage, educational institutions and hospitals etc.

Employment potential skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled labours both during construction and

operational phases of the industrial area with specific attention to employment potential of local

population as well as necessity for imparting any specialized skills to them to be eligible for such

employment in the project on a long term basis.



9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

The developmental area located at tehsil and district Nagpur, state Maharashtra, proposed additional

Butibori Industrial Area (MIDC) acquires and develops industrial plots with all the basic amenities and

make them available to needy entrepreneurs. It will definitely boost the economic growth of the

country; develop region and quality of life of the people in a sustainable manner without creating any

environmental damage.

MIDC Butibori, is well connected to railways, roadways and airways. The proposed additional Butibori

industrial area is planned near to notified Butibori Industrial Area. Total project cost is Rs.1000 crores.

The developmental activity in the industrial area will increase economy of country. However individual

industry will also help economy of state through the products transportation, taxes, supplying

economy for the nation’s growth.

10.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Environmental management is an integrated effort to conserve the environmental functions through

arrangement, usage, development, maintenance, recovery, supervision and control policies on the

environment.

The Environment Management Plan for the proposed project aims to mitigate the potential

detrimental impacts on the environment, both during construction phase and operation phases of the

project. It also necessary that continued compliance with existing environmental regulations is

ensured. The construction and associated activities have been planned so as to minimize the impacts

on the physical, biological and socio-economic culture environments. Even thought it would be native

to expect that all detrimental impacts can be avoided, it is apparent that most of the impacts will be

localized and temporary in nature.

Environmental Objectives

The key environmental management objectives for this project are to avoid significant adverse

environmental impacts and to ensure that where impacts do occur they are mitigated.

Budgetary Provision for Environmental Management Plan


maintenance of different pollution control systems. The total cost of the additional Butibori Industrial

area is estimated to be Rs.1000 Crores. The budgetary planning for environmental protection,

pollution prevention & environmental management activities is shown in Table 7.

TABLE 7

BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

Sr. No. Activities Capital Cost (Rs. Crores)

1. CEPT 10.0

2. Water treatment plant 6.75

3. CSTP 5.00

4. Environmental monitoring 0.5

5. Solid waste and hazardous management (TSDF site) 10.0

6. Green belt and landscaping 1.0

7. Solar system 3.0

8. HRTS 5.00

Total 41.25

ToR COMPLIANCE

Sr. No. Scope as per TOR Compliance/Report Reference

1 Submit the details of natural drains and Project Proponent

to ensure no blockage of natural drainage.

Chapter-3, Subhead 3.5.1, Page No.3-19 to 3-20

2 No air polluting industrial shall be allotted near the village/ residential area

This will be taken care by MIDC authority.

3 A green buffer of 15 m shall be provided all along the boundary and roads as committed during the meeting

Chapter 4, plantation/greenbelt development -Page No.4-19, Chapter 10, Subhead 10.7.5, Page No.10-14 to 10-15

4 Submit justification of the project site from environmental angle

Chapter-1, Subhead 1.4.5, Page No.1-4

5 Submit the details of the present land use as per the

revenue records and present status.


6 Submit the details of water requirement, identified sources and impact on the existing users

Chapter-2, Subhead 2.9.2, Page No.2-9 to 2-10, Chapter-4, Subhead 4.1.5 & 4.2.3, Page No.4-4 & 4-15

7 Submit whether the site falls in semi-critical, critical over exploited zones as per the CGWA classification? NOC for proposed Ground Water withdrawal shall be obtained from the Central Ground Water Authority

No groundwater will be abstracted for the industries likely to come. Water requirement provision will be made by MIDC through surface water.

8 Submit the details of roles and legal responsibilities of Industrial Estate and individual member units for EMP implementation and monitoring as well as effluent discharge

Presented in Chapter 6, Page No.6-1 to 6-5, monitoring program and EMP in Chapter 10, Page No.10-1 to 10-16

9 Submit the details of the approach road and its adequacy Chapter-2, Subhead 2.8.2, Page No.2-7

10 Submit the details of the impacts due to land use change Chapter-4, Subhead 4.1.1, Page No.4-1

11 Submit the details of the impacts due to liquid waste discharge, air emissions, solvent emissions, handling of hazardous waste & chemicals, odour

Chapter-4, Subhead 4.1.3, 4.2.1, Page No.4-2 & 4-7 and refer chapter 7 Page No.7-1 to 7-45

12 Submit the details of the EMP at Industrial Estate level to handle the liquid waste by segregation as per the CPCB document for Bulk drug manufacturing units. Explore the options for reuse of treated effluent

Provision will be made to collect the treated wastes from individual industries in CETP for further treatment. No provision as this stage for bulk drug industries. However, will be taken care if available.

13 Submit the details of the storm water management and impacts due to contamination of storm water with effluent/chemicals and mitigation measures at industrial Estate developer level and Unit level

Chapter-10, Subhead 10.7.3.6, Page No.10-11 to 10-12

14 Submit the details of the parking arrangements at

Industrial Estate level.


15 Submit the details of the firefighting arrangements at Industrial Estate level

Chapter-2, Subhead 2.8.4, Page No. 2-9

16 Submit the details of the effluent collection system at member units level to meet the inlet norms for the CETP

Chapter-2, Subhead 2.8, Page No.2-8 to 2-9

Sr. No. Scope as per TOR Compliance/Report Reference

17 Submit the details of the effluent conveyance system from the member units to CETP

Chapter-2, Subhead 2.7, Page No.2-5 to 2-7 and chapter 10 Page No. 10-10

18 Submit the details of the on-site and off-site emergency plan and infrastructure requirements at Industrial Estate level to comply MSIHC Rules 1989

Chapter-7, Subhead 7.7.5.3, 7.7.5.4, Page No.7-24 to 7-42

19 Submit the details of the CETP with design parameters Chapter-2, Subhead 2.7, Page No.2-5 to 2-7 and chapter 10 Page No. 10-10

General Guidelines

20 The EIA document shall be printed on both sides, as far as possible

Compiled

21 The status of accreditation of the EIA consultant with

NABET/QCI shall be specifically mentioned. The

consultant shall certify that his accreditation is for the

sector for which this EIA is prepared.

Furnished in EIA report, please see

22 On the front page of EIA/EMP reports, the name of the consultant/consultancy firm along with their complete details including their accreditation, if any shall be indicated. The consultant while submitting the EIA/EMP report shall give an undertaking to the effect that the model TORs have been complied with and the data submitted is factually correct (Refer MoEF Office Memorandum No. J-l 1013/41/2006-IA. II (I) dated 4th August, 2009)

Furnished in EIA report

23 While submitting the EIA/EMP reports, the name of the experts associated with/involved in the preparation of these reports and the laboratories through which the samples have been analysed should be stated in the report. It shall clearly be indicated whether these laboratories are approved under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and the rules made there under (Please refer MoEF Office Memorandum No. J-11013/41/2006-IA. II (I) dated 4th August, 2009). The project leader of the EIA study shall also be mentioned

Furnished in EIA report

24 Environmental Management Plan presented before the EAC as a part of EIA report, shall be made part of Concessionaire Agreement/other relevant documents. Proponent shall submit an undertaking in this regard.

Proponent will give undertaking regarding presentation for EAC as a part of EIA report.

25 Since most of the environmental issues are related to

design parameters, following additional information

should also be provided by PP apart from the information

required as per Chapter - 12 of the EIA Guideline manual

for Highways (Disclosure of Consultant)

a) Name of the Design Consultant.

b) Name of the EIA consultant, EIA Coordinator,

Functional Area Expert and details of accreditation.

Details are furnished in chapter 12.

26 The EIA report shall be prepared as per the EIA Notification, 2006, as amended from time to time.

Yes, EIA report as per the EIA Notification, 2006.

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER/ SECTION TITLE PAGE NO. 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1-1

1.1 Purpose of the report 1-1

1.2 Identification of project & project proponent 1-1

1.3 Details about consultant organization 1-2

1.4 Brief description of project 1-2

1.5 Environmental impact assessment studies (scope & methodology) 1-7

1.6 Methodology adopted in EIA study 1-7

1.7 Scope of the study 1-10

1.8 Detailed plan of work 1-10

1.9 Rapid risk assessment 1-11

1.10 Approved ToR 1-12

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2-1

2.1 Type of the project 2-1

2.2 Nature of the project 2-1

2.3 Need of the project 2-1

2.4 Site Details 2-1

2.5 Magnitude of operation 2-4

2.6 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 2-5

2.7 Proposed developmental activities 2-5

2.8 Infrastructure Availability 2-7

2.9 Resources availability 2-9

2.10 Environmental aspect (Environmental control units) 2-11

3.0 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 3-1

3.1 Introduction 3-1

3.2 Air Environment 3-1

3.3 Noise Environment 3-8

3.4 Water Environment 3-11

3.5 Land Environment 3-19

3.6 Biological Environment 3-35

3.7 Socio-Economic Environment 3-53

4.0 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 4-1

4.1 Impact during construction phase 4-1

4.2 Impact during operation phase 4-7

5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (SITE AND TECHNOLOGY) GENERAL 5-1

5.1 Selection site 5-1

5.2 Land, site details & availability of facilities 5-3

5.3 Building materials 5-4

5.4 Green buildings 5-4

5.5 Energy conservation 5-4

5.6 Transportation 5-5

5.7 Technology 5-6

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 6-1

6.1 Environmental monitoring system 6-1

6.2 Environmental monitoring programme 6-2

6.3 Monitoring methodologies 6-4

6.4 Reporting & Documentation 6-4

6.5 Environmental Management cell 6-5

6.6 Budgetary provision for environmental monitoring program 6-5

7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7-1

2

CHAPTER/ SECTION TITLE PAGE NO. 7.1 Risk assessment and disaster management plan 7-1


7.3 Past accident data analysis 7-2

7.4 Hazard Identification 7-3

7.5 MCA analysis 7-5

7.6 Risk mitigation measures 7-10

7.7 Approach to disaster management plan 7-20

7.8 Public consultation 7-45

8.0 PROJECT BENEFIT 8-1

9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 9-1

10.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 10-1


10.2 Health, safety and environment (HSE) 10-1

10.3 Environment management plan 10-2

10.4 Environmental objectives 10-2

10.5 Implementation 10-3

10.6 EMP for construction phase 10-3

10.7 EMP for operational phase 10-7

10.8 Additional mitigation measures 10-16

10.9 Corporate social responsibility (CSR) 10-18

10.10 Industrial ecological concept 10-18

10.11 Budgetary provision for environmental management plan 10-19

11.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 11-1

12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 12-1


12.2 Credentials of Testing Lab 12-1

12.3 Services offered 12-3

12.4 Facilities 12-5

12.5 Quality System 12-5

12.6 Achievements 12-5

LIST OF ANNEXURES Annexure I : ToR letter

Annexure II : Environmental standards

Annexure III : AAQ results

Annexure IV : Demographic details

Annexure V : Infrastructure details

Annexure VI : Land use details

Annexure VII : Public hearing attendance sheet

Annexure VIII : Public hearing advertisement

Annexure IX : Public hearing panel

LIST OF FIGURES FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO. 1.1 Index map of the project site 1-4

1.2 Proposed additional Butibori industrial area boundary- GPS coordinates 1-5

1.3 Satellite image view of project area 1-5

1.4 Study area map 10 km radial distance 1-6

1.5 Flow chart of methodology of EIA 1-9

2.1 Proposed project site 2-2

3

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO. 2.2 Proposed plant layout 2-3

2.3 Proposed plant layout with storm water disposal plan 2-4

3.1 Site specific windrose (Pre Monsoon) 3-2

3.2 Ambient air quality locations 3-5

3.3 Study area map with noise monitoring locations 3-9

3.4 Surface and ground water sampling locations 3-13

3.5 Drainage pattern of the study area 3-20

3.6 False colour composite of the study area ( 10 Km radius) 3-23

3.7 LU/LC details of the study area 3-25

3.8 Pie chart representing the LU/LC details the study area 3-26

3.9 Contour details of 00-10 km radius 3-28

3.10 DEM details of 00-10 km radius with MIDC-Phase-I location 3-29

3.11 Study area map with soil sampling locations 3-32

3.12 BOR wildlife sanctuary 3-38

3.13 Population details in the study area 3-56

3.14 Sex ratio in the study area 3-56

3.15 Literacy rate in the study area 3-57

3.16 Employment pattern in the study area 3-58

3.17 Decadal population growth rate 3-59

3.18 Infrastructure facilities in the study area 3-61

3.19 Land use pattern in the study area 3-62

4.1 Impact network on soil environment 4-2

4.2 Impact network for air environment 4-3

4.3 Impact network for noise environment 4-4

4.4 Impact network for water environment 4-5

4.5 Impact network for biological environment 4-6

4.6 Windrose diagram pre monsoon 2014 4-8

4.7 Incremental rise of particular matter 4-10

4.8 Incremental rise of SO2 4-10

4.9 Incremental rise of oxide of nitrogen 4-11

4.10 Cumulative noise levels due to DG sets 4-14

4.11 Water balance 4-16

4.12 Rainwater harvesting system 4-18

6.1 Organogram of environment management cell 6-5

7.1 Accidental release of chemicals : A scenario 7-6

7.2 Focus on loss of containment from the process 7-22

7.3 Onsite DMP – Disaster control/management system 7-25

7.4 Various organizations involved during emergency 7-42

10.1 CETP process flow diagram 10-10

10.2 Storm drain section 10-12

10.3 Proposed plant layout with storm water design and disposal plan 10-12

10.4 Schematic sketch for recharging well 10-13

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO. 1.1 Proposed project proposal – Additional Butibori MIDC 1-3

1.2 Environmental attributes and frequency of monitoring 1-8

2.1 Environmental setting of the site 2-1

2.2 Size of parking for different vehicular modes 2-8

2.3 Parking requirement for various land-uses/buildings 2-8

2.4 Land break-up 2-9

4

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO. 2.5 Water requirement 2-10

2.6 Wastewater generation 2-10

3.1 Summary of micro-meteorological observations at site (Pre monsoon season 2014)

3-2

3.2 Summary of site specific wind pattern 3-2

3.3 Climatological data for IMD, Nagpur (1971-2000) 3-3

3.4 Details of air sampling location 3-4

3.5 Summary of ambient air quality 3-5

3.6 Level of heavy metals in PM10(Pb ,Ni, As )and BaP 3-7

3.7 Levels of volatile organic pollutants 3-8

3.8 Noise monitoring locations 3-8

3.9 Noise levels in the study area 3-10

3.10 Background noise levels in industrial area near highways 3-10

3.11 Vehicular traffic and corresponding noise levels during peak hours in the study area

3-11

3.12 Surface and ground water sampling locations 3-12

3.13 Surface water quality 3-15

3.14 Ground water quality 3-16

3.15 Physico-chemical and bacteriological characteristics of river Nand 3-18

3.16 Distance and direction of river/stream/Nala within 10 km radius 3-19

3.17 LU/LC classes and their coverage in SQ. Km 3-26

3.18 Details of soil sampling locations 3-31

3.19 Physical characteristics of soil 3-32

3.20 Chemical characteristic of soil in study area ( soil-water extract) 3-33

3.21 Fertility Status 3-34

3.22 Relationship of CEC with productivity 3-34

3.23 Relationship of CEC with absorptivity 3-34

3.24 Core zone (project site) 3-41

3.25 Junapani RF 3-41

3.26 Kelzar reserve forest 3-41

3.27 List of flora in the study area 3-42

3.28 List of species in the study area 3-44

3.29 List of shrubs species in core zone 3-45

3.30 Herbs & grasses in the study area 3-45

3.31 Bamboo & Grasses in the study area 3-46

3.32 Climbers and twiners in the study area 3-47

3.33 Agriculture crops grown in the study area 3-47

3.34 Prominent horticultural trees in the study area 3-48

3.35 Mammals from the study area 3-49

3.35 (A) Mammals from the core zone 3-49

3.36 Reptiles in the study area 3-50

3.36 (A) Reptiles in the core area 3-50

3.37 Lists of birds in the study area with its distribution & migratory status 3-50

3.38 Lists of birds in the core area with its distribution & migratory status 3-52

3.39 Butterflies in the study area 3-52

3.39 (A) Butterflies in the core area 3-52

3.40 Fishes in the study area 3-53

3.41 Dwelling units in the study area 3-54

3.42 Population size village wise 3-55

3.43 Population details in the study area 3-55

3.44 Literate & illiterate population in the study area 3-57

5

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO. 3.45 Employment pattern in the study area 3-58

3.46 Education facilities in the study area 3-59

3.47 Medical facilities in the study area 3-59

3.48 Post and telephone facilities in the study area 3-60

3.49 Land use pattern 3-61

4.1 Stack details 4-8

4.2 Short term modelling results 4-9

4.3 Resultant concentrations due to proposed project 4-9

4.4 Vehicular traffic during peak hours in the study area 4-11

4.5 Emission rate for vehicular impact prediction 4-12

4.6 Incremental Noise levels 4-13

4.7 Water requirement 4-15


4.9 Water balance 4-16

4.10 Quality of life existing (QoL) in the villages surveyed 4-24

4.11 Expected change in quality of life 4-24

5.1 A comparative statement of the technologies 5-3

6.1 Environmental monitoring Plans during construction phase 6-2

6.2 Environmental monitoring plan during operation phase 6-3

6.3 Budgetary Provision For Environmental Monitoring 6-5

7.1 Degree of hazards based on FEI 7-4

7.2 Toxicity index 7-4

7.3 PASQUILL – GIFFARD atmospheric stability 7-5

7.4 List of damages envisaged at various heat loads 7-8

7.5 Damage criteria for pressure waves 7-9

7.6 Range of thermal flux levels and their potential effects 7-10

7.7 Summary of recommended personal protective equipment according to hazard 7-19

8.1 Offsite Action plan 8-14

9.1 Recommended species for plantation 9-10

10.1 Water requirement 10-8


10.3 Criteria for accepting incoming effluent at CETP 10-9

10.4 Expected change in quality of life 10-15

10.5 Budget allocation for environmental management 10-20

LIST OF PLATES

PLATE NO. TITLE PAGE NO. 1.1 Project site view 1-7

3.1 Vegetation cover, crops, agricultural field and foot marks of animals within the study area

3-40

3.2 Household survey in core zone, village Dhawalpeth (project site) in the study area

3-63

3.3 Household survey in Dudha village in the study area 3-63

3.4 Group discussion with women group in Sawangi Asola village in the study area 3-63

3.5 Kaccha house pattern in Dhawalpeth village 3-63

3.6 Solar street light in Sawangi Asola village 3-65

5.1 Selected sites for development 5-3

7.1 Photographs showing public hearing 7-52

EIA for Proposed Additional Butibori Industrial Area, Tehsil and District Nagpur, State Maharashtra.

Chapter 1- Introduction 1-1

1.0 INTRODUTION

Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) established in 1962 under MID act 1961 as a

premier industrial infrastructural development agency of Govt. of Maharashtra. The main objective of MIDC

is to set up industrial areas for planned and systematic industrial development. Accordingly MIDC is

developed at Nagpur (Butibori industrial area) which is located 25 km from Nagpur in the year 1992. The

total area of existing Butibori MIDC is 2428.14 hectares which covers 16 villages having 2500 + industrial

plots have been carved out, out of which 2000+ industrial plots have been allotted. To encourage the

entrepreneurs, MIDC has constructed 46 work sheds. This industrial estate comprising IT Park, Apparel

Park, and Food Park are developed in the area, remaining area is allotted for other categories of Industries.

MIDC has developed CHW TSDF site for collection and disposal of hazardous waste in an area of 29.7 ha

with design capacity to accept 60,000 tons per annum for 20 years. At present only 10,000 tons per annum

waste is received. The CETP of 5 MLD capacity is also existing in 5 ha of land.The proposed additional

Butibori Industrial area is located at 6 km from the existing MIDC, in 1391.85 ha of land nearly 36 km from

Nagpur and 0.5 km from NH and SH.

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

In order to obtain environmental clearance for the proposed additional Butibori industrial area, Form-

I, proposed draft TOR alongwith Pre-feasibility report were submitted to MoEF. A presentation was

made before the Expert Appraisal Committee of MoEF 130th meeting on 23rd January, 2014 for the

approval of TOR for EIA study. The committee approved the Terms of Reference, vide letter no.

F.No.21-16/2013-I.A.III, dated March 12, 2014, Govt. of India Ministry of Environment and Forest,

New Delhi (Annexure-I).

Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation, Nagpur retained M/s Building Environment (India)

Pvt. Limited (Belapur), Navi Mumbai in association with M/s. Anacon Laboratories Private Limited,

Nagpur to undertake Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies as per the Terms of Reference

(TOR) approved by MoEF, New Delhi incorporating baseline environmental status w.r.t. air, noise,

water, land, biological and socio-economic environment, identification and prediction of impacts and

mitigation measures during construction and operation phase of the project, evaluation of impacts and

suggestion of environmental management plan with environmental monitoring and risk assessment

studies with disaster management plan are also incorporated in the EIA report.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

MIDC, Nagpur, proposed additional Butibori industrial area. MIDC acquires and develops industrial plots

with all the basic amenities and make them available to needy entrepreneurs. There are three major, four

mini industrial estates and three growth centres in the district.

Butibori Industrial area: Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation has established its area

in 1992 which is 28 Km from Nagpur adjacent to highway No.7. The total area planned for

development is estimated to be 2428.14 hectares which covers 16 villages having private land of 865

cultivators. 2511 industrial plots have been curved out, out of which 2077 industrial plots have been

allotted. To encourage the entrepreneurs, MIDC has constructed 46 work sheds. This industrial

estate has been given five star status. IT Park, Apparel Park and Food Park are proposed in the area.

For phase II of the MIDC industrial estate, the process for acquisition of 275.58 hectares of land has

been completed.

Hingna Industrial Area: established in 1962, it is located 7 Km. from Nagpur city. In this Industrial

area, several engineering Industries, Electrical based Industries, food based industries, etc. are

located. Maharashtra state Electricity Board has established its two sub-stations to supply electricity

to this MIDC, established telephone facilities by way of electronic exchange. To facilitate the



industrialists and workers, amenities like post office, banks, police station, petrol pumps, canteen,

Bus services etc. are available in this area. At present no land is available for further planning in this

MIDC area.

Software Technology Park at Nagpur: MIDC is now concentrating its efforts on developing

environment friendly Software Technology Parks to cater the needs of the IT industry. It has

developed more than 18 IT parks in the state, out of which one IT Park is developed at Parsodi

Nagpur City and other at Sadar, Nagpur City. The main objective for developing Software Technology

Park at Nagpur is data communication facility of computer, single window clearance for Government

licence i.e. code nos, custom, Green Cards, etc. and assistance for liaison with Govt. agencies and

other departments. In the above Software Technology Park, different types of premises are readily

available. In addition to this, space has been provided for Nodal Officer and the staff for software

technology Park.

1.3 DETAILS ABOUT CONSULTANT ORGANISATION

M/s. Building Environment (India) Pvt. Ltd, at Belapur, Navi Mumbai is an established Environmental

Consultancy firm with basic infrastructural facilities and manpower. It is rendering services in this field

to various QCI/NABET accreditated industrial sectors since last 10 years. For this particular project,

M/s Building Environment (India) Pvt. Ltd. and ANACON laboratories Pvt. Ltd. (Nagpur) are working

together in association to carryout EIA studies.

The Anacon laboratory is recognised by Maharashtra Pollution Control Board and MoEF, New Delhi

for carrying out environmental studies. Anacon laboratories has carried out EIA studies for various

projects in different industrial sectors i.e. steel, power, distilleries, textile and pharmaceutical and

prepared EIA reports. The consultant organizations both have successfully carried out the monitoring

work for different environmental components vis. air, noise, water and wastewater, land, hazardous

wastes; land use and land cover studies based on the satellite imageries for the EIA of various

industries. Network of Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. spread over in six different states in Central

India region with branches at Raipur, Korba, Ranchi, Bhopal and Delhi.

1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

1.4.1 Regulatory Framework

According to the EIA Notification 2006 and its subsequent amendments, the proposed project comes

under the project activity of 7 (c) & 8 (a), Industrial estate/parks/complexes/area, export processing

zone (EPZs), Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Park, Leather Complexes & Building and

Construction projects under Category ‘A’ (special condition apply) and is located at Butibori

Industrial Area, Tehsil and District Nagpur, State Maharashtra. MIDC, Nagpur, has therefore initiated

the process of environmental clearance. Project status is as follows:

Sr. No. Description of Process Date

1. Submission of Application Form I, Form IA, PFR to MoEF for TOR 26th November, 2013

2. EAC Meeting for TOR 23rd January, 2014

3. TOR issued 12th March, 2014

4. Public Hearing 10th July, 2015

The Terms of Reference (TOR) recommended are included in this EIA report. The Expert Appraisal

Committee approved the TORs for undertaking detailed EIA study which is enclosed as Annexure I.



1.4.2 Size of the Project

The proposed additional Butibori proposal details are shown in Table 1.1.

TABLE 1.1

PROPOSED PROJECT PROPOSAL – ADDITIONAL BUTIBORI MIDC

Total Land Area 1391.85 ha

Total area under plots 835 ha

Area under roads, open spaces etc 556.85 ha

No. of buildings/sheds proposed 2000 Indicative

Maximum height of building Maximum permissible height 24 m, however it will be allowed as per DCR

Area of amenity space 87.84 ha

Nos. of phases for project execution Single Phase

Waste water treatment / Proposed CETP capacity

For CEPT role at MIDC will as a facilitator & will allot land to industries association to setup CETP & will contribute financial share as per policies & guidelines.

Expected nos. of Industrial/ residents / users Residential population, Industrial + visitors population: 1,00,000 nos

1.4.3 Cost of the Project

Total project cost for additional Butibori industrial area is estimated to be 1000 Crore including land &

infrastructure.

1.4.4 Location of the project

MIDC, has proposed additional Butibori industrial area incorporating area from the villages Dhawalpeth,

Mangali, Dudha, Bhamahni, Chicholi, Chimnazari Navegaon and Tarsi, Tehsil and District Nagpur, State

Maharashtra (Figures 1.1-1.4). The site photographs are shown in Plate-1.1. The location of the land

confers several advantages, which are summarized as below:

Availability of railway station at a distance 10 km East, Butibori.

Broad gauge railway line is adjacent to additional Butibori area, South East direction.

Availability of airport at Nagpur Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar International Airport (28 km) from N-

NE.

Availability of adequate water resources. (Water supply from Irrigation department will be the

main source of water during operation phase.)

Power requirement for the project is about 175 MW, supply source is MSEDCL and MSETCL

Infrastructure facilities exist at this location.

The project site is at a distance of 0.5 km from the National Highway NH 7 and SH 264

1.4.5 Need of Project

Existing Butibori industrial estate was occupied to the extent of 75 %, hence in 2006, MIDC planned for

additional Butibori. The additional Butibori industrial estate will offer plots to large, medium and small

industrial units. To meet demand of industrial estates and more industries to come, MIDC, Nagpur has

proposed the Additional Butibori Industrial area.



Justification of project

MIDC, Nagpur has proposed to enhance additional Butibori industrial area, Tehsil and District Nagpur,

Maharashtra.

FIGURE 1.1: INDEX MAP OF THE PROJECT SITE



FIGURE 1.2: PROPOSED ADDITIONAL BUTIBORI INDUSTRIAL AREA BOUNDARY- GPS

COORDINATES

FIGURE 1.3: SATELLITE IMAGE VIEW OF PROJECT AREA



FIGURE 1.4: STUDY AREA MAP 10 KM RADIAL DISTANCE



PLATE 1.1: PROJECT SITE VIEW

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDIES (SCOPE AND METHODOLOGY)

In order to assess the environmental impacts due to the proposed project, reconnaissance of the

area was carried and various sampling locations to monitor environmental components were

identified. Accordingly, primary monitoring was carried out for meteorology, ambient air quality, noise

levels, surface and groundwater quality, soil characteristics and flora & fauna along with socio-

economic aspects.

Certain aspects related with establishment of socio-economic profiles of people, landuse pattern in the

study area etc. were carried out based on the review of secondary data collected from various government

and semi-government organizations.

The ambient air quality monitoring network was set up following the guidelines specified by the CPCB and

the air monitoring locations were selected based on the predominant wind direction recorded in the region

by Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), Nagpur

The primary environmental data collected, analysed and the results of the same were compared with the

environmental standards prescribed by CPCB. The applicable environmental standards are presented in

Annexure-II.

This environmental impact assessment report is based on collection of baseline data through field

monitoring of relevant environmental attributes during March to May 2014 representing pre monsoon

season with secondary data collection as per requirement of the project.

1.6 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED IN EIA STUDY

Environmental Impact Assessment study includes identification, assessment, quantitative evaluation and

prediction of possible impacts. To minimize impacts of the proposed project on various environmental

attributes, mitigation measures are suggested for implementation in the project report. The EIA process

includes the following:

Predominant wind directions in the study area as recorded by India Meteorological

Department (IMD) at Nagpur;

Topography, location of surface water bodies like ponds, canals and rivers;

Location of villages/towns/sensitive areas;



Accessibility, power availability and security of monitoring equipment, pollution pockets in the

area; areas which represent baseline conditions;

Collection, collation and analysis of baseline data for various environmental attributes;

Identification and quantification of impacts based on mathematical and scientific tools;

Suggestion of mitigation and management measures based on the best industry practices and

in-line with regulatory norms.

Flow chart for methodology adopted for EIA is presented in Figure 1.5.

Field studies were conducted to determine existing status of various environmental attributes as outlined in

Table1.2.

TABLE 1.2

ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES AND FREQUENCY OF MONITORING

Sr. No. Attributes Parameters Frequency

1 Ambient Air Quality

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO, VOCs, NH3, Heavy metals

24 hourly samples twice a week for three months identified at 12 locations. CO, monitored as three 8 hourly samples in 24 hours.

2 Meteorology Wind speed and wind direction, Temperature, Relative humidity and Rainfall.

Continuous with hourly recording through setting up of automatic meteorological station at site and data from secondary sources: i.e. IMD station at Nagpur.

3 Water quality Physical and Chemical parameters.

Grab samples were collected from surface and ground water resources once during study period preserved and brought to the laboratory for analysis.

4 Soil characteristics

Soil profile, soil type and texture, physical & chemical charateristics heavy metals, NKP value, organic matter, CEC and exchangeable cations.

Once during study period at 12 locations within 10 km radius of study area.

5 Bio- Ecology Existing terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna

Through field visits and from the district forest authority.

6 Noise levels Noise levels in dB(A) At every location, noise levels monitored hourly for 24 hours, once during study period.

7 Landuse Land use for different categories.

Based on data collected from secondary sources like village directory 2001.

8 Geology Geological history Based on data collected from secondary sources.

9 Hydrogeology

Drainage pattern, nature of streams, aquifer characteristics, recharge and discharge areas

Hydro-geological data based on data collected from secondary sources

10 Socio-economic aspects

Socio-economic characteristics: infrastructure resources, health status, economic resources.

Based on data collected from secondary sources like abstracts of census of India 2011 and village directory 2001

11

Risk assessment and Disaster Management Plan

Identify the areas where disaster can occur by fires and explosions and release of toxic substances.

Risk assessment and modeling.



FIGURE 1.5: FLOW CHART OF METHODOLOGY OF EIA

Correction, Verification &

Validation of Collected Data

Study of Project details

Screening & Reconsider Survey

Scoping & Acceptances of

TOR

Correction of detailed project

plan from project Proponent Scoping & Acceptances of TOR

Identification

Identification of

Monitoring Location

Identification of Secondary Data

Correspondence

Analysis

Suggestions of Additional

Mitigation Measures

Preparation of Draft EIA

report

Final Draft EIA report

Public Consultation if allocate

Issue of final draft after PH

Appraisal

Identification of issues and incorporation

Goal of clearance

Monitoring

of collection

data

Internal Audit

Monitoring and

measurement of

process

Daily

objecting

Correctives

actions &

Preservation

Actions

Management

Review

Control of

Document

Control of

quality

Record

Work

Communication

Human

resources

Equipment

&

instrument

support for

Lab



1.7 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The scope of work includes a detailed characterization of the environment in an area of 10 km radius

of the project for various environmental parameters like air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-

economic aspects and preparation of draft EIA report incorporating all TOR issued by MoEF.

Environmental impact and risk assessment report incorporating baseline status w.r.t. various

environmental components e.g. air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic, prediction of

impacts, and evaluation of impacts for one season has been prepared. It includes suggestion for

environmental management plan and post-project monitoring studies as per the Terms of Reference

approved by the EAC. The TOR is attached as Annexure I.

1.8 DETAILED PLAN OF WORK

1.8.1 Air environment

Monitoring the existing levels of PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx, CO, O3 and hydrocarbons in ambient

air. Heavy metals in PM10 (Fe, Mn, Pb, As, Hg, Ni, Zn, Cu, Co, Cd and Cr) as per

CPCB/MoEF guidelines in pre monsoon season.

Collection of surface meteorological data, viz. wind speed, wind direction, relative humidity,

temperature and cloud cover, concurrently with ambient air quality monitoring.

Estimation of gaseous emission from the proposed industrial area and prediction of ground

level concentrations of gaseous pollutants through appropriate air quality model.

Strengthening of greenbelt and identification of suitable plant species in the green belt.

1.8.2 Noise environment

Measurement of noise levels in the existing residential/commercial/sensitive zones of the

study area.

Prediction and evaluation of impacts due to noise levels rising out of the proposed units on the

surrounding environment.

Recommendations of mitigation measures for control of noise pollution.

1.8.3 Water environment

Assessment of ground and surface water quantity and quality (primary data base) for physical,

chemical and biological parameters including toxic organics and inorganics in the study area

Impact on water demand vis-a-vis regional water balance.

Evaluation and recommendations for wastewater treatment system and suggestions on its

augmentation.

Assessment of quantity and quality of effluent to be discharged from the proposed industry.

Delineation of water conservation schemes

Assessment of feasibility of treated wastewater for it’s recycled and reuse in proposed

industrial project and use in greenbelt development.

1.8.4 Land environment

Study of existing landuse and cropping patterns, vegetation, forestry wastelands using ground

truth



Studies on soil characteristics in the study area

Assessment of impacts on landuse pattern.

Delineation of measures for utilisation of treated wastewater.

1.8.5 Biological environment

Assessment of flora and fauna in the study area based on secondary data

Assessment of impacts on aquatic flora and fauna.

Assessment of impacts on terrestrial flora and fauna due to gaseous emissions and landuse

changes.

Prediction of biological stress in the study area.

Delineation of measures for abatement/reduction of biological stress.

1.8.6 Socio-economic environment

Collection of baseline data related to socio-economic profile of the study area with reference

to:

- Human settlements, health status, occupational, employment and income pattern.

- Infrastructure resource base, viz. medical, education, water resources, power supply,

communication and transportation.

- Economic resource base, viz. agriculture, industries, forest, trade and commerce.

Projection of economic benefits due to the proposed additional area plan and delineation of

measures to minimise the adverse impacts

Assessment of impacts on places of historical/archaeological importance and aesthetic

impairment, if any

1.8.7 Environmental management plan

Environmental management plan (EMP) was drawn after identifying, predicting and evaluating the

significant impacts on each components of the environment with a view to minimizing potential

adverse impacts and maximising the benefits due to the project.

1.9 RAPID RISK ASSESSMENT

1.9.1 Scope of work

Rapid risk assessment study comprises hazard identification based on maximum credible accident

(MCA) analysis, hazard assessment and evaluation employing techniques of consequence and

vulnerability analysis and delineation of onsite disaster management plan (DMP) of offsite emergency

preparedness plan (EPP) due to worst case scenarios of proposed developments.

1.9.2 Objectives of study

Hazard identification taking recourse to hazard indices and inventory analysis.

Generation of release scenarios for escape of hazardous materials.

Computation of damage distances through consequence analysis of failure cases identified

with respect to heat radiation and pressure wave to the affected area by the fire, explosion

and hazardous releases.



Maximum credible accident analysis to identify worst case scenarios for release of flammable

substances from the proposed facilities.

Assessment of risk based on above evaluation vis-a-vis risk acceptability criteria.

Formulation of guidelines for disaster management and emergency preparedness plans.

Suggestions on risk mitigation measures based on MCA analysis.

1.9.3 Details of work plan

1.9.3.1 Hazard identification

Collection of information on hazardous materials stored and handled.

Study of vulnerable operations and storages using the maximum credible accident (MCA)

analysis.

The study will lead to identification of hazardous prone operations and computation of damage

distances based on probable accident scenarios.

1.9.3.2 Hazard assessment and Evaluation

Hazard prone operation would be critically examined with an accent on quantification of hazard and

its evaluation. The following techniques shall be used for quantification:

Consequence analysis and vulnerability analysis

Individual risks.

The study will lead to estimation of extent of damage and computation of individual risk curves.

1.9.3.3 Disaster management plan (DMP)

Disaster management plan will be formulated for onsite emergency. Risk mitigation measures for

improving the existing infrastructure, communication systems, and identification of assembly point,

first aid station, emergency control centre, etc. will form an integral part of the report.

1.10 APPROVED TOR

The Expert Appraisal Committee of MoEF, considered the project at its 130th meeting held on during 23rd

January, 2014. Based on the consideration of the documents submitted and the presentation made by the

project proponent, the committee prescribed the Terms of Reference, vide letter no. F.No.21-16/2013-

I.A. III, dated March 12, 2014, Govt. of India Ministry of Environment and Forest, New Delhi for the

preparation of EIA report. The approved TOR is as follows:

(i) Submit the details of natural drains and Project Proponent to ensure no blockage of natural

drainage.

(ii) No air polluting industrial shall be allotted near the village/ residential area.

(iii) A green buffer of 15 m shall be provided all along the boundary and roads as committed

during the meeting.

(iv) Submit justification of the project site from environmental angle.

(v) Submit the details of the present land use as per the revenue records and present status.

(vi) Submit the details of water requirement, identified sources and impact on the existing users.



(vii) Submit whether the site falls in semi-critical, critical over exploited zones as per the CGWA

classification? NOC for proposed Ground Water withdrawal shall be obtained from the Central

Ground Water Authority.

(viii) Submit the details of roles and legal responsibilities of Industrial Estate and individual member

units for EMP implementation and monitoring as well as effluent discharge.

(ix) Submit the details of the approach road and its adequacy.

(x) Submit the details of the impacts due to land use change.

(xi) Submit the details of the impacts due to liquid waste discharge, air emissions, solvent

emissions, handling of hazardous waste & chemicals, odour.

(xii) Submit the details of the EMP at Industrial Estate level to handle the liquid waste by

segregation as per the CPCB document for Bulk drug manufacturing units. Explore the

options for reuse of treated effluent.

(xiii) Submit the details of the storm water management and impacts due to contamination of storm

water with effluent/chemicals and mitigation measures at industrial Estate developer level and

Unit level.

(xiv) Submit the details of the parking arrangements at Industrial Estate level.

(xv) Submit the details of the firefighting arrangements at Industrial Estate level.

(xvi) Submit the details of the effluent collection system at member units level to meet the inlet

norms for the CETP.

(xvii) Submit the details of the effluent conveyance system from the member units to CETP.

(xviii) Submit the details of the on-site and off-site emergency plan and infrastructure requirements

at Industrial Estate level to comply MSIHC Rules 1989.

(xix) Submit the details of the CETP with design parameters.

General Guidelines

(i) The EIA document shall be printed on both sides, as far as possible.

(ii) The status of accreditation of the EIA consultant with NABET/QCI shall be specifically

mentioned. The consultant shall certify that his accreditation is for the sector for which this EIA

is prepared.

(iii) On the front page of EIA/EMP reports, the name of the consultant/consultancy firm along with

their complete details including their accreditation, if any shall be indicated. The consultant

while submitting the EIA/EMP report shall give an undertaking to the effect that the model

TORs have been complied with and the data submitted is factually correct (Refer MoEF Office

Memorandum No. J-l 1013/41/2006-IA. II (I) dated 4th August, 2009).

(iv) While submitting the EIA/EMP reports, the name of the experts associated with/involved in the

preparation of these reports and the laboratories through which the samples have been

analysed should be stated in the report. It shall clearly be indicated whether these laboratories

are approved under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and the rules made there under

(Please refer MoEF Office Memorandum No. J-11013/41/2006-IA. II (I) dated 4th August,

2009). The project leader of the EIA study shall also be mentioned.



(v) Environmental Management Plan presented before the EAC as a part of EIA report, shall be

made part of Concessionaire Agreement/other relevant documents. Proponent shall submit an

undertaking in this regard.

(vi) Since most of the environmental issues are related to design parameters, following additional

information should also be provided by PP apart from the information required as per Chapter

- 12 of the EIA Guideline manual for Highways (Disclosure of Consultant)

a) Name of the Design Consultant.

b) Name of the EIA consultant, EIA Coordinator, Funtional Area Expert and details of

accreditation.

(vii) The EIA report shall be prepared as per the EIA Notification, 2006, as amended from time to

time.


Chapter 2- Project Description 2-1

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation has proposed to develop additional Butibori

Industrial Area (BIA) located in, Tehsil and District Nagpur, Maharashtra.

2.2 NATURE OF THE PROJECT

According to EIA notification 2006 and subsequent amendment in 2009, all Industrial estates/ parks/

complexes/ areas, export processing Zones (EPZs), Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks,

Leather Complexes and building & construction projects are covered under Serial no. 7(c) and 8(a)

and placed under Category ‘A’.

2.3 NEED OF THE PROJECT

Existing Butibori industrial estate is occupied with industries of various sectors to the extent of 75 %,

hence, in 2006 MIDC planned for development of additional Butibori industrial area.

2.4 SITE DETAILS

MIDC is located in the Tehsil and District Nagpur, State Maharashtra. The site is situated at North

latitude of 20051'8.98" and East longitude of 78055'56.88" and is on an average 272 meters above

MSL. The MIDC area is located 36 km in NE away from the Nagpur. The site details are presented in

Table 2.1.

The proposed additional Butibori area is coming under MIDC and Land for the proposed development

falls near Notified Butibori Industrial Zone.The project site details (Figure 2.1) and proposed plant

layout with storm water disposal plan is shown in Figures 2.2 & 2.3 respectively.

Layout of the proposed project was optimized considering the space requirement for small, medium

and large size plots. All facilities in the plant area were laid so as to minimize the land requirement.

The layout will also facilitate movement of workers and material handling between the various

activities both during construction and operational phases.

The general layout of the proposed industrial area was developed keeping in the view the following

factors:

Uninterrupted flow of materials in accordance with the technological requirements.

Contours and gradient of the site

Optimum lead for transport of materials and for service lines

Predominant wind direction

Logistic approach in location of technological units as well as service facilities

Safety clearances & statutory provisions

Adequate green belt within industrial area

Location of various types of plots

TABLE 2.1

ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING OF THE SITE

S. No. Particulars Details

1. Location Near existing Notified Butibori Industrial zone

Tehsil Nagpur

District Nagpur

State Maharashtra

2. SOI Toposheet Nos 55 L/13, 55 L/14, 55 P/1, 55 P/2

3. Latitude 20051'18.98"N



S. No. Particulars Details

Longitude 78055'56.88"E.

4. Altitude 272 m Above MSL

5. Seismicity Zone –III

6. Nearest IMD station IMD, Nagpur (Airport)

7. Nearest City Nagpur

8. Nearest National Highway /State Highway

NH-7, 0.5km (SE) SH-3 & 264, 0.5 km, (NE)

9. Nearest Railway Station Butibori Railway Station,10 km, E

10. Nearest Airport Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar International Airport. Nagpur (28 km) from NE.

11. Sanctuaries/National Park /Biospheres, etc.

Not available within 10 km radius

12. Defence Installations Defense compound wall 500 m away from project boundary

13. Historical Places Not available within 15 km

14. Nearest surface water body River Venna 7.9 Km (E direction) Krishna Nala 2.17 Km (S direction) Nand nadi 22.1 Km (S direction) Vadgaon lake 14 Km (SE direction)

15. Nearest Forest RF near village Ghodeghat (3.3 Km/W) RF Dongargaon RF Junapani near village Tarsi (1 Km/SE) PF near village Ajangaon (5.5 Km/SSW)

16. State boundary Not available, within 15 km

17. Eco-sensitive area Not available, within 15 km

18. Notified Archaeological sites Not available, within 15 km

19. Mangroves Not available, within 15 km

20. Estuary /Sea Not available, within 15 km

FIGURE 2.1: PROPOSED PROJECT SITE



FIGURE 2.2: PROPOSED PLANT LAYOUT



FIGURE 2.3: PROPOSED PLANT LAYOUT WITH STORM WATER DISPOSAL PLAN

2.5 MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

Existing facilities (Infrastructure availability)

Some of the key features are given below:

• Availability of NH-7, which is 0.5 km away from additional proposed industrial site. Same can be

used for transportation

• Availability of railway station at Butibori railway station,10 km, E

• Availability of adequate water resources.

Proposed plant

MIDC, Nagpur has proposed to develop additional Butibori Industrial Area at Butibori. The proposed

industrial area will include large, medium and small industries. MIDC will be facilitating CETP through

Industries association for SSI units. 33 % area is marked for the green belt development. 10% would

be planned and provided by MIDC and balance 23 % will be covered by individual industries in their

plots.



To the residential part of the project, separate STP and SWM center will be planned. Rainwater

harvesting will be carried out within the site for artificial recharge of groundwater.

Land breakup

The total land area for the Additional Butibori MIDC is 1391.85 ha out of which area under plots is

835 ha. Whereas area under roads, open spaces etc is 556.85 ha. The break-up regarding land use

in additional Butibori MIDC is as follows:

Area Statement

Total area : 1391.85 Ha.

10 % required open space : 139.185 Ha

Provided open space : 141.43 Ha

05 % required amenity : 69.59 Ha

Amenity provided : 87.84 Ha

Project cost

The total cost of the proposed project for development of additional Butibori is estimated to be

1000 Crore including land & infrastructure development.

2.6 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

The proposed developmental project from concept stage to commissioning would take about

03 years. Since the project is being set up by the expert personnel, the planning and implementation

of the project is not much difficult. Services of experienced consultants are being utilized for detailed

planning, preparation of techno-economic feasibility report and other associated activities like

discussions with financial institutions, phasing of capital expenditure etc. However, the

implementation primarily will depend upon the statutory environmental clearances.

2.7 PROPOSED DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES

Apart from the development of additional Butibori area, MIDC is planning to install common effluent

treatment plant (CETP) to treat and manage the industrial effluents that will be generated from

individual industries and to protect ecology from deterioration. Existing CETP at Butibori Industrial

Estate is located in 5 ha with capacity of 5 MLD. A CETP of capacity 1.6 MLD is also proposed for

additional Butibori area in association with industrial association. For CETP the role of MIDC will be

as a facilitator and will allot land to industries association to setup CETP and will contribute financial

share as per policies and guidelines.

Details of CETP

CETP (1.6 MLD) is proposed for the treatment of effluent generation from the industries that will be

established in the proposed developed areas. However, zero liquid discharge (ZLD) norms shall be

enforced on the industries to avoid any discharges from the industries.

Treatment Scheme

The CETP will be designed as a battery of four streams and each stream shall be capable to handle

additional 33% load in case of exigencies. The piping shall be designed to handle such additional

hydraulic load while the aeration grid shall be designed to provide additional 33% oxygenation as and

when required. Further, the collection system has a network of control valves with flow meter on



discharge line of each industry and if required, the flow from each unit can be reduced or staggered

to limit the influent to the CETP. The flow control system shall be based on SCADA and can be

implemented in a very short time from the CETP control room. Moreover on noticing the upset in the

quality of final treated effluent it will be diverted to equalization tank instead of the final discharge

during the shot duration of the upset. Due to such a provision, providing large capacity guard pond

can be avoided.

(A) Preliminary Treatment

The untreated influent will reach the CETP through gravity main. The gravity main will discharge the

untreated influent to mechanical fine screen (MFS) at about 8 m below ground level. The MFS will be

used to remove floating and suspended matters larger than 8 – 10 mm in size in order to protect

subsequent equipment. The screen shall be either bar rack or perforated plate with a scrapper

mechanism or screw type as determine best during detail engineering. The post-screened

wastewater will flow under gravity to wet sump of the pumping station, and then pumped out to CETP

treatment units.

The equalization shall be in two-stage and there shall be four equalization tanks working in parallel in

each stage. The influent flow will be divided equally between the four tanks by a flow distributor. The

first four parallel equalization tanks will have a hydraulic retention time of 4 hours and shall be a

constant volume tank to achieve some uniformity in terms of quality. These tanks will be designed like

clarifiers and shall have bottom scrapper as well as top skimmer, to remove heavier suspended solids

and floating oil or scum. This provision has been made based on experiences at other CETPS where

heavy solids deposition occurs in equalization tank, disturbing the plant operations severely. The

second stage will be in series to the first and shall also have four equalization tanks, but larger ones

with 8-hour retention time. This will further help in achieving homogeneity and also ensure constant

flow to subsequent treatment units, achieved by pumping. The second stage equalization tank will

have floating propeller mixers to achieve homogenization.

(B) Primary Treatment

The equalized effluent shall be pumped to primary physico-chemical treatment system, again

designed as battery of four systems. This treatment would include coagulation, flocculation and

gravity settling to remove suspended and colloidal solids. The related chemical dosing system shall

be versatile in terms of type of coagulant and will be able to handle various chemicals such as lime,

ferrous sulphate, ferric chloride, alum, polyaluminium chloride and high molecular-weight

polyelectrolytes. The coagulant will be dosed in an above ground flash mixer equipped with medium

speed stirrer while the flocculants will be dosed into a flocculation well within the primary

clariflocculator. The effluent with flocculated solids will enter the settling zone of the primary

clariflocculator. The settled solids will be scrapped off by a scrapper mechanism to the central sludge

pit and pumped out periodically to sludge dewatering system, while the overflow will be collected in a

peripheral launder and be led under gravity to secondary biological treatment.

(C) Biological Treatment

The clarified supernatant will overflow by gravity to the advanced biological treatment system. The

proposed bio treatment configuration shall be latest international technology based on Completely

Mixed Extended Aeration Suspended Growth Activated Sludge System, which is most rugged and

efficient system compared to other systems such as lagoons, bio-towers fluidized bed or moving bed

reactors, etc. While conventional system with a well-designed aeration tank, large secondary clarifier

and activated sludge recycle pumps can be employed to provide the desired performance.

Conventional plants have problems with settlement of biomass and maintaining desired biomass level



within the aeration tank is often difficult because of hindered settling phenomenon experienced in

gravity clarification. The floc formation in conventional systems is poor due to vigorous aeration

breaking the flocs and trapping air bubbles within. Carryover of biomass from the clarifier is higher in

conventional systems, resulting into loss of acclimatized biomass. Conventional plants are prone to

maintenance due to moving parts such as sludge scrapper and recycle pumps being in contact with

corrosive effluent.

2.8 INFRASTRUCTURE AVAILABILITY

2.8.1 Amenities areas

5% of the total area of land so sub-divided, shall be reserved for “Amenity Area”. Following uses shall

be permissible in the land reserved for amenity area-MIDC officers, Local area officers, Post Officers,

Telephone Exchange, Fire Stations, Police Stations/Chowkies, Electric sub-station, water supply

works, drainage works, common facility centre/recreation centre, Industries”. Association officers,

schools/colleges, Educational institutions, Training centre, Pollution Control Laboratories, Sulabh

Shauchalaya, informal shopping, stall sites, plots for PAP’s, communication centers, milk booths, and

such other users as may be permitted by MIDC.

2.8.2 Roads


development plan/nodal plan/ zonal plan as per MRTP act 1966 for industrial/commercial and residential

zones as shown below


Length of road Minimum width in metropolitan region as notified of

state Govt. under MRTP act 1966


Up to 150 m 15 m 12 m

Above 150 m 20 m or more as may be required by the projected

traffic

15 m

Provision of road in residential zone


modified by state Govt. Under MRTP act

1966

Minimum width, in order areas

Up to 75 m 6 m 6 m

75 m to 150 m 10 m 10 m

151 m to 300 m 12 m 10 m


2.8.3 Parking area

Car parking and loading & unloading

Parking area for different vehicular modes and number of car spaces to be provided for various land uses

shall be governed as per the Tables 2.2 & 2.3 given below.



TABLES 2.2

SIZE OF PARKING FOR DIFFERENT VEHICULAR MODES

Sr. No. Type of mode Size of parking bay

1. Car 2.50 m x 5.00 m

2. Scooter 2.50 m x 1.20 m

3. Bicycle 2.00 m x 0.70 m

4. Truck 3.75 m x 10.00 m

5. Trailer Truck 5.00 m x 20.00 m

In addition to the above, 10 % of total parking spaces shall be provided for visitors vehicle parking and 10

% for two wheelers parking. Loading and unloading spaces with suitable ramp access shall be provided for

mercantile, industrial and storage land uses as one space for every 100 m2 of floor area or part thereof up

to 500 m2 and one for every 500 m2 or part thereof thereafter. The loading space shall be 3.75 m X 10.0 m.

TABLES 2.3

PARKING REQUIREMENT FOR VARIOUS LAND-USES/BUILDINGS

Sr. No. Land-Use Car Spaces

1 Residential

a. 2 car spaces for every one tenement above 100 m2. of built up area

b. One space for every one tenement of build-up area more than 60 m2 and up to 100 m2

c. One space for every two tenements of built-up area more than 45 m2 to 60 m2

d. One space for every four tenements of built-up area up to 45 m2

2

I. Star Hotels

II. Hotels

i. One space for every 60 m2 of total floor area or part thereof. ii. One space for every 75 m2 of floor area or part thereof

III. Lodging

IV. Restaurants

iii. One space for every 100 m2 of floor area or part thereof. iv. One space for every 50 m2 of floor area of part thereof.

3 Educational One space for 100 m2 of floor area or part thereof.

4 Institutional One space for every 250 m2 of floor area or part thereof

5 Officer (Govt. & Pvt.)

One space for every 70 m2 floor area up to 1500 m2 and one space for every 150 m2 or part thereof for areas exceeding 1500 m2

6

Information Technology, Biotechnology & Nanotechnology

One space for every 50 m2 of floor area or part thereof.

7 Assembly One space for every 60 m2 of floor area or part thereof.

8 Business One space for every 100 m2 of floor area or part thereof.

9 Mercantile One space for every 80 m2 of floor area up to 800 m2 and one space for every

10 Industrial One space for every 200 m2 of floor area or part thereof subject to minimum of two spaces. In case of plots of 1.0 Ha. And above, minimum parking space shall be 100 % of the plot area.

11 Storage One space for every 200 m2 of floor area or part thereof subject to minimum of two spaces.

12 Hospitals One space for every 150 m2 of total floor area.



Sr. No. Land-Use Car Spaces

13 Cinemas, Theatres and Multiplexes

One space for every 20 seats.

14 Shopping/ Malls One space for 80 Sq. m of total floor area or part thereof.

15 Stadia One space for every 150 seats plus additional as per the rules for restaurants etc.

2.8.4 Fire fighting

Fire protection and life safety regulations

It will be applied to development on any land in the notified areas of MIDC under Maharashtra Industrial

Development Act, 1961. In particular, It will apply to building which are more than 15 m in height and to

special buildings like educational, assembly, institutional, industrial, storage and hazardous and mixed

occupancies with any of the aforesaid occupancies having area more than 150 m2 and shall require

clearance as under.

i. For plots up to 1000 m2 having nonhazardous activities & buildings below 15 m height from any fire

officer, duly authorized by the CEO, who shall examine the building proposed as per the guidelines

and checklist given by fire department of MIDC.

ii. For all other buildings from Chief Fire Officer of MIDC.

Fixed firefighting installation

All buildings depending upon the occupancy use shall be protected by wet riser, wet riser cum down

comer automatic sprinkler installation, high pressure water spray or foam generating system etc.

2.9 RESOURCES AVAILABILITY

2.9.1 Land requirement

Total land requirement for the proposed development of additional Butibori industrial area is 1391.85 ha,

out of this Govt. land is 23.58 ha and private land (agricultural) 1368.27 ha. As on today, 1178.23 ha land

under the possession of MIDC. There will not be any dispute for land possession. Land break-up is

presented in Table 2.4.

TABLE 2.4

LAND BREAK-UP

Sr. No. Description Area (ha)

1 Area Under Plots 835

2 Area Under Road, open spaces etc. 556.85

Total Area 1391.85

2.9.2 Water availability and requirement

Total water requirement for additional industrial area is estimated to be 27 MLD during operation

phase which will be sourced from weirs of Wenna river near Nirgudi. Fresh water requirement details

are presented in Table 2.5.



TABLE 2.5

WATER REQUIREMENT

Sr. No. Particulars Water requirement (m3/day)

1 Process 9000

2 Cooling water 14000

3 Green belt & application 1000

4 Fire fighting 300

5 Domestic 2700

Total 27000

2.9.3 Wastewater generation

The wastewater generation from proposed industrial area will be 7560 m3/day (Table 2.6) and the

domestic generation will be 2160 m3/day from proposed development. The treated effluent from the

common effluent treatment plant will be used on site for landscaping and flushing purposes.

However, it is planned to use treated effluent for HRTS. The HRTS that will be developed in 35 ha of

land available with MIDC at in a lower contour in phase wise. Apart from this, rainwater harvesting will

be carried out within the site for artificial recharge of groundwater.

TABLE 2.6

WASTEWATER GENERATION

Sr. No. Particulars Wastewater Generation (m3/day)

1 Process 4050


3 Green belt & application -

4 Fire fighting -

5 Domestic 2160

Total 7560

The domestic water requirement is estimated to be 2700 m3/d. The domestic waste generation will be 2160

m3/d. For disposal of domestic waste, individual industries will make provision for sending it to septic tank/

soak pit. There will not be any disposal of domestic waste into nearby water body. However provision will

be made by individual industries to use treated domestic waste for plantation. MIDC will check this and

inform to MPCB regarding any ambiguity in the disposal of domestic waste. MIDC will insist on the zero

discharge policy. So there will not be any discharge in any aquatic system.

2.9.4 Power requirement

Power requirement during construction phase will be 50 MW and power requirement during operation

phase will be 100 MW. Power supply will be from Maharashtra State Electricity Distribution Co. Ltd

MSEDCL and MSETCL.

Emergency power

Backup source of DG sets are proposed in case of power failure. CPCB approved 4 DG sets ranging

50-500 KVA will be provided.

2.9.5 Raw material availability

Raw materials required like sand, bricks, stone during construction of road, it will be procured from local

market near MIDC Butibori and Nagpur.



2.9.6 Manpower requirement

The development will generate direct and indirect employment 100000 together.

2.10 ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECT (ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL UNITS)

Construction phase

Air emissions from construction sites can pose health risks to workers, and sensitive receptors

surrounding the site, if not manage properly. It is the responsibility of the contractor to provide

appropriate safety training, information equipment, signage, security and emergency response plans

on the site.

To mitigate the impact of PM (dust), the following measures will be recommended for implementation:

A dust control plan; and

Procedural changes to construction activities

Dust control plan

Fugitive dust source category Dust control actions

Disturbed surface areas Applying water to at least 80 percent of all inactive accessible disturbed surface areas on a daily basis when there is evidence of wind driven fugitive dust.

Unpaved roads Watering all roads used for any vehicular traffic at least twice per day of active operations; OR Water all roads used for any vehicular traffic once daily and restrict vehicle speed to 15 Kmph.

Track-out control Downwash of trucks (especially tyres) prior to departure from site.

The most cost-effective dust suppressant is water, because a source of water tends to be readily

available on the construction site. Water can be applied using water trucks, handheld sprays and

automatic sprinkler systems. Furthermore, incoming loads can be covered to avoid loss of materials

in transport, especially if materials are transported off-site.

Operational Phase

To mitigate the impact of pollutants from diesel generator sets and vehicular traffic during operational

phase, the following measures are recommended for implementation:

D.G set air pollution control measures

Vehicle emission controls and alternatives

D.G. set air pollution control measures

Use of good quality fuel with low sulphur content and PUC certification

Periodic maintenance of DG sets as per defined schedule of manufacturer

Maintaining adequate stack heights

Vehicle emission controls and alternatives

Flow of Vehicle - Sudden acceleration or de-acceleration of vehicles produces more pollution than a

vehicle maintaining at a constant speed. Smoother flow of traffic within the parking area and premises

of residential area would ensure lesser pollution from the vehicles.

Entry and Exit of Vehicles –To ensure least interference from incoming and outgoing vehicles, it is

suggested that entrance and exit points of the vehicles should be different.



Dedicating separate entrance for rehabilitation buildings will reduce interference in relatively more

vehicular movement in the sale plot.

Dedicating at least one entry and exit to pedestrians will reduce interference in vehicular movement in

the Sale plot.

Anti-Idling – The parking in the area will carry signs warning the vehicle driver against idling within the

parking lot.

Traffic Management Team – A team of trained staff will be appointed for monitoring traffic movement

inside the parking space and at entrance and exit points of the sale plot premises.

Water Consumption

A combination of water saving appliances and water management measures will be planned in all the

toilets in the buildings. The message of water conservation will be spread to all users by way of

awareness campaigns and circulars. Specific measures that will be implemented include the

following:

Management Measures

Promote awareness on water conservation and reducing water wastage.

Quick fixing of leaking taps, pipes and toilet cisterns;

Sweep with a broom and pan where possible, rather than hose down external areas;

Minimize water use in gardens by the following measures:

Drip irrigation system can be used for the lawns and other green area. Drip irrigation can save

between 15-40% of the water use, compared with other watering techniques

Plants with similar water requirements shall be grouped on common zones to match precipitation

heads and emitters.

Use of low-volume, low-angle sprinklers for lawn areas.

Select controllers with adjustable watering schedules and moisture sensors to account for

seasonal variations, and calibrate them during commissioning.

Selecting a drought resistant grass, and using lawn chemicals and fertilizer sparingly also

reduces watering needs.

Reduce toilet cistern volume in single flush models. Following is a list of fixtures Offered by use

of efficient plumbing fixtures which also carry a credit each under Green building innovative

wastewater technology, water use reduction by 20% and water use reduction by 30%.

Rain water harvesting and reduce surface runoff

Rainwater harvesting can serve as a solution to the water problem in the water crises area by

capturing the runoff. Rainwater harvesting helps in utilizing the primary source of water an prevent

the runoff from going into sewer or storm drains, thereby serving dual purpose Making water available

for future use and reducing the load on treatment plants as well as other service lines.

Recharging water in to the aquifers help in improving the quality of existing groundwater through

dilution. Rainwater harvesting comprises of two components:

Storing rain water in groundwater reservoirs for beneficial use in future

Rain water harvesting for artificial recharge of ground water.



Amount of water that can be effectively harvested is called the harvesting potential of the site.

Efficiency of rainwater harvesting and recharging ground water can be increased by following

methods:

Use vegetated swales and depressions to reduce runoff.

Reduce and filter surface runoff.

Catch drainage all along the periphery of plot to prevent surface runoff.

Proponent has to opt rainwater harvesting and use the rainwater mainly for groundwater recharging.

Storm water management (by industries)

Rainwater runoff comprises of storm water, which flows into both surface water and groundwater.

Proper management of this resource ensures that storm water discharge is free of contamination. A

detailed “Storm Water Management Plan” will be developed which considers the sources of storm

water pollution. The plan consists of best management practices, which includes consideration of the

following:

Good housekeeping in the above areas.

Conducting routine inspections to ensure cleanliness

Secondary containment and dykes in fuel/oil storage facilities

Preparation of spill response plans, particularly for fuel and oil storage areas.

Provision of slit traps in storm water drains

Regular inspection and cleaning of storm drains.

Energy Consumption

Effective measures will be taken to minimize the energy consumption in the following manner:

All buildings are adequately spaced, so that sunlight, natural ventilation is not disturbed or

hindered in any of the building due to another building.

The building will be designed in such a way that the public areas can be cooled by natural

ventilation.

Energy efficient appliances, such as PL lightings, will be used for street lighting.

Alternate switching arrangement for Common Area.

Use of timer for common and ext lights.

Solar energy for street lighting and hot water system.

By using the above, we shall be able to save 20 to 25 % of electrical energy.

Energy saving practices

Use of solar water heating.

Purchase of energy efficient appliances.

Constant monitoring of energy consumption and defining targets for energy conservation.

Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for desired comfort

levels.

Installing programmable on/off timers and sensors for low occupancy areas.

Use of compact fluorescent lamp and low voltage lighting.


Chapter 3- Description of Environment 3-1

3.0 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter highlights the details about the environmental baseline status within the study area. An

environmental monitoring was carried out within 10 km radial distance of proposed MIDC, Tehsil and

Dist.-Nagpur, State Maharashtra and included in the report.

3.1.1 Methodology

The methodology adopted for carrying out environmental monitoring was as per the guidelines given

in the EIA Manual of the MoEF. Baseline monitoring was carried out with respect to air, noise, water,

land, biological and socio-economic components of environment in the study area during pre

monsoon season.

3.1.1.1 Primary Data Collection by Environmental Monitoring

Primary data collected include:

Ambient air quality

Noise levels

Groundwater / surface water quality

Soil quality

Land use pattern

Flora and Fauna

3.1.1.2 Secondary Data Collection

This includes review of secondary published information on

Socio-economic conditions (demography, emenities and infrastructure availability)

Sensitive areas such as biosphere reserve, forests, sanctuaries, places of historical,

archaeological, tourist importance, etc.

3.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The study of baseline status for air environment includes reconnaissance, selection of monitoring

locations based on meterological conditions and specificity of the site selection of project specific air

pollutants, and existing concentration levels prior to the implementation of the project. The data

required to assess the status was collected, analysed and evaluated through a well-designed air

quality monitoring (AQM) network.

3.2.1 Meteorology

The meteorological data recorded during the monitoring period is very useful for proper on-site

monitoring undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to generate the site-specific data.

Hourly Data was collected at proposed project site continuously from 15th March 2014 to 15th June

2014.The generated data was then compared with the meteorological data collected from nearest

India Meteorological Department (IMD) station located at Nagpur.

3.2.2 Meteorological Condition at Site

The automatic meteorological data recording instrument (weather station) was installed at the project

site to record wind speed, direction, relative humidity and temperature. Rainfall was monitored by rain

gauge. The hourly minimum, maximum values monitored during study period are presented in Table

3.1.



TABLE 3.1

SUMMARY OF MICRO-METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS AT SITE

(Pre monsoon Season 2014)


Min Max Min Max

March 2014 14 42 9 97 12.96

April 2014 20 47 9 79 12.70

May 2014 21 47 8 89 8.64

June 2014 24 49 7 89 21.84

Range 14-49 7-97 8.64-21.84

3.2.2.1 Wind Speed/ Directions

The meteorological data w.r.t. wind speed and direction was collected and presented in the form of

wind roses for pre monsoon season as shown in Figure 3.1 and presented in Table 3.2.

FIGURE 3.1: SITE SPECIFIC WINDROSE (PRE MONSOON)

TABLE 3.2

SUMMARY OF SITE SPECIFIC WIND PATTERN

Predominant Wind Direction Pre monsoon season

First Predominant Wind Direction NW (9.06 %)

Second Predominant Wind Direction NNW (7.7 %)

Predominant Wind Speeds (m/s) 1.0 to 1.4, 1.4 to1.9, 1.9 to 2.4

Calm conditions (%) 9.06




Temperature

The winter season starts from December and continues till the end of February. December is the

coldest month with the minimum temperature at 12.50C. The temperature starts increasing rapidly

during the onset of pre-monsoon season from March to May. During pre-monsoon season, the

maximum temperature was observed 42.50C with the minimum temperature 19.40C. The maximum

temperature in the monsoon season was observed to be 37.80C, whereas the minimum temperature

was observed 23.10C. In the post-monsoon, day temperature decreases slightly with the maximum

temperature 32.70C. The monthly variations in temperature are presented in Table 3.3.

Relative Humidity

The relative humidity was observed around 18% to 38% during pre-monsoon period. In monsoon

period the relative humidity ranged between 48% to 84%. During the post-monsoon season, the

humidity was observed between 48% to 70% and in winter season, the humidity was observed to be

31% to 66%. The variations in relative humidity are presented in Table 3.3.

Rainfall

The annual rainfall based on the IMD data was recorded as 1091.3 mm. The monsoon generally sets

in during the second week of June. The rainfall gradually decreased after September. The maximum

number of rainy days was observed in the month of July. Annual and monthly variations in rainfall are

presented in Table 3.3 and windrose for pre monsoon IMD Nagpur are shown in Figure 3.2.

TABLE 3.3

CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA FOR IMD, NAGPUR (1971 - 2000)

Month Temperature (⁰C) Humidity (%)

Monthly Rainfall (mm) Min Max 0830 hr 1730 hr

January 13.1 28.7 67 41 17.4

February 15.3 31.3 54 31 18.2

March 19.4 36.2 38 21 16.3

April 24.2 40.5 31 18 7.8

May 27.8 42.5 33 20 16.3

June 26.4 37.8 62 48 165.9

July 24.2 31.7 82 70 287.8

August 23.7 30.6 84 75 276.5

September 23.1 32.2 79 68 170.9

October 20.1 32.7 70 55 77.4

November 15.6 30.5 64 48 22.1

December 12.5 28.5 66 45 14.7

RANGE 12.5-42.5 18-84 Total =1091.3

3.2.3 Baseline Status

The ambient air monitoring with respect to parameters of significance was carried out during pre-

monsoon season. The site is located at industrial area and the major sources of air pollution in the

region are Industrial operations, domestic activities and rural conditions. The prime objective was to

assess the existing air quality of the area.



Methodology for Air Quality Monitoring

Selection of Sampling Locations

The baseline status of the ambient air quality was assessed through a scientifically designed ambient

air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network in the air quality surveillance

program was based on the following considerations:

* Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale;

* Topography of the study area;

* Representatives of regional background;

* Population and sensitive areas;

* Representation of valid cross sectional distribution in downwind direction

Ambient air monitoring was carried out at 12 locations.The details about sampling locations are

depicted in Figure 3.2 and presented in Table 3.4. The locations were identified keeping in view

predominant wind directions prevailing during study period, sensitive receptors and human

settlements. The levels of PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2,), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX), Ammonia

(NH3) and Carbon monoxide (CO) were monitored for establishing the baseline status. PM2.5 and

PM10 samples were collected with the help of respirable particulate sampler operating 24 hours by

drawing air which passes through the cyclone at the rate of 1.0 -1.5 m3/min which collects the

particles less than 10 µm diameter over glass fiber filter paper and the bigger particulates from 10 to

100 µm are collected in the receiver provided at the bottom of the cyclone. The dust deposited over

the filter paper was measured as PM10 and the dust deposited in the receiver was measured as SPM

which was estimated by gravimetric method. Due to the high suction of the air, the vacuum was

formed into the hopper which was utilized by providing a nozzle in the hopper for sampling SO2 and

NOX which was analyzed by spectrophotometrically.

TABLE 3.4

DETAILS OF AIR SAMPLING LOCATION

Sr. No.

Station Code

Location Distance (in Km) Direction Justification

w.r.t. Project Site Centre place of the site

1. AAQ1 Dhavalpeth - - Nearest place of the site (Core Zone)

2. AAQ2 Chicholi 0.5 S Nearest place of the site (Core Zone)

3. AAQ3 Tarsi 0.5 NE Downwind of the site (Core Zone)

4. AAQ4 Bamhani 1.0 ESE Downwind of the site (Core Zone) 5. AAQ5 Rama 2.5 ESE Downwind of the site (Core Zone) 6. AAQ6 Tembhari 3.6 SE Downwind of the site (Core Zone) 7. AAQ7 Sonegaon 4.2 S Downwind of the site (Core Zone) 8. AAQ8 Sindi 3.5 SSW Downwind of the site (Core Zone) 9. AAQ9 Vadgaon 4.6 W Cross wind of the site

10. AAQ10 Ajangaon 3.6 WNW Upwind of the site

11. AAQ11 Khapri 2.4 N Upwind of the site 12. AAQ12 Borgaon 5.1 NW Upwind of the site



FIGURE 3.2: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY LOCATIONS

Presentation of Primary Data

Various statistical parameters like 98th percentile, average, maximum and minimum values were

computed from the observed raw data for all the AAQ monitoring stations. The results of monitoring

carried out are presented in Annexure-III. The summary of these results representing pre monsoon

season data is given in Table-3.5. These are compared with the standards prescribed by Central

Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for Industrial, Residential, Rural and other areas.

TABLE 3.5 SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

Station Code

Location PM10 (μg/m3) PM2.5 (μg/m3) SO2 (μg/m3)

Min Max Avg 98th % tile


Min Max Avg 98th %tile

AAQ1 Dhavalpeth 57.0 64.0 60.6 63.5 13.9 21.3 19.7 21.2 5.4 9.2 7.6 9.2

AAQ2 Chicholi 47.3 53.0 49.8 52.5 12.8 17.6 16.4 17.5 5.1 17.6 16.4 17.5

AAQ3 Tarsi 53.0 58.0 55.5 57.5 14.9 19.3 18.3 19.2 5.7 10.6 7.9 10.4

AAQ4 Bamhani 55.0 62.0 58.0 61.5 13.9 20.6 19.1 20.5 6.3 12.5 8.7 11.9

AAQ5 Rama 48.0 63.0 54.6 62.0 11.7 21.0 17.9 20.7 5.9 12.9 8.6 12.1

AAQ6 Tembhari 43.0 60.0 52.3 59.5 14.3 20.0 17.2 19.7 6.1 10.2 7.8 10.0

AAQ7 Sonegaon 51.0 63.0 59.3 62.5 13.6 20.9 19.4 20.8 5.3 11.1 7.8 10.7

AAQ8 Sindi 54.0 67.0 60.2 66.0 12.8 22.3 19.7 22.0 6.3 9.4 7.6 9.2



Station Code

Location PM10 (μg/m3) PM2.5 (μg/m3) SO2 (μg/m3)




AAQ9 Vadgaon 54.0 69.0 62.6 68.5 16.1 22.9 20.6 22.8 6.8 14.1 10.0 13.7

AAQ10 Ajangaon 48.0 61.0 55.9 60.5 14.2 20.3 18.4 20.1 5.8 10.7 8.0 10.5

AAQ11 Khapri 41.0 68.0 58.7 67.0 13.6 21.9 19.1 21.8 5.9 13.1 8.6 12.6

AAQ12 Borgaon 43.0 51.0 46.3 50.5 11.3 16.9 15.1 16.8 5.4 10.1 7.6 9.7

Range 41.0-69.0 11.3-22.9 5.1-17.6

Ambient Air Quality Standards

100(24 hr) 60 (24 hr) 80 (24 hr)

TABLE 3.5 (Cntd...) SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

Station Code

Location

NOx(μg/m3) CO(μg/m3) NH3 (μg/m3)




AAQ 1 Dhavalpeth 10.3 17.2 14.7 17.1 70.0 82.0 74.0 81.0 24.0 35.0 28.7 35.0 AAQ 2 Chicholi 10.1 17.2 12.7 16.0 55.0 62.0 58.8 61.5 20.0 40.0 28.0 39.5 AAQ 3 Tarsi 18.2 21.6 19.6 21.5 87.0 103.0 92.3 21.5 23.0 40.0 28.3 39.5 AAQ 4 Bamhani 15.2 19.5 17.4 19.3 72.0 91.0 78.0 88.5 21.0 41.0 27.9 40.0 AAQ 5 Rama 15.9 21.3 18.1 21.0 54.0 89.0 69.4 86.0 21.0 40.0 27.9 38.0 AAQ 6 Tembhari 14.3 20.1 17.2 19.9 69.0 86.0 77.1 84.5 22.0 36.0 28.0 35.5 AAQ 7 Sonegaon 14.9 18.5 16.5 18.4 59.0 69.0 62.6 67.5 23.0 44.0 32.2 42.5 AAQ 8 Sindi 13.3 19.2 17.2 19.1 55.0 74.0 64.2 72.0 23.0 39.0 29.6 38.5 AAQ 9 Vadgaon 12.6 21.4 17.0 20.8 48.0 79.0 63.1 77.0 22.0 46.0 32.0 44.5 AAQ 10 Ajangaon 13.7 18.6 16.3 18.5 57.0 68.0 61.6 67.5 22.0 40.0 29.0 39.5 AAQ 11 Khapri 15.2 26.2 18.4 25.0 77.0 112.0 95.0 111.0 20.0 46.0 28.7 43.0

AAQ 12 Borgaon 13.8 17.7 15.5 17.7 45.0 69.0 60.2 68.5 21.0 36.0 27.6 35.5

Range 10.1-26.2 45.0-112.0 20.0-46.0

Ambient Air Quality Standards

80 (24 hr) 2000 (8 hr) 400 (24hr)

TABLE 3.5 (Cntd....) SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

Station Code Location Ozone (μg/m3)


AAQ 1 Dhavalpeth 21.0 39.0 29.4 37.5

AAQ 2 Chicholi 22.0 42.0 30.8 41.5

AAQ 3 Tarsi 22.0 43.0 30.5 42.0

AAQ 4 Bamhani 23.0 39.0 30.4 38.5

AAQ 5 Rama 21.0 41.0 31.5 40.0

AAQ 6 Tembhari 22.0 42.0 30.8 41.5

AAQ 7 Sonegaon 25.0 41.0 31.9 40.0

AAQ 8 Sindi 23.0 37.0 29.3 36.5

AAQ 9 Vadgaon 21.0 44.0 31.5 42.5

AAQ 10 Ajangaon 21.0 42.0 30.3 41.5

AAQ 11 Khapri 22.0 39.0 29.7 37.5

AAQ 12 Borgaon 24.0 42.0 31.7 41.5

Range 21.0-44.0

Ambient Air Quality Standards 100 (8 hr)




Summary of Observations

PM10: PM10 concentrations ranged from 41.0 – 69.0 g/m3 in the study area. The maximum

concentration of 69.0 g/m3 was recorded at Vadgaon (AAQ9) and minimum concentration 41.0 g/m3

was observed at Khapri Village (AAQ11). High concentration was due to dust emission due to vehicular

traffic.

PM2.5: In the study area, PM2.5 concentrations ranged from 11.3-22.9 g/m3. The maximum

concentration of 22.9 g/m3 was recorded at Vadgaon (AAQ9) and the minimum concentration of 11.3

g/m3 was observed at Borgaon (AAQ12).

SO2: Levels of SO2 concentration ranged from 5.1-17.6 g/m3 in the study area. The maximum and

minimum concentration of 17.6 g/m3 and 5.1 g/m3 was observed at Chicholi (AAQ2), respectively.

NOx: In the study area, NOx concentrations ranged from 10.1 to 26.2 g/m3. The maximum

concentration of 26.2 g/m3 was recorded at Khapri (AAQ11) and minimum concentration was

observed at Chicholi (AAQ2). The high concentration at Khapri was due to nearset proximity of the

IOCL‟s distribution centre and also vehicular traffic in the area.

CO: CO monitored at the 12 locations in the study area, CO concentration ranged between 45.0 to

112.0 g/m3. The maximum concentration of 112.0 g/m3 was recorded at khapri (AAQ11) and

minimum concentration was observed at village Borgaon (AAQ12).

NH3: NH3 concentration levels at study area was found to be in the range of 20.0-46.0 g/m3.

O3: Concentration levels of ozone in the study area was found to be in the range of 21.0-44.0 g/m3.

Concentration levels of heavy metals in PM10 and levels of volatile organic pollutants are presented in

Tables 3.6 & 3.7 respectively.

TABLE 3.6 LEVELS OF HEAVY METALS IN PM10 (Pb, Ni, As)

Station Code Sampling Location

Pb Ni As

µg/m³ ng/m³ ng/m³

AAQ 1 Dhavalpeth 0.17 4.2 ND

AAQ 2 Chicholi 0.20 3.6 ND

AAQ 3 Tarsi 0.18 4.0 ND

AAQ 4 Bamhani 0.16 4.1 ND

AAQ 5 Rama 0.16 3.1 ND

AAQ 6 Tembhari 0.19 3.6 ND

AAQ 7 Sonegaon 0.30 7.0 ND

AAQ 8 Sindi 0.18 3.6 ND

AAQ 9 Vadgaon 0.16 3.8 ND

AAQ 10 Ajangaon 0.25 3.6 ND

AAQ 11 Khapri 0.22 7.6 ND

AAQ 12 Borgaon 0.31 8.3 ND

CPCB Standard 01 20 06

ND: Not Detected



TABLE 3.7

LEVELS OF VOLATILE ORGANIC POLLUTANTS

Station Code Sampling Location

Benzene BaP THC

µg/m³ ng/m³ ppm

AAQ 1 Dhavalpeth 0.8 0.09 0.68

AAQ 2 Chicholi 1.2 0.20 0.80

AAQ 3 Tarsi 1.1 0.08 0.90

AAQ 4 Bamhani 0.9 0.08 0.62

AAQ 5 Rama 0.8 0.06 0.69

AAQ 6 Tembhari 1.0 0.06 0.71

AAQ 7 Sonegaon 1.4 0.24 1.02

AAQ 8 Sindi 1.0 0.08 0.84

AAQ 9 Vadgaon 0.8 0.06 0.71

AAQ 10 Ajangaon 1.2 0.16 0.87

AAQ 11 Khapri 0.8 0.12 0.61

AAQ 12 Borgaon 1.2 0.23 0.97

CPCB Standard 05 01 - THC: Total Hydrocarbons

The overall ambient air quality with respect to parameters of significance was found to be good and

within prescribed AAQMS by CPCB.


A preliminary reconnaissance was undertaken to identify the major noise generating sources in the

study area. Twelve (12) locations were identified based on the activities in the village area, traffic and

sensitive areas like hospitals and schools. The noise level monitoring locations are shown in Figure

3.3 and details are given in Table 3.8.

Sound pressure levels (SPL) were measured at all locations. Considering residential, commercial,

Industrial and sensitive location. The noise levels were taken for 24 hours. The day time noise levels

were monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night time levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all the locations

within 10 km radius of the study area. The noise levels measured are shown in Table 3.9.

TABLE 3.8

NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS

Sr. No. Location Code Location Source Direction Distance (km)

w.r.t. proposed project site

1. N1 Dhavalpeth Residential - -

2. N2 Chicholi Commercial S 0.5

3. N3 Tarsi Residential NE 0.5

4. N4 Bamhani Sensitive ESE 1.0

5. N5 Rama Residential ESE 2.5

6. N6 Tembhari Residential SE 3.6

7. N7 Sonegaon Residential S 4.2

8. N8 Sindi Residential SSW 3.5

9. N9 Vadgaon Residential W 4.6

10. N10 Ajangaon Residential WNW 3.6

11. N11 Khapri Commercial N 2.4

12. N12 Borgaon Sensitive NW 5.1 Source: Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur



FIGURE 3.3: STUDY AREA MAP WITH NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS

3.3.1 Noise Monitoring

Monitoring Methodology of Noise

Environment Component

Sampling Location

Sampling Parameter

Sampling Frequency

Sampling Collection

Methodology Sampling Equipment

Detection Limit

Ambient Noise levels

12 locations

Decibels- dB (A)

Once during the study period. (hourly reading for 24 hrs at each location)

Noise level Meter

0.1 dB (A) SLM 100 [IS 15575-2 (2005)]

The statistical analysis was done for measured noise levels at 12 locations and near national & state

highways during pre monsoon season 2014. The levels were analyzed for Leqday and Leqnight. The

results are presented in Tables 3.9 & 3.10.



TABLE 3.9

NOISE LEVELS IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No. Location Leq day Leq night

1. Dhavalpeth 53 44

2. Chicholi 61 52

3. Tarsi 46 41

4. Bamhani (Near primary school) 47 39

5. Rama 51 43

6. Tembhari 51 41

7. Sonegaon 53 42

8. Sindi 46 40

9. Vadgaon 49 40

10. Ajangaon 52 41

11. Khapri 57 45

12. Borgaon (Near primary school) 48 38

Range 46-61 38-52

CPCB Standards- dB(A)

Commercial Area 65 55

Residential Area 55 45

Silence Zone 50 40 Source: Field monitoring and analysis by Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur

TABLE 3.10

BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS IN INDUSTRIAL AREA NEAR HIGHWAYS

Sr. No. Location Leq day Leq night

1. Near NH-7 60 53

2. Near SH-264 67 55

Range 60-67 53-55

CPCB Standards dB(A)- Industrial Area 75 70 Source: Field monitoring and analysis by Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur

Baseline Status

a. Day Time Noise Levels (Leq day)

Background noise levels were monitored in the villages within the study area. The noise levels at all

locations ranged between 46 dB (A) to 61 dB (A). At village Chicholi, day time noise level was 61 dB

(A) which was well within the prescribed limit of 65 dB (A) for commercial area.

Noise levels near industrial area ranged between 60-67 dB (A) during day time which was well within

the prescribed limit of 75 dB (A) for industrial area.

b. Night Time Noise Levels (Leq night)

The night time noise levels ranged between 38 dB (A) to 52 dB (A). At residential locations, noise

levels ranged between 40-44 dB (A). At commercial area, noise levels were observed to be 45-52 dB

(A) and in sensitive areas noise level ranged between 38-39 dB(A) which was well within the

prescribed limit of 40 dB (A) for silence zone.

Background noise levels near industrial area ranged between 53-55 dB (A) during night time which

was well within the prescribed limit of 70 dB (A) for industrial area.

c. Noise Levels Due to Traffic in the Study Area

The National highway (NH-7) is passing through this region and having major traffic activities.



Agglomeration and congestion of traffic was observed on main roads and at the crossing of important

roads near petrol pumps, market and industrial areas. The vehicular traffic was monitored at different

crossings within the study area during peak hours.

During survey period, the traffic density at these junctions were observed to be very high. The noise

levels monitored at some of the major traffic junctions along with their peak traffic density are listed in

Table 3.11. The Leq at the traffic junctions was observed in the range of 67.2 dB (A).

TABLE 3.11

VEHICULAR TRAFFIC AND CORRESPONDING NOISE LEVELS DURING PEAK HOURS

IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No.

Traffic Intersection Traffic Density per peak hours Sound pressure levels (peak hours) H M L

1 National Highway-7 248 179 184 67.2

2 State Highway-264 70 60 25 53.0

Observations:

1) Width of the roads was found less than the requirement for accommodating the daily plying traffic,

particularly, during day time. Heavy traffic on the main roads passing through the villages or

townships during day time, contribute significantly to increase in noise levels in the nearby residential

areas. During night time traffic density was found to be less, therefore, noise was mainly due to

industrial activities.

2) The major commercial activities in the region are the local market places. Other than regular

human activities, the traffic, particularly, industrial goods vehicles are the main contributors for noise

in these areas.

3) The noise levels were recorded at some hospitals and colleges/schools. High noise levels were

observed a few places because of parking besides the main road sides.

4) Most of the industries existing in the nearby industrial areas have not developed sufficient green

cover surrounding them. Hence, attenuation was not observed in the study region.


In general, any industrial project is expected to cause impact on water environment in two ways: one

is stress on water resources (continuous withdrawal of large quantities of water) and other is pollution

through discharge of effluents. These impacts may be related to either both surface and groundwater

resources in the project area depending on the specific situation.To address these issues, it is

necessary to ensure the availability of water resources in project area with respect to their existing

quality as well as their supportive capacity to represent the baseline status of water environment.

Surface and Ground Water Sampling Locations

Total 12 surface and groundwater samples were collected from the study area (four surface water and

eight groundwater samples). These samples were collected as grab samples presented and brought to

the laboratory and were analyzed for various parameters and compared with the standards. The water

sampling locations are listed in Table-3.12 and are depicted in Figure-3.4. The selection of the surface

and ground water sampling locations was a made based on the surrounding activities, water intake,

drinking sources and discharge point of view.



TABLE 3.12

SURFACE AND GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS

Code Location Source Direction Distance (km)

w.r.t. Project Site

Surface Water

SW1 Near Sukli Wenna River NE 9.7

SW2 Khairi Buzurg Wenna River NE 9.5

SW3 Near Takalghat Krishna Nala N 7.4

SW4 Near Borgaon Krishna Nala NNW 8.7

Ground Water

GW1 Asola Dugwell NW 2.4

GW2 Tarsi Dugwell NE 2.5

GW3 Borkhedi Dugwell ENE 4.2

GW4 Dudha Dugwell S 0.9

GW5 Dhavalpeth Tubewell NE 0.9

GW6 Borgaon Tubewell NW 8.3

GW7 Somalgad Tubewell W 9.4

GW8 Vadgaon Tubewell W 6.7

River Nand (water source to MIDC)




FIGURE 3.4: SURFACE AND GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS

3.4.1 Physico-chemical characteristics

3.4.1.1 Surface Water Quality

The physico-chemical characteristics of the surface water samples collected and analysed are

presented in Table 3.13 and are compared with the IS-10500 standards. The analysis results

indicated that the pH ranged between 7.09 to 7.93 which was well within the specified standard of 6.5

to 8.5. The TDS was observed to be 330 to 462 mg/l which was within the permissible limit of 2000

mg/l. The Total Hardness recorded was in the range of 191 to 277 mg/l as CaCO3 which was also

within the permissible limit of 600 mg/l. The nitrate was found to be in the range of 0.40 to 0.96 mg/l.

The levels of chloride and sulphate were found to be in the range of 84 to 122 mg/l and 18 to 24 mg/l

respectively. Heavy metals content (i.e. As, Al, Cd, Cr, Cu, Pb, Fe, Mn, Zn and Hg) were found to be

very low and within the specified standards. The overall surface water quality was found to be safe

physico- chemically for drinking and domestic purposes.



3.4.1.2 Groundwater Quality

The physico-chemical characteristics of groundwater are presented in Table 3.14 and compared with

the IS-10500 standards.The analysis results indicated that the pH ranged between 7.5 to 7.91 which

was well within the specified standard of 6.5 to 8.5.

The TDS was ranging from 310 to 571 mg/l. Total hardness was found to be in the range of 196-452

mg/l. The fluoride concentrations were varied between 0.11-0.24 mg/l which were within the

acceptable limit of 1 mg/l. The nitrate and sulphate were found in the range of 3 to 28 mg/l and 14-58

mg/l respectively. Calcium varied between 40 to 160 mg/l. The heavy metals content (i.e. As, Al, Cd,

Cr, Cu, Pb, Fe, Mn, Zn and Hg) were found to be within permissible limits.

3.4.2 Bacteriological Characteristics

Coliform group of organisms are indicators of faecal contamination in water. Water samples were

analysed for total and faecal coliform deploying membrane filtration technique. Bacteriological quality

of surface and ground water in pre monsoon season is presented in Tables 3.13 and 3.14

respectively.

Bacteriologically, all surface water samples were faecally contaminated and chlorination is needed

before use for drinking purpose whereas some of the groundwater samples were also found faecally

contaminated and need chlorination before use for drinking purpose.

Overall surface water quality was found to be physico-chemically suitable however bacteriologically

contaminated and need chlorination before consumption. The ground water quality in the study area

is highly mineralized with respect to total dissolved solids, hardness, alkalinity and nitrates except iron

content in some of the places, howerver safe bacteriologically.



TABLE 3.13

SURFACE WATER QUALITY

Sr. No.

Test Parameter Measurement Unit

As per IS 10500 : 2012 (Drinking Water - Specification)

Near Sukli (SW1)

Khairi Buzurg (SW2)

Near Takalghat (SW3)

Borgaon (SW4)

Acceptable Limit *Permissible Limit River Wenna Krishna Nallah

1. pH value at 250C - 6.5 to 8.5 No relaxation 7.93 7.09 7.6 7.16

2. Electrical Conductivity at 250C µS/cm - - 780 840 620 600

3. Turbidity NTU 1 5 4 3 3 5

4. Apparent colour Hazen units 5 15 3 3 4 5

5. Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

6. Taste - Agreeable Agreeable - - - -

7. Iron (as Fe) mg / l 0.3 No relaxation 0.62 0.41 0.92 0.36

8. Total dissolved solids (TDS) mg / l 500 2000 430 462 340 330

9. Fluoride (as F) mg / l 1.0 1.5 0.29 0.24 0.31 0.29

10. Cyanide (as CN) mg / l 0.05 No relaxation < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005

11. Chloride (as Cl) mg / l 250 1000 131 122 84 92

12. Total alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg / l 200 600 294 196 220 196

13. Total hardness (as CaCO3) mg / l 200 600 277 272 232 191

14. Calcium (as Ca) mg / l 75 200 79 80 76 63

15. Magnesium (as Mg) mg / l 30 100 19 17 10 8

16. Sulphate (as SO4) mg / l 200 400 22 24 18 20

17. Nitrates (as NO3) mg / l 45 No relaxation 0.80 0.90 0.96 0.42

18. Copper (as Cu) mg / l 0.05 1.5 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

19. Manganese (as Mn) mg / l 0.1 0.3 0.92 1.14 1.12 0.98

20. Mercury (as Hg) mg / l 0.001 No relaxation ND ND ND ND

21. Cadmium (as Cd) mg / l 0.003 No relaxation 0.02 0.02 0.06 0.04

22. Selenium (as Se) mg / l 0.01 No relaxation ND ND ND ND

23. Arsenic (as As) mg / l 0.01 0.05 ND ND ND ND

24. Aluminium (as Al) mg / l 0.03 0.2 0.08 0.04 0.08 0.07

25. Lead (as Pb) mg / l 0.01 No relaxation ND ND ND ND

26. Zinc (as Zn) mg / l 5 15 ND ND ND 0.11

27. Total Chromium (as Cr) mg / l 0.05 No relaxation 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

28. Boron (as B) mg / l 0.5 1.0 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

29. Mineral Oil

mg / l 0.5 No relaxation <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001



Sr. No.



Near Sukli (SW1)

Khairi Buzurg (SW2)

Near Takalghat (SW3)

Borgaon (SW4)

Acceptable Limit *Permissible Limit River Wenna Krishna Nallah

30. Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH)

mg / l 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

31. Anionic detergents mg / l 0.2 1.0 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 32 Total coliform MPN/100 ml Absent Absent 130 320 210 280

33. Escherichia coli per 100 ml Absent Absent Present Present Present Present

ND: Not detectable.

TABLE 3.14

GROUNDWATER QUALITY

Sr.No.


As per IS 10500 : 2012 (Drinking Water -Specification)

Asola (GW1)

Borkhedi (GW2)

Tarsi (GW3)

Dudha (GW4)

Dhavalpeth (GW5)

Borgaon (GW6)

Somalgad (GW7)

Vadgaon (GW8)

Acceptable Limit

*Permissible Limit

1. pH value at 250C - 6.5 to 8.5 No relaxation 7.60 7.62 7.81 7.9 7.91 7.6 7.8 7.5

2. Electrical Conductivity at 25

0C

µS/cm - - 710 1038 680 504 725 642 780 690

3. Turbidity NTU 1 5 1.6 3.8 2.8 1.4 3.1 1.2 0.90 1.8

4. Apparent colour Hazen units 5 15 4 4 3 4 3 <1 <1 <1

5. Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

6. Taste - Agreeable Agreeable - - - - - - - -

7. Iron (as Fe) mg / l 0.3 No relaxation 0.13 0.19 0.13 0.11 0.14 0.16 0.24 0.36

8. Total dissolved solids (TDS)

mg / l 500 2000 391 571 374 310 399 353 429 380

9. Fluoride (as F) mg / l 1.0 1.5 0.18 0.21 0.24 0.16 0.21 0.11 0.18 0.13

10. Cyanide (as CN) mg / l 0.05 No relaxation ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

11. Chlorides (as Cl) mg / l 250 1000 78 174 58 18 115 118 97 66

12. Total alkalinity (as CaCO3)

mg / l 200 600 218 240 234 248 215 196 204 244

13. Total hardness (as CaCO3)

mg / l 200 600 368 452 240 236 196 238 360 273

14. Calcium (as Ca) mg / l 75 200 104 160 40 53 65 54 98 58

15. Magnesium (as Mg) mg / l 30 100 26 39 33 25 31 25 28 31

16. Sulphate (as SO4) mg / l 200 400 42 58 18 14 14 22 28 36

17. Nitrates (as NO3) mg / l 45 No relaxation 16 13 11 3 7 12 16 28



Sr.No.


As per IS 10500 : 2012 (Drinking Water -Specification)

Asola (GW1)

Borkhedi (GW2)

Tarsi (GW3)

Dudha (GW4)

Dhavalpeth (GW5)

Borgaon (GW6)

Somalgad (GW7)

Vadgaon (GW8)

Acceptable Limit

*Permissible Limit

18. Copper (as Cu) mg / l 0.05 1.5 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

19. Manganese (as Mn) mg / l 0.1 0.3 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.06 < 0.03 < 0.05 <0.02 <0.01 <0.02

20. Mercury (as Hg) mg / l 0.001 No relaxation ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

21. Cadmium (as Cd) mg / l 0.003 No relaxation 0.02 0.01 0.04 0.02 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.01

22. Selenium (as Se) mg / l 0.01 No relaxation ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

23. Arsenic (as As) mg / l 0.01 0.05 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

24. Aluminium (as Al) mg / l 0.03 0.2 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.007 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.04

25. Lead (as Pb) mg / l 0.01 No relaxation ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

26. Zinc (as Zn) mg / l 5 15 0.10 0.14 0.08 0.12 0.06 0.09 0.14 0.11

27. Total Chromium (as Cr) mg / l 0.05 No relaxation ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

28. Boron (as B) mg / l 0.5 1.0 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

29. Mineral Oil mg / l 0.5 No relaxation < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001


mg / l 0.001 0.002 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001

31. Anionic detergents mg / l 0.2 1.0 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 32 Total coliform MPN/100 ml Absent Absent 117 11 42 78 48 12 36 54

33. Escherichia coli per 100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Present Absent Absent Absent Absent

ND: Not detectable.



Water Requirement: Total water requirement for the project is estimated to be 27000 m3/day and will be sourced from

Wenna river at Nirgudi.

The distribution network will be through pipeline i.e. 12 km from the Wenna weirs. The raw water will

be supplied through pipeline and will be stored in storage tank where it will be treated in water

treatment plant and the treated water will be sent to ESR (Elevated Storage Reservior) and

distributed to the users through pipeline (individual industries through pipeline) network.

The physico-chemical characteristics of the Nand river which will be the main source for the proposed

MIDC are presented in Table 3.15 and compared with the IS-10500 standards. The analysis results

indicated pH 6.5, which was well within the specified standard of 6.5 to 8.5. The TDS was observed

to be 296 mg/l which was within the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l. The total hardness recorded was

255 mg/l as CaCO3 which was also within the permissible limit of 600 mg/l. The nitrate was found to

be 18.64 mg/l. The levels of chloride and sulphate were found to be 159 mg/l and 128 mg/l

respectively. Heavy metals content (i.e. As, Al, Cd, Cr, Cu, Pb, Fe, Mn, Zn and Hg) were found to be

very low and within specified standards. The overall water quality was found to be safe for drinking

purpose physico- chemically however bacteriologically found to be contaminated and needs

chlorination before consumption.

TABLE 3.15

PHYSICO-CHEMICAL AND BACTERIOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF RIVER NAND

Sr. No.



Nand river

Acceptable Limit

*Permissible Limit

1. pH value - 6.5 to 8.5 No relaxation 6.5 at 280C

2. Electrical Conductivity at 250C

µs/cm - - 563

3. Turbidity NTU 1 5 4

4. Apparent colour Hazen units 5 15 8

5. Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

6. Taste - Agreeable Agreeable -

7. Iron (as Fe) mg / l 0.3 No relaxation 0.24

8. Total dissolved solids (TDS)

mg / l 500 2000 310

9. Fluoride (as F) mg / l 1.0 1.5 0.32

10. Cyanide (as CN) mg / l 0.05 No relaxation ND

11. Chloride (as Cl) mg / l 250 1000 59

12. Total alkalinity (as CaCO3)

mg / l 200 600 103

13. Total hardness (as CaCO3)

mg / l 200 600 255

14. Calcium (as Ca) mg / l 75 200 83

15. Magnesium (as Mg) mg / l 30 100 12

16. Sulphate (as SO4) mg / l 200 400 28

17. Nitrates (as NO3) mg / l 45 No relaxation 18.64

18. Copper (as Cu) mg / l 0.05 1.5 < 0.03

19. Manganese (as Mn) mg / l 0.1 0.3 < 0.05

20 Mercury (as Hg) mg / l 0.001 No relaxation < 0.0005

21. Cadmium (as Cd) mg / l 0.003 No relaxation < 0.001

22. Selenium (as Se) mg / l 0.01 No relaxation < 0.001



Sr. No.



Nand river

Acceptable Limit

*Permissible Limit

23. Arsenic (as As) mg / l 0.01 0.05 < 0.01

24. Aluminium (as Al) mg / l 0.03 0.2 0.090

25. Lead (as Pb) mg / l 0.01 No relaxation < 0.001

26. Zinc (as Zn) mg / l 5 15 < 0.10

27. Total Chromium (as Cr)

mg / l 0.05 No relaxation < 0.03

28. Boron (as B) mg / l 0.5 1.0 < 0.10

29. Mineral Oil mg / l 0.5 No relaxation < 0.001


mg / l 0.001 0.002 < 0.001

31. Anionic detergents mg / l 0.2 1.0 < 0.001

32 Total coliform MPN/100 ml Absent Absent > 16

33. Escherichia coli per 100 ml Absent Absent Present


3.5.1 Drainage of the Study Area

The distance and direction of river/streams/nallahs found in the surrounding areas of 10 km radius from the

project site are given in Table 3.16 and drainage pattern is shown in Figure 3.5.

TABLE 3.16

DISTANCE AND DIRECTION OF RIVER/STREAM/NALA WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS

Name of the River/Stream/Nala Distance from Project Site Direction from Project Site

Krishna Nallah 4.9 Km N

Murjhari Nallah 3.8 Km N

Vena River 7.9 Km NE

Vaghai Nallah 3.8 Km S

Rama Dam/ Reservoir 7.3 Km E



78.84 78.86 78.88 78.9 78.92 78.94 78.96 78.98 79 79.02

20.78

20.8

20.82

20.84

20.86

20.88

20.9

20.92

20.94

Legend

Stream/ Nala

Project Site of MIDC Phase I 10 Km Radius

FIGURE 3.5: DRAINAGE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA



3.5.2 Remote Sensing and GIS Application

Remote sensing technology has emerged as a powerful tool in providing reliable information on

various natural resources at different levels of spatial details; it has played an important role in

effective mapping and periodic monitoring of natural resources including environment.

With the availability of high resolution remote sensing data, newer areas of remote sensing

applications have been identified, techniques of data processing have been improved and computer

based image processing systems have become more effective.

Based on these application, the land use and land cover studies refers to man‟s activities on land, utilitarian

in nature whereas land cover denotes the vegetation cover, water body and artificial constructions/

habitation etc.

The Land use/land cover classification system standardized by Department of Space, for mapping different

agro-climatic zones was adopted. The classification systems are as follows:

* Build up land:- it is defined as an of human habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and

that which has a cover of building, transport, communication utilities in association with water, vegetation

and vacant lands.

* Land with or without scrub: - They occupy (relatively) higher topography like uplands or high

ground with or without scrub. These lands are generally prone to degradation or erosion. These exclude

hilly and mountainous terrain.

* Fallow land: - It is described as agricultural lands which is taken up for cultivation but is temporarily

allowed to rest un-cropped for one or more seasons, but not less than one year. These lands are

particularly those which are seen devoid of crops.

* Dense Evergreen forest:-It is described as forest, which comprises of thick and dense canopy of

all trees, which predominantly remain green throughout the year. It includes both coniferous and tropical

broad-lived evergreen trees. Semi- evergreen forest is a mixture of both deciduous and evergreen trees

but the latter predominate.

* Water bodies: - Area persistently covered by water such as rivers and reservoir, and lakes.

3.5.3 Land use of Study Area

The land-use & land cover map of the 10 km radial study area from the periphery of project site was

prepared using Resource SAT-2 , sensor-LISS-3 having 23.5m spatial resolution and date of pass 29

May 2014 satellite image with reference to Google Earth data. In order to strengthen the baseline

information on existing land use pattern, the data covering approx. 20°51‟09.00” N latitude and

78°55‟56.90” E longitude was used.

Land use pattern of the study area as well as the catchment area was carried out by standard

methods of analysis of remotely sensed data and followed by ground truth collection and

interpretation of satellite data. The outcome of landuse study is presented below in subsequent tables

and figures.

Data specification used for presents study

Satellite/ Image Sensor Scene-Spec Spatial resolution Date of Acquisition

Resource SAT-2 LISS-3 99-57 23.5 m 29 May 2014

Objective

The objectives of Land use studies are:

To determine the present land use pattern as per EIA/EMP norms by MoEF.

To determine the drainage pattern present in the study area.



Data Used

A. Remote sensing data

IRS P6 LISS-3 Scene

B. Collateral Data

Survey of India toposheet (OSM) bearing 55P/1 and 55 L/13 (1:50,000 Scale)

Methodology

The land use pattern of the study area was studied by analysing the available secondary data published in

the District Primary Census abstract of the year 2001 & 2011.

Salient features of the adopted methodology are given below:

• Acquisition of satellite data

• Preparation of base map from Survey of India topo sheets

• Data analysis using visual interpretation techniques

• Ground truth studies or field checks using GPS

• Finalization of the map

• Digitization using head up vectorisation method

• Topology construction in GIS

• Area calculation for statistics generation

• Masking

The spatial resolution and the spectral bands in which the sensor collects the remotely sensed data are

two important parameters for any land use survey. IRS P6 LISS III data offers spatial resolution of 23.5 m

with the swath width of 141 x 141 km. the data is collected in four visible bands namely green (Band 2)

(0.52-0.59µ), red (Band 3) (0.62-0.69µ), near infrared (NIR) (Band 4) (0.77-0.89µ), short wave infrared

band (Band 5) (1.55-1.75µ) with orbit repeat period of 24 days (three days revisit). The shapes, sizes,

colours, tone and texture of several geomorphic features are visible in IRS data.

Four spectral bands provide high degree of measurability through band combination including FCC

generation, bands rationing, classification etc. These features of the IRS data are particularity important for

better comprehension and delineation of the land use classes. Hence, IRS P6 LISS-III data has been used

for land use mapping.

The digital image processing was performed on Erdas Imagine 2014 and QGIS 2.2 software system on

high-configured computer. This software package is a collection of image processing functions necessary

for pre-processing, rectification, band combination, filtering, statistics, classification etc. Apart from contrast

stretching, there are large numbers of image processing functions that can be performed on this station.

Arc map 9.3 is used for final layout presentation.

The satellite data from the compact disc was loaded on the hard disk and by studying quick look (the

sampled image of the appropriate area;) the sub-scene of the study area was extracted.

Supervised classification using all the spectral bands can separate fairly accurately, the different land use

classes at level II on the basis of the spectral responses, which involve the following three steps:

1. Acquisition of ground truth

2. Calculation of the statistics of training area

3. Classification using maximum likelihood algorithm

The training areas for classification were homogeneous, well spread throughout the scene with bordering

pixels excluded in processing. Several training sets were used through the scene for similar land use

classes. After evaluating the statistical parameters of training sets, the training areas were rectified by

deleting no congruous training sets and creating new ones.

3.5.3.1 Pre-field Interpretation of Satellite Data

The False Colour Composite (FCC) of LISS-3 satellite imagery having 23.5 m spatial resolution

satellite data at 1:50,000 scale was used for pre-field interpretation work.Taking the help of topo

sheets, geology, geo-morphology and by using the image elements, the features were identified and



78.84 78.86 78.88 78.9 78.92 78.94 78.96 78.98 79 79.02

20.78

20.8

20.82

20.84

20.86

20.88

20.9

20.92

20.94

Legend


LISS -III 23.5 m Spatial Resolution

delineated the boundaries roughly. Each feature was identified on image by their image elements like

tone, texture, colour, shape, size, pattern and association. A tentative legend in terms of land cover

and land use was formulated. The sample area for field check was selected covering all the

physiographic, land use/land cover feature cum image characteristics. Figure 3.6 shows the FCC of

LISS-3 Imagery.

FIGURE 3.6: FALSE COLOUR COMPOSITE OF THE STUDY AREA



3.5.3.2 Ground Truth Collection

Both topo sheets and imagery were carried for field verification and a transverse plan using existing

road network was made to cover as many representative sample areas as possible to observe the

broad land use features and to adjust the sample areas according to field conditions. Detail field

observations and investigations were carried out and classified the land use features on the imagery.

3.5.3.3 Post Field Work for Land Use/Land Cover Classification

The base map of the study area was prepared, with the help of Survey of India Toposheets on

1:50,000 scale. Preliminary interpreted land use and the land cover features boundaries from IRS-2,

sensor LISS-3 having 23.5m spatial resolution,False Colour Composite were modified in light of field

information and the final thematic details were transferred onto the base map. The final interpreted

and classified thematic map was cartograph. The cartographic map was categorically differentiate

with standard colour coding and described features with standard symbols. All the classes were

identified and marked by the standard legend on the map.The following Land Cover classes were

derived and classified as under:

1. Agricultural land

2. Settlements

3. Dense Forest

4. Open scrub

5. Mines/Quarry

6. Water Bodies

3.5.3.4 Land Use/Land Cover Classification- Interpretation

The land cover classes were extracted following a visual interpretation method or on screen

digitization of the Resource Sat-2 Imagery, sensor LISS-3 having 23.5m spatial resolution image.

These were later verified by using SOI toposheet and Google Earth imagery. Polygon layers for each

class were digitized and the respective areas were calculated. The land cover classes and their

coverage are shown in Table 3.17 and its distribution is shown in Figure 3.8. The present land cover

classes are represented in Figure 3.7. Total six major land use/ land cover classes were demarcated

in the study area and a thematic map of 1:50,000 scales was generated incorporating these classified

categories considering the area of the project. The area as a whole represented a gently slope,

drained by a number of north to south east flowing rivers which were debouched into the Wenna

river, in which one reservoir was constructed for water supply to MIDC area. It was also observed that

the Krishna nallah and Murjhari nallah which are one of the principle stream flow through the project

site in northern area and one of the principal stream for Wenna river meets at north east direction

also there were various channels which were flowing through the project area.



78.84 78.86 78.88 78.9 78.92 78.94 78.96 78.98 79 79.02

20.78

20.8

20.82

20.84

20.86

20.88

20.9

20.92

20.94

LegendOpen Scrub

Agriculture Land Water Bodies

Settlement

Mining Quarry

10 KM Radius

Industrial Settlement

Road Railway Line

FIGURE 3.7: LU/LC DETAILS OF THE STUDY AREA



TABLE 3.17

LU/LC CLASSES AND THEIR COVERAGE IN SQ. KM

Sr. No. LU/LC Class Area (Km²) Percentage (%)

1 Built up Land Rural/Urban)

Settlement 27.56 8.78

Industry/other industries 17.83 5.68

Road Infrastructure 7.28 2.32

Railway Line/Railway Siding 3.79 1.21

2 Agriculture Land

Cropland/Current Fallow Land 182.53 58.13

3 Water bodies

River/Nala/Stream 8.62 2.75

Pond/Tank 3.69 1.18

4 Scrub/Waste Land

Land with scrub/Open Scrub 36.44 11.61

5 Dense Forest

Open Mixed Jungle 19.47 6.20

Forest Plantation 6.23 1.98

6 Mining/Stone Quarry 0.56 0.18

Total 314 100

FIGURE 3.8: PIE CHART REPRESENTING THE LU/LC DETAILS OF THE STUDY AREA

From the Table 3.17, it was depicted that total six major land use/land cover classes were

demarcated in the study area. As seen from the land cover classes, agriculture appears to be the

main land use pattern in the study area, however there is a large area of open scrub land which could

be later developed into a cultivable land. Agriculture had the highest coverage of all the land cover

classes having 58.13% (182.53 sq.km approx) of the total project area and thereafter the open scrub



area covered second highest position having 11.61% (36.44 sq. km approx). The forest cover was

8.18 % (25.7sq.km). The presence of water bodies including the river, dam, canal and tributaries as

seen from the Table 3.17 were covering about 3.92% (12.31sq.km). It was observed that weirs of

Nand river near Nirgudi will be used for purpose of water supply to additional MIDC Phase-I project.

Presently it‟s the main source for supplying of water to M/s VIPL (Reliance Power). There were

certain pockets under the mining of stone quarry in open cast by the various private players having

ancillary units of construction and township projects. The area covered by these stone quarry/ mining

activities, was slight minimal i.e. 0.18% (0.56 sq. km approx). It is also resembles from the satellite

data and LU/LC map, settlements were observed at a subsequent area, predominantly their presence

on the bank of river Vena and spreads all over the adjoining study area. Maximum settlements were

seen in south west and west parts of the study area which is shown in Table 3.17 i.e. 8.78% (27.56

sq. km).The terrain presumably made it difficult to visualize some of the other features of the total

project area. It was also observed that the study area was well connected by railway i.e. main railway

line connecting from Mumbai-Howrah route and also the two National Highways (NH-7 & NH-204)

and also SH-3 are passing through nearby the study area.

3.5.3.5 Elevation Details of the Study Area

The contour-map was prepared by taking the elevation information by using Survey of India

Toposheet No. 55 P/1 and 55L/13 and also using the help of satellite data SRTM with 90m spatial

resolution with respect to Google Earth imagery information and contour was generated at 5 m

intervals as depicted in Figure 3.9 and the DEM model was represented in Figure 3.10. The 10 km

radius of the proposed Industrial area was confined within 213 meter to 390 meter above MSL as

derived from DEM data.



78.84 78.86 78.88 78.9 78.92 78.94 78.96 78.98 79 79.02

20.78

20.8

20.82

20.84

20.86

20.88

20.9

20.92

20.94

Legend


FIGURE 3.9: CONTOUR DETAILS OF 00-10 KM RADIUS



FIGURE 3.10: DEM DETAILS OF 00-10 KM RADIUS WITH MIDC-PHASE-I LOCATION

3.5.4 Physiography

The study area forms part of Deccan Plateau having flat topped and terraced features. It is a plain

area with the general topography, some areas and vicinity have higher elevation. Lineaments are

also observed in the study area. The elevation in the study area varies from 282 m (amsl) to 297 m

(amsl). It is bounded by the Krishna nallah, which flows in a west-east direction. Lithologically, the

area comprises formations of Deccan Basalt of Cretaceous age.

Soil Types

There are three types of soils found in Nagpur district. The details are as follows:

1) Kali soil: It is black cotton soil which is fine grained clayey in texture and varies in depth from 1 m

to 6 m or more and retain moisture.

2) Morand soils: It is predominant in the district. It is like black cotton soil with higher percentage of

lime than the Kali soil. It is black, grey or light to dark brown in colour, clayey in texture and in a depth

of about 1 to 3 m.

4) Bardi soil: It is red gravel covered with boulders found on summits and slopes of trap hills and is

less fertile in nature.



Regional Stratigraphy

Recent.

Deccan Trap And Intertrappeans.

Lameta.

Gondwanas

Kamthi Group

Talchir Group

Archaeans

(Metamorphic And Crystalline Series).

Geology of the area

Geologically Butibori area is composed of basaltic rocks. The basalts are extrusive naturally mined

igneous rock. They are dense,fine-grained rocks that are of very dark color- green or black and form

when molten lava from deep in the earth's crust rises up and solidifies. Slightly coarser old sheets of

basalt, now partially altered but still dark in color, are extensively quarried, crushed, and sold as

"traprock". Basalt is a hard, dense, dark volcanic rock composed chiefly of plagioclase, pyroxene, and

olivine, and often having a glassy appearance. Archeans and the Deccan trap basalts are the two

consolidated formations, which form the hard rock aquifers occurring in the district.

A) ARCHAEAN- The crystalline rocks comprising of gneiss, schist, pegmatite and quartzite are the

main formations occurring in north-eastern and south eastern parts of the district. In these rocks,

weathered zone which is down to a depth of 25 m.bgl forms the important shallow aquifer for

dugwells. In unweathered crystalline rocks, the occurrence of groundwater is mainly controlled by

joints and fractures. Higher yields are generally associated with lineaments. Ground water at places

occur in fractured zones at depth in semi-confined to confined conditions.

B) DECCAN TRAPS- Basalt is the main formation of the district and occupies an area of about 4300

sq. km. Groundwater occurs under phreatic conditions in the exposed lava flows and in semi-confined

to confined state in the subsurface flows. Ground water is present in pore spaces in the vesicular unit

of each flow and in the jointed and fractured portions of massive unit. However, secondary porosity

and permeability developed on account of weathering, fracturing and joints play a very important role

in the storage and movement of ground water. This has given rise to good aquifers. Weathering not

only produces granular materials but also widens the fractures, joint and shear zones.

HYDROGEOLOGY:

Hydrogeologically, the aquifer is unconfined to semi-confined type. In the Deccan Traps and

Archeans, the rocks do not have primary porosity. Secondary porosity has been developed due to

vesicles, weathering, jointing and fracturing. The water bearing capacity depends on the degree and

depth of weathering, intensity of jointing and fracturing and thickness of sheared zones. The

groundwater is used through open dug wells, primarily used for domestic use by the inhabitants

whereas the deep bore wells are used for irrigation purpose. Depth of groundwater level varied from

1 – 27 m during pre-monsoon and up to >20 m in overexploited areas. It has come up to less than 10

m (bgl) during post monsoon. The aquifer yield in the study area varied from 60 liters/min to 300

liters/min. The study area of MIDC Butibori is under 41.52 % of groundwater development. It is

considered as safe category for groundwater withdrawal (CGWB, 2009).

3.5.5 Soil characteristics

Soil may be defined as a thin layer of earth‟s crust which serves as a natural medium for the growth

of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter that has been subjected to, and influenced by



genetic and environmental factors parent material, climate, organisms and topography all acting over

a period of time. Soil differs from the parent material in the morphological, physical, chemical and

biological properties. Also, soils differ among themselves in some or all the properties, depending on

the differences in the genetic and environmental factors. Thus some soils are red, some are black;

some are deep and some are shallow; some are coarse-textured and some are fine-textured. It

serves in varying degree as a reservoir of nutrients and water for crops, provides mechanical

anchorage and favorable tilth. The components of soils are mineral materials, organic matter, water

and air, the proportions of which vary and which together form a system for plant growth; hence there

is a need to study the soils in perspective manner.

3.5.5.1 Data generation

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil

conditions in and around the project site representing various landuse conditions. The physical,

chemical and heavy metal concentrations were determined. The samples were collected by ramming

a core-cutter into the soil up to a depth of 20 cm. Total 12 samples were collected from different

locations within the study area and analyzed. The details of the soil sample locations are given in

Table 3.18 and shown in Figure 3.11. The monitoring was carried out once in the study period during

pre monsoon season. The international pipette method (Black, 1964) was adopted for determination

of particle size analysis. The physical parameters such as bulk density, porosity and water holdinig

capacity were determined by following KR box method (Keen and racekowski) 1921.

TABLE 3.18

DETAILS OF SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS

Sr. No.

Location Code Locations Distance (km) Direction

w.r.t. proposed project site

1. S1 Dhavalpeth - -

2. S2 Chicholi 0.5 S

3. S3 Tarsi 0.5 NE

4. S4 Bamhani 1.0 ESE

5. S5 Rama 2.5 ESE

6. S6 Tembhari 3.6 SE

7. S7 Sonegaon 4.2 S

8. S8 Sindi 3.5 SSW

9. S9 Vadgaon 4.6 W

10. S10 Ajangaon 3.6 WNW

11. S11 Khapri 2.4 N

12. S12 Borgaon 5.1 NW



FIGURE 3.11: STUDY AREA MAP WITH SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS

3.5.5.2 Physical characteristics of soil

Physical characteristics of soil were determined through specific parameters viz. particle size

distribution, bulk density, porosity, water holding capacity, texture and are presented in Table 3.19.

TABLE 3.19

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL

Sr. No.

Location Bulk Density (g/cc)

Porosity Water Holding Capacity

Particle Size Distribution Texure

Sand Silt Clay

(%)

1. Dhavalpeth 1.30 12.24 27.8 34 12 54 Clay

2. Chicholi 1.41 28.08 46.29 37 22 41 Sandy Clay

3. Tarsi 1.39 28.72 43.86 39 19 42 Sandy clay loam

4. Bamhani 1.46 32.91 48.29 38 21 41 Sandy clay loam

5. Rama 1.50 52.16 67.95 28 24 48 clayey

6. Tembhari 1.32 16.19 31.9 41 11 48 Sandy clay loam

7. Sonegaon 1.52 26.48 44.43 17 37 46 Clayey

8. Sindi 1.31 32.91 51.72 28 21 51 Clayey

9. Vadgaon 1.34 14.24 30.02 14 35 51 Clayey

10. Ajangaon 1.39 36.80 50.10 35 23 50 Clayey



Sr. No.

Location Bulk Density (g/cc)

Porosity Water Holding Capacity

Particle Size Distribution Texure

Sand Silt Clay

(%)

11. Khapri 1.43 32.14 50.58 29 25 46 Clayey

12. Borgaon 1.34 24.42 35.29 36 10 54 Clayey

Source: Anacon Laboratory Pvt. Ltd.

Regular cultivation practices increase the bulk density of soils thus inducing compaction. This results

in reduction in water percolation rate and penetration of roots through soils. The soils with low bulk

density have favourable physical conditions whereas those with high bulk density exhibit poor

physical conditions for agriculture crops. The bulk density of the soil in the study area ranged

between 1.30 to 1.52 g/cc which indicates favourable physical condition for plant growth. The porosity

was found in the range of 12.24-52.16 %, water holding capacity was observed between 27.8-67.95

% whereas the texture of soil in the area was found to be clay loam to silty loam. Electrical

conductivity, a measure of soluble salts in the soil was in the range of 42.63 to 267.6 μS/cm as shown

in Table 3.20.

3.5.5.3 Chemical Characteristics of Soil

Data collected for chemical characteristics of soils through selected parameters viz. pH, soluble

cations and anions, organic content and fertility status in the form of NPK values and organic matter

are presented in Tables 3.20 & 3.21 respectively.

pH is an important parameter indicative of alkaline or acidic nature of soil. It greatly affects the

microbial population as well as solubility of metal ions and regulates nutrient availability. Variation in

the pH of the soil in the study area is presented in Table 3.20 and it was found to be neutral to slightly

alkaline (6.57 to 7.39) in reaction.

The important cations in the soil are calcium and magnesium whose concentration levels ranged from

104.91 to 202.03 mg/Kg and 18.94 to 59.32 mg/Kg respectively. Chlorides were in the range of 49.85

to 274.21 mg/Kg.

TABLE 3.20

CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL IN STUDY AREA (SOIL-WATER EXTRACT)

Sr. No.

Location pH at 25ºC

Electrical Conductivity at 25

0C

(μS/cm)

Ca Mg Na Cl- SO4

- B Fe

+2 Mn Zn

Soluable cations and anions (1:2, Soil Water Extract) mg/kg

1. Dhavalpeth 7.25 66.08 130.59 20.58 46.48 99.87 199.83 0.14 3.05 0.28 ND

2. Chicholi 6.57 103.97 129.62 31.08 21.19 101.07 154.37 ND 3.09 0.47 ND

3. Tarsi 6.48 138.26 161.04 18.94 28.61 103.91 139.08 ND 2.87 0.37 ND

4. Bamhani 6.87 117.92 158.29 27.16 24.92 116.82 151.64 ND 2.29 0.41 ND

5. Rama 7.25 78.30 184.71 33.14 23.13 174.16 130.11 ND 1.75 0.21 ND

6. Tembhari 7.39 197.20 158.64 31.42 24.47 87.27 108.91 ND 1.96 0.27 ND

7. Sonegaon 6.80 94.70 147.33 39.11 19.02 74.93 169.33 ND 4.90 0.62 ND

8. Sindi 7.02 162.91 149.28 24.72 48.29 129.26 148.92 ND 2.91 0.34 ND

9. Vadgaon 6.59 42.63 104.91 27.23 22.03 49.85 268.71 ND 12.11 0.44 0.12

10. Ajangaon 7.30 154.50 202.03 26.70 19.28 99.20 121.81 ND 2.72 0.23 ND

11. Khapri 6.62 267.60 128.05 19.08 189.71 274.21 181.82 ND 3.66 2.02 ND

12. Borgaon 7.20 73.19 127.15 59.32 204.74 124.74 111.11 ND 1.72 0.30 ND

ND: Not Detectable



3.5.5.4 Nutrient status

Organic matter and organic carbon present in the soil influences its physical and chemical condition

and is responsible for stability of soil aggregates. The organic matter content is presented in Table

3.21. Organic matter and nitrogen were found in the range of 0.59 to 1.26 % and 413.7 to 714.8

kg/ha. This showed that soil was fertile in organic and nutrient contents.

3.5.5.5 Heavy metals content in the soil

Plant requires some of the heavy metals at microgram levels for their metabolic activities. These

heavy metals are also termed as macronutrients. Their efficiency becomes a limiting factor in the

plant growth, but at the same time their higher concentration in soils may lead to toxicity. Some of the

heavy metals which are acting as micronutrients were estimated and their concentration levels are

presented in Table 3.20.

TABLE 3.21

FERTILITY STATUS

Sr. No.

Location Organic Matter (%)

Org. C (%)

Nitrogen (kg/ha)

Phosphorus (kg/ha)

Potassium (kg/ha)

CEC

1. Dhavalpeth 1.08 0.81 714.8 19.81 134.97 42.1

2. Chicholi 0.61 0.23 559.1 42.29 149.21 41.1

3. Tarsi 0.67 0.21 552.9 48.26 162.52 46.3

4. Bamhani 0.71 0.17 608.2 54.08 129.97 37.1

5. Rama 0.82 0.17 633.1 81.31 169.82 48.1

6. Tembhari 1.26 0.48 428.2 42.16 142.57 48.4

7. Sonegaon 0.74 0.28 622.8 39.41 181.61 50.2

8. Sindi 0.69 0.21 472.9 84.08 158.27 42.6

9. Vadgaon 1.08 0.82 437.7 58.26 168.46 46.8

10. Ajangaon 0.74 0.67 512.8 60.19 160.19 48.3

11. Khapri 1.08 0.28 459.8 91.81 195.61 42.2

12. Borgaon 0.99 0.34 413.7 88.71 216.00 44.3

Source: Anacon Laboratory Pvt.Ltd. Note:- This is for organic carbon

Organic Carbon N P K

- Level in poor soil 0.5 < 280 < 23 < 133

- Level in moderate soil < 0.5 – 0.75 280-560 23-57 133 –337

- Level in fertile soil > 0.75 > 560 > 57 > 337

The relationship of CEC with productivity and absorptivity are presented in Tables 3.22 & 3.23.

TABLE 3.22

RELATIONSHIP OF CEC WITH PRODUCTIVITY

Sr. No. CEC Range (meq/100g) Productivity Location (Sr. No.)

1 < 10 Very Low -

2 10 – 20 Low -

3 20 – 50 Moderate (1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12)

4 > 50 High 7

TABLE 3.23

RELATIONSHIP OF CEC WITH ABSORPTIVITY

Sr. No. CEC Range (meq/100g) Absorptivity Location (Sr. No.)

1 <10 Low -

2 10 – 20 Moderate -

3 20 – 30 Moderately high -

4 30 – 40 High 1-12




3.6.1 Biological Environment

Introduction:

Biological environment of any area constitute all living beings of that area, it is an integral part of the

environment. Hence, any change in the surrounding environment could cause loss of species or

decrease in biodiversity of the area. Therefore, the present study is proposed to assess the impact of

the proposed/expansion project on biological environment of the project site and surrounding area

within 10 km radius. Accordingly, mitigation measures are evolved to sustain the biological diversity.

In general, biological environment is represented by flora and fauna. Flora constitutes the herbs,

shrubs and trees and fauna constitutes the mammals, birds, reptiles, arthropods, amphibians, fishes,

etc.

Objectives of the study

The ecological study of the area was conducted in order to understand the existing status of the flora

and fauna to generate baseline information and evaluate the possible impacts on biological

environment. The present study highlights the various issues pertaining to floristic diversity and faunal

wealth in the surrounding area up to 10km radius of the proposed expansion project sites.

Study Area

The proposed additional Butibori industrial area located near village Dhawalpeth in Tehsil and District

Nagpur, Maharashtra. As per the bio-geographical classification, the project area comes under Bio-

geographic province (6D) Deccan Penninsula-Central Plateau region. However, as per Champion &

Seth, 1968 vegetation types of the area can be grouped as Tropical Dry Deciduous Forest & Tropical

Dry Deciduous Thorn Forest. The average annual rainfall of the region is 1091 mm. Soil of the area is

black cotton soil and the texture of the soil varies from clay to sandy. Winter is moderately cold and

the summer is very hot.

Study Approach & Methodology adopted

The baseline study for existing ecological environment was carried out during Summer - 2014. A

participatory and consultative approach was followed. Field visits were under taken for survey of the

vegetation and animals in the study area. The study area is divided into two parts as core area

consisting of project site (1391.85 Ha.) and the buffer area as the 10 km radius of the project site.

Methodology:

Flora: Floral status was assessed in different habitat types and project site of the study area.

Quantitative data was collected using standard methods of quadrate method. Floral enumeration was

done following standard sampling techniques. Random quadrates were laidin order to quantify the

vegetation of the study area. Quadrate size for trees was 10 x 10 m, for shrubs it was 5 x 5 m and for

herbs it was 1 x 1m. Plots of 1 x 1 m were laid within the treequadrate at each corner to record

grasses. In each of the quadrates, species and their numberwere recorded.

Thedata collected in the field was analyzed for secondary parameters such as density, frequency and

abundance following standard phyto-sociological methods.

The study area was devoid of any natural forest, stratified sampling and observation was made in the

study area as per Forest Survey of India 1992. Besides core area, trees available in the study area

as non-forest area were classified into 8 categories for the purpose of data processing and analysis.

These categories are:



Category of Plantations

(i) Farm forestry: Trees along the farm bunds and in small patches

(ii) Roadside plantation: Trees planted along the road side

(iii) Village woodlot: Naturally growing or planted trees on community /private land

(iv) Block plantation: Compact plantations covering an area of more than 0.1 ha.and not falling in any

of the above

(v) Pond side plantation: Trees planted in and around water ponds

(vi) Railway side plantation: Trees planted along the railway lines

(vii) Canal side plantation: Trees planted along the canals

(viii) Others: Trees not falling in any of the above categories.

Fauna:

Fauna Avifauna: Standard methods were followed to survey the avifauna. The point count method

was followed for counting the birds. Opportunistic survey was also carried out with respect to

avifaunal checklist. Identification by calls was also made for species identification which were not

directly encountered or were hidden in the vegetation or canopy (Sridharan 1989, Bhupathy1991,

Bibby et al., 1992 and Hutto et al., 1986).

Herpetofauna: Area searches were done in the circular plots of 10 m radius to inventory all terrestrial

habitats for reptiles and amphibians. Area searches consisted of turning cover objects like logs,

boulders etc (Welsh, 1987). Sampling for these species involved through binoculars and aural

surveys.

Mammals: Presence of mammals was documented by using both direct and indirect evidences.

Opportunistic sightings were also included. Transect line were used to search indirect evidence i.e.

animal burrows / holes, scat, pellets, feeding signs, and tracks. Photographic (colored pictorial guide)

field guide were used for interviews with local residents (Burnham et al. 1980, Rodgers 1991, Sale

and Berkmuller, 1988, Daniel, 1992)

Threat Status Assessment/evaluation Criteria:

The biodiversity aspects in the form of endemic status, conservation status and life form were

enumerated for all the plant species found in the area during ecological survey. The RedData Book of

the Botanical survey of India was screened to verify their conservation status.For wild animal species

schedule of the Wildlife Protection Act (1972) was screened.

Ecosystems/ Habitat & Vegetation of the study area:

The terrain was found to be almost plain without much undulation; River Vena is only major river

passing through the study area in (7.9 Km from project site) in NE direction & Morzari nallah & Vaghai

nallah passing through the core area (project site) subsequently meet with Krishna Nallah which was

4.9 KM in N direction. One major dam namely Rama Dam/Reservoir was ~7.3 km (E) from the project

site. Land use pattern of this region was dominated by agricultural fields and Zudupi jungles, open

scrub followed by Reserve Forest & Protected Forest. No forest land is involved in core zone of

proposed project.



Details about, Study area & Forest type:

The majority of the important reserve forests in the study area were confined to the hilly region and

falling under the category of “Southern Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests” as per Champion and Seth‟s

classification. Forest in the study area further categorized as under:

Southern Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests

Dry Teak Forest – 5A/C1

Open Mixed Forest – 5A/C3

Dry Teak Bearing Forest: This type of forest is predominantly confined to the hilly region of Kelzar

Reserve Forest which was 7.3 Km in (NW) direction from the project site. Teak in high proportion

which ranged 60-80 % in some patches.

Common associates of Teaks were Salai (Boswellia serrata), Dhaora (Anogeissus latiflolia), Aola

(Emblica officinalis), Palas (Butia monosperma), Bor (Zizyphus jujube), Ghot (Zizyphus xylophyra),

Air (Terminalia tomentosa), Ahl (Morinda tinctoria), Khair (Acacia catechu), Achar (Buchanania

lanzan), Tendu (Diospyros melanoxylon), Amaltas (Cassia fistula), Kalam (Mitragyna parviflora),

Moha (Madhuca latifolia), Movai (Lannia grandis), and Nehada (Terminalia bellarica). Under growth is

not dense, except in moist valleys or along nala bank where Nirgudi (Vitex negundo), Murag sheng

(Helecteres isora), and Bharat (Gymnosporia montana), Chilati (Mimosa hamate), stunted Khair

(Acacia catechu) observed and at very few places Lantana (Lantana camara), and Parijatak

(Nyctanthes arbortristis) were found.

The principal grasses were Sheda (Sehima nervosum), Ghonal (Themada triandra), Kusal

(Heteropogan contortis), Rusa (Cymbopogan martini), and Bhurbhusi (Eragrotis tenella).

Climbers were not very common except along nallahs and streams. The common climbers were

Chilati choti (Acacia pennata), Malkangani (Celastrus paniculata), Piwarbel (Combratum ovalifolia),

Nagbel (Cryptolepis buchanani), Dudhi (Hemidesmus indicus), Dhimarbel (Ichnocarpus prutescens),

Mahul (Bahinia vahilii), Ironi (Zizyphus oenoplca).

Open Mixed Forests: These forests observed intermixed with Teak and Anjan types. Along with the

miscellaneous species Teak occurs in strips or patches in area adjoining Teak forests in all large

reserves. Dense patches of better quality of mixed crops were observed within the moist valleys

along the banks and water courses only.

The tree species commonly found in the Mixed type of forests were Dhawda (Anogeissus latifolia),

Salai (Boswellia serrata), Khair (Acacia catechu), Ghot (Zizyphus xylophyra), Palas (Butea

monosperma), Lendia (Lagerstromia parviflora), Amatas (Cassia fistula), Jamrasi (Cassine glauca),

Gongal (Cochlospermum religiosa), Kulu (Serculia urens), Air (Terminalia tomentosa), Kalam

(Mitragyna parviflora), Tendu (Diosyros melanoxylon), Acharor Charoli (Buchanania lanzan), Semal

(Bombax Ceiba), Apta (Bauhinia recemosa), Aola (Emblica officinalis), Moha (Madhuka latifolia),

Kala-shirish (Albizzia lebbelk) Chichwa (Albizzia odoratissima), Shivan (Gmelina arborea), Kasai

(Bridalia retusa), Pangara (Erythina indica), Movai (Lannea grandis), Rohan (Soymida febrifuga),

Koha (Terminalia arjuna)

The undergrowth species like Bharat (Gymosporia montana), Tarota (Cassia tora), Nirgudi (Vitex

negundo) were observed within the study area.

The climbers were Dudhi (Ichnocarpus frutescence), Piwarbel (Combratum decandrum), Malkanguni

(Celestrus paniculata), Kanch Khuari (Mukuna pruriense)



Grass species were – Kusal (Heteropogan contortus), Sheda (Sehima nurvosum), Ghonal (Themada

trianora), Rusa (Cymbopogan martini) Bhurbhusi (Erogostis tenella), Paoniya (Ischoemum sulcatum),

Barru (Sorghum halepense), etc.

Details of forest in the study area

There were three Reserve Forest observed in the study area covering about 19.68 % of the study

area. There was no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger Reserve, within the

study area. The nearest wildlife sanctuary was Bor Wildlife Sanctuary about ~23.73 km in ENE

direction from project site (Figure 3.12). Following is the list of Reserve forest (as shown in the

plate 3.1) along with the nearest villages w.r.t. distance and direction from the project site.

FIGURE 3.12: BOR WILDLIFE SANCTUARY

The distance, direction of Reserve Forest found in the surrounding areas of 10 km radius from the project

site are as follows:

Name of the forest Distance (km) Direction

Kelzar RF Nr. Village Ghodeghat 7.3 km NW

Junapani RF Nr. Village Dhavalpeth 3.13 N

Zudupi Jungle Nr. village Tarsi 3.48 NE

Zudupi Jungle Nr. village Anjangaon 8.38 NW



Site Specific Photographs of the project

Core Zone (Proposed Site for Expansion)

Communication with the farmers Wildlife survey in Junapani RF& Consultative approach with the locals

View of Kelzar RF in the buffer zone of study area Dried pellets of Barking deer observed in Junapani forest of the study area



Foot mark of Wildboar observed in the agriculture field of buffer zone

Discussion with sub-divisional forest , Butibori official pertaining to the project

Agriculture Crop (Herbacium gossypicum) Cotton observed in the study area

Agriculture in the study area

View of Zudupi jungle within study area Oriental Magpie-Robin observed in Buffer zone

PLATE 3.1: VEGETATION COVER, CROPS, AGRICULTURE FIELD AND FOOT MARKS OF

ANIMALS WITHIN THE STUDY AREA



Phytosociological Survey:

Phyto-sociological study of any vegetation, whether tree layer, shrub or herbaceous layer, is an important

aspect of an ecological study, which deals with social interaction of these plant species among themselves.

This study also reflects about the totality of vegetation at any particular site. The interaction of species and

its totality always varies with space and time lapse and alteration in factors such as edaphic, climatic and

other stresses.

The stratified random sampling approach was followed for phytosociological survey in the present study.

The phytosociological data from these forests were quantitatively analysed to work out the species

richness, diversity, evenness, dominance, importance value, stand density and the basal area (Table 3.24

to 3.26).

TABLE 3.24

CORE ZONE (PROJECT SITE)

SPECIES F D/ha A/ha IVI SWI

Acacia catechu 80 120 150 70.57 0.354

Zizyphus sp. 60 80 133 44.30 0.310

Casia fistula 20 20 100 21.87 0.141

Azadirachta indica 40 40 100 34.14 0.218

Butea monosperma 40 40 100 33.01 0.218

Acacia leucophloea 60 60 100 43.57 0.272

Acacia nilotica 40 60 150 36.23 0.272

Tamarindus indica 20 20 100 16.32 0.141

360 440 933 300 1.925

TABLE 3.25

JUNAPANI RF


Acacia catechu 80 100 125 71.99 0.351

Tectona grandis 20 20 100 17.02 0.155

Casia fistula 40 40 100 35.52 0.237



Acacia nilotica 40 40 100 33.82 0.237

Annona squamosa 20 20 100 16.67 0.155

Acacia Leucophloea 40 40 100 27.15 0.237

340 380 858 300 1.937

TABLE 3.26

KELZAR RESERVE FOREST


Tectona grandis 100 280 280 63.25 0.36

Terminalia alata 80 120 150 40.13 0.27

Diospyros melanoxylon 40 40 100 20.20 0.14

Anogeissus latifolia 20 20 100 13.67 0.09

Buchanania lanzan 40 40 100 13.44 0.14

Morinda tinctoria 20 20 100 8.18 0.09

Wrightia tinctoria 40 40 100 13.05 0.14


Acacia Leucophloea 40 40 100 17.83 0.14

Ixora parviflora 20 20 100 7.65 0.09




Lagerstroemia parviflora 20 20 100 16.24 0.09


Bowsellia serrata 40 40 100 14.95 0.14

Acacia catechu 20 20 100 10.70 0.09

Annana squamosa 20 20 100 7.29 0.09

Acacia nilotica 40 40 100 12.47 0.14

Total 640 880 1863 300.00 2.21

3.6.2 Interpretation of Phytosociological study of vegetation

The IVI table for trees for site I indicated that the Acacia catechu (Khair) was the sole dominant species

in the area followed by Zizipus sp.and Acacia leucophloea was the second dominant species. The IVI table

for trees for site II indicated that the Acacia catechu (Khair) was the sole dominant species in the area with

Butia monosperma as almost the second, but much smaller species. The IVI table for trees for site III

indicated that the Tectona grandis (Teak) was the sole dominant species in the area with Terminalia

tomentosa as the second dominant species.

TABLE 3.27

LIST OF FLORA IN THE STUDY AREA

Trees:

The species enlisted from the study area are given in the Table 3.27 – Total 62 species were enlisted

from the study area

Sr. No. Botanical Name Local Name Family

1. Acacia catechu Khair Mimoseae

2. Acacia leucophloea wild Hiwar Mimoseae

3. Acacia nilotica Babul / Babhool Mimoseae

4. Adina cordifolia Haldu Rubiaceae

5. Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae

6. Ailanthus excelsa Maharukh Simaroubaceae

7. Albizzia lebbek Siras (Black) Mimoseae

8. Albizzia odoratissima Chichwa Mimoseae

9. Albizzia procera Siras (White) Mimoseae

10. Annona squamosa Sitaphal Annonaceae

11. Anogeissus latifolia Dhaora /Dhawada Combretaceae

12. Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae

13. Bauhinia racemosa Apta / Kachnar Caesalpiniaceae

14. Bombax ceiba Katsawar / Semal Bombaceae

15. Boswellia serrata Salai Burseraceae

16. Bridelia retusa Kateain / Kasai Euphorbiaceae

17. Buchanania Ianzan Char / Chironji Anacardiaceae

18. Butea monosperma Palas Fabaceae

19. Careya arborea Kumbhi Lecythidiaceae

20. Casearia elliptica Kalakarai Fabaceae

21. Casearia tomentosa Tondri Samydaceae

22. Cassia fistula Amaltas / Bahawa Caesalpiniaceae

23. Cassia siamea Kashid Caesalpiniaceae

24. Cassine glauca Aran Calastraceae

25. Dalbergia paniculata Dhoban Fabaceae

26. Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Fabaceae

27. Diospyros malanoxylon Tendu Ebenaceae




28. Dolichandrone falcata Medsing Bignoniaceae

29. Erythrina variegate Pangara Fabaceae

30. Ficus benghalensis Wad Moraceae

31. Ficus glomerata Umbar Urticaceae

32. Gardeinia latifolia Ghogar Rubiaceae

33. Garuga pinnata Kakad Burseraceae

34. Gmelina arborea Shiwan / Siwan Verbenaceae

35. Grewia tiliaefolia Dhaman Tiliaceae

36. Holarrhena anthidysentrica White kuda / Satkuda / Kuda

Apocynaceae

37. Ixora arborea Lokhandi Rubiaceae

38. Kydia calycina Warang / Baranga Malvaceae

39. Lagerstroemia parviflora Lendia / Lenda Lythraceae

40. Lannea coromandelica Moyen / Mowai Anacardiaceae

41. Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Mimoseae

42. Madhuca indica Moha / Mahuwa Sapotaceae

43. Manilkara hexandra Khirni Sapotaceae

44. Mitragyna parviflora Karam/Mundi Rubiaceae

45. Phyllanthus emblica Aonla Euphorbiaceae

46. Pongamia pinnata Karanj Fabaceae

47. Pterocarpus marsupium Bija Fabaceae

48. Salix tetraperma Wandra / Bainsa Salicaceae

49. Schleichera oleosa Kusum Sapotaceae

50. Schrebera swietenioides Mokha Aristolochiaceae

51. Semecarpus anacardium Biba / Bhilawa Anacardiaceae

52. Soymida febrifuga Rohan Meliaceae

53. Sterculia urens Kullu / Kulu Sterculiaceae

54. Stereospermum saveolens Padar Bignoniaceae

55. Tamarindus Indica Chinch Caesalpinaceae

56. Tectona grandis Sag / Sagwan / Teak Verbenaceae

57. Terminalia arjuna Arjun / Kahu Combretaceae

58. Terminalia bellerica Behada Combretaceae

59. Terminalia chebula Hirda / Harra Combretaceae

60. Terminalia tomentosa Saja / Ain Combretaceae

61. Ziziphus mauritiana Bor / Ber Rhamnaceae

62. Ziziphus xylopyra Ghoti / Ghot Rhamnaceae

Core Zone

No major trees observed with in the core area (1391.85 Ha). The project area was dominated with

seasonal herbs & shrubs. Trees like Ziziphus mauritiana (Bor), Butia monosperma (Palash), Acacia

leucophloea (Hiwar) & Prosopis juliflora (vedi babool) were sparsely distributed and observed mostly

in core area. Tree cutting involve during the project execution.

Trees


1. Cassia fistula Amaltas / Bahawa Caesalpiniaceae

2. Acacia nilotica Babul / Babhool Mimoseae

3. Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae

4. Ziziphus mauritiana Bor / Ber Rhamnaceae

5. Tamarindus Indica Chinch / Imli Caesalpinaceae

6. Ziziphus xylopyra Ghoti / Ghot Rhamnaceae

7. Ficus glomerata Gular Urticaceae




8. Acacia leucophloea wild Hiwar Mimoseae

9. Pongamia pinnata Karanj Fabaceae

10. Acacia catechu Khair Mimoseae

11. Ailanthus excelsa Maharukh Simaroubaceae

12. Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae

13. Butea monosperma Palas Fabaceae

14. Albizzia lebbek Siras (Black) Mimoseae

15. Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Fabaceae


17. Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Mimoseae

18. Ficus glomerata Umber Moraceae

19. Prosopis juliflora Vedibabul Fabaceae

A. Shrubs/Under Trees

Shrubs encountered during the present survey are given in the Table 3.28. Total 24 species were

enumerated from the study area, Most dominant shrubs in the study area were Jetropha gossypifolia,

Holarrhena antidysentrica.Cassia pumila, Cassia tora, Calotropis gigantea, Lantana camera,

Zizyphus sp., Cassia auriculata, Zizyphus mauritiana and Carissa spinarum.

The shrubs species enlisted from the study area are given in the Table 3.28.

TABLE 3.28

LIST OF SPECIES IN THE STUDY AREA


1. Abutulon indicum Petari Malvaceae

2. Agave Americana Ketki Agavaceae

3. Barleria prionites Katekoranti Acanthaceae

4. Calotropis procera Rui Asclepiadaceae

5. Datura metal Kaladhotra Solanaceae

6. Dodonaea viscosa Kharata Sapinadaceae

7. Ficus hispida Katumber Moraceae

8. Gardenia gummifera Dikamali Rubiaceae

9. Grewia hirsute Gautri Tiliaceae

10. Hamlitonia suaveolens Bhawarmal Rubiaceae

11. Helicteres isora Muradsheng/Marophal Sterculaceae

12. Indigofera tinctoria Neel Fabaceae

13. Lantena Camera Ghaneri / Ulta Verbenaceae

14. Martynia annua Waghnakhi Martyniaceae

15. Maytenus emarginata Bharati Celastraceae

16. Solanum xanthocarpum Kateringani Solanaceae

17. Lantana camera Ghaneri Verbinaceae

18. Cassia auriculata Tarwad Fabaceae

19. Jetropha gossipifolia Ratanjoyti Euphorbiaceae

20. Nyctanthes arbortristis Kharasani/Kharasi Astraceae

21. Phoenix sylvestris Sindhi/Chhindi Areacaceae

22. Vitex negundo Nirgudi Verbanaceae

23. Woodfordia fruticosa Jilbili Lythraceae

24. Wrightia tinctoria Dudhi / Kalakuda Apocyanaceae



Shrubs/Under Trees (Core Zone)

The shrubs species enlisted from the core zone are given in the Table 3.29. 15 species were enlisted

from the study area.

TABLE 3.29

LIST OF SHEUBS SPECIES IN CORE ZONE


1. Abutulon indicum Petari Malvaceae

2. Agave Americana Ketki Agavaceae

3. Barleria prionites Katekolati Acanthaceae

4. Calotropis procera Rui Asclepiadaceae

5. Datura metal Kaladhotra Solanaceae

6. Ficus hispida Katumber Moraceae

7. Helicteres isora Muradsheng/Marophal Sterculaceae

8. Lantena Camera Ghaneri / Ulta Verbenaceae

9. Maytenus emarginata Bharati Celastraceae

10. Solanum xanthocarpum Kateringani Solanaceae

11. Lantana camera Ghaneri Verbinaceae

12. Cassia auriculata Tarwad Fabaceae

13. Jetropha gossipifolia Ratanjoyti Euphorbiaceae

14. Phoenix sylvestris Sindhi/Chhindi Areacaceae

15. Vitex negundo Nirgudi Lamiaceae

B. Herbs:

The herbaceous cover observed in this region is given in the Table 3.30, 15 species were enlisted

from the study area

TABLE 3.30 HERBS & GRASSES IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No. Botanical name Local Name Family

1. Tridax procumbense Kamarmodi Asteraceae

2. Alternanthera sessilis Koypa/bechkusal Amaranthaceae

3. Aerva laneta kapurmadhuri Amaranthaceae

4. Xanthium strumarium Gokhru Asteraceae

5. Achyrantes aspera Aghada Amaranthaceae

6. Croton sparsiflorus ---- Euphorbiaceae

7. Tephrosia hamiltonil Divali Fabaceae

8. Parthenium hysterophorus Gajargawat Astraceae

9. Tribulus terrestris Gokru Zygophyllaceae

10. Stylosanthes hamata Hamata Fabaceae

11. Argemone mexicana Pivla dhotra Papaveraceae

12. Cleome viscosa Pivilitilwan Cleomaceae

13. Hyptis suaveolins Rantulasi/Bantulasi Lamiaceae

14. Atylosia scarabaeoides Rantur Fabaceae

15. Euphorbia geniculata Bhurbusi Euphorbiaceae

Herbs (Core Zone):


1. Tridax procumbense Kamarmodi Asteraceae

2. Alternanthera sessilis Koypa/bechkusal Amaranthaceae

3. Aerva laneta kapurmadhuri Amaranthaceae

4. Xanthium strumarium Gokhru Asteraceae




5. Achyrantes aspera Aghada Amaranthaceae

6. Croton sparsiflorus ---- Euphorbiaceae

7. Tephrosia hamiltonil Divali Fabaceae

8. Parthenium hysterophorus Gajargawat Astraceae

9. Tribulus terrestris Gokru Zygophyllaceae

10. Argemone mexicana Pivla dhotra Papaveraceae

11. Cleome viscosa Pivilitilwan Cleomaceae

12. Hyptis suaveolins Rantulasi/Bantulasi Lamiaceae

13. Atylosia scarabaeoides Rantur Fabaceae

14. Euphorbia jeniculata Bhurbusi Euphorbiaceae

Bamboo & Grasses:

The bamboo & Grasses observed in this region is given in the Table 3.31, 18 species were enlisted

from the study area

C. Bamboo and Grasses

TABLE 3.31 BAMBOO & GRASSES IN THE STUDY AREA


1. Dendrocalamus strictus Bans/Bamboo Poaceae

2. Eragrostic tenella Bhurbhusi Poaceae

3. Andropogan pumilus Diwartan Poaceae

4. Cynodon dactylon Durwa/Hariyalli/Doob Poaceae

5. Chrysopogon fulvus Gadasheda Poaceae

6. Themeda quadrivalvis Ghonad Poaceae

7. Arundinella setosa Fuler Poaceae

8. Aristida funiculate Katanbahari/Kusara Poaceae

9. Bamboosa arundinacea Katang bamboo Poaceae

10. Vetiveria zizaniodes Khas Poaceae

11. Hetropogon contortus Kusal Dicanthium

12. Dicanthium annulatum Marvel (small) Poaceae

13. Dicanthium aristaum Marvel (Big) Poaceae

14. Schima sulcatum Paonia Poaceae

15. Apluda mutica Phulkia Poaceae

16. Ischaemum angustifolium Sabai/Sum Poaceae

17. Sehima nervosum Sheda Poaceae

18. Cymbopogon martini Tikhadi Poaceae

Bamboo & Grasses (Core Zone):


1. Eragrostic tenella Bhubhusi Poaceae

2. Cynodon dactylon Durwa/Hariyalli/Doob Poaceae

3. Themeda quadrivalvis Ghonad Poaceae


5. Apluda mutica Phulkia Poaceae

6. Sehima nervosum Sheda Poaceae




Climbers and Twiners

Majority of Climbers were observed in the moist patches. The main species were Bauhinia Vahlii,

Milletia auriculata Butea superba, Acacia pennata, Zizphus oenoplia and Smilax Zeylanica, and a few

others. Details are given in the Table 3.32 species of climbers/ twiners were recorded from the area.

D. Climber

TABLE 3.32

CLIMBERS AND TWINERS IN THE STUDY AREA


1. Olax scandens Aradphari Olacaceae

2. Mimosa hamate Chilati Mimoseae

3. Celastrus paniculatus Dhimarwel/Malkagni Celasreaseae

4. Zizyphus oenoplia Eruni Rhamnaceae

5. Abrus precatorius Gunj Fabaceae

6. Tinospora cordifolia Gulvel Menispermaceae

7. Mucuna pruriens kajkuri fabaceae

8. Bauhinia vahlii Mahulbel Caesalpiniaceae

9. Combretum ovalifolium Piwarvel Combretaceae

10. Smilax macrophylla, Ramdaton Smilaceae

11. Cocculus hirsutus Vasanvel Menispermaceae

12. Amarvel Cuscuta reflexa Cuscutaceae

13. Bandha/Bandh Vanda tessellate Orchidaceae

Climbers and Twiners (Core Zone)


1. Mimosa hamate Chilati Mimoseae

2. Celastrus paniculatus Dhimarwel/Malkagni Celasreaseae

3. Zizyphus oenoplia Eruni Rhamnaceae

4. Abrus precatorius Gunj Fabaceae

5. Bauhinia vahlii Mahulbel Caesalpiniaceae

6. Amarvel Cuscuta reflexa Cuscutaceae

Vegetation near Human Habitation

Near the villages, the vegetation pattern was found to be abruptly changed from that what was observed in

the forest areas. The common species are those which are useful to the human beings. The species

commonly found were Mangifera indica, Madhuca longifolia, Syzigium cumini, Tamarindus indica,

Terminalia bellerica, Ficus bengalensis, Ficus religiosa, Psidium guajava, Azadirachta indica, etc.

Agriculture

The details pertaining to agriculture and horticulture crops within the study area are presented in

Table 3.33 and Table 3.34 respectively.

TABLE 3.33

AGRICULTURE CROPS GROWN IN THE STUDY AREA


Food Grains

1. Pannisetum americanum Bajri Poaceae

2. Sorghum Vulgare Jawar Poaceae

3. Triticum aestivum Gahu Poaceae

Cereals

1. Cajanus cajan Tur Fabaceae




2. Cicer arietinum Herbara Fabaceae

3. Pisum sativum Watana Fabaceae

Oil Seeds

1. Glycine max Soyabean Fabaceae

Cash Crop

1. Herbaceum gossypium Cotton Malvaceae

Vegetables

1. Abelomoschus esculentus Bhendi (Lady finger) Malvacese

2. Amaranthus tricolor Chavli Amaranthaceae

3. Brassica oleracea Gobi Criciferae

4. Dolichos lablab Val Fabaceae

5. Memordia charantia Bitter Gourd (Karela) Cuccurbitaceae

6. Solanum melongena Wangi (Brinjal) Solanaceae

7. Spinacia oleracea Palak Amaranthaceae

Spices

1. Capsicum sp. Mirchi Solanaceae

2. Coriandrum sativum Kothimbir Umbelliferae

Source: Field Survey and discussion with local villagers

TABLE 3.34

PROMINENT HORTICULTURAL TREES IN THE STUDY AREA



2. Carica Papaya Papaya Cariaceae

3. Citrus aurantifolia Limbu Rutaceae

4. Citrus sp. Orange Rutaceae

5. Psidium guava Peru Myrtaceae

Source: Field Survey and discussion with local villagers

3.6.2.1 Rare and Endangered Flora in the Study Area

The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of

plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of

species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its

strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of

biological diversity. Among the enumerated flora in the study area, none of them were assigned any

threat category, by RED data book of Indian Plants. (Nayar and Sastry, 1990) and Red list of

threatened Vascular plants (IUCN, 2010; BSI, 2003)

3.6.2.2 Endemic Plants of the Study Area

De Candolle (1855) first used the concept of “Endemic”, which is defined as an area of a taxonomic

unit, especially species which has a restricted distribution or habitat, isolated from its surrounding

region through geographical, ecological or temporal barriers. Among recorded plant species none

were assigned the status of endemic plant of this region.

3.6.3 Fauna

The 10 km radius study area was found to be a home to several species of mammals, reptiles, Aves

and other lower invertebrates. As earlier described, the study area covered about 19.78% of forest.

The big animals like Wild boar, Sabhar, Nilgai, Barking deer, spotted deer as well as small sized

fauna like Jackal, Monkey, Fox, etc were found abundantly in the forest area. Most significant wild

fauna Panthera pardus (Leopard) which was not directly sited during the field survey in the study area



after consultative approach with local people come to know that, leopard visited in search of water

and food especially in Kelzar Reserve forest during summer season which is about 7.3 km from the

project site.

Birds were observed throughout the study area mostly near the forest area and water bodies.

Reptiles and amphibians were also observed in the study area. Fresh water fishes were found in the

Vena river and streams. The fauna observed through enquiry from local people of the study area are

as follows:

3.6.3.1 Faunal Biodiversity of the Study Area

For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with respect to Mammals, Reptiles,

birds, butterfly and fishes species, a baseline survey was conducted on Summer 2014.

3.6.3.2 Mammals

The wild mammals observed other than domesticated ones from the core zone and the study area

are documented in the Table 3.35 and 3.35 (A) respectively.

TABLE 3.35

MAMMALS FROM THE STUDY AREA

S. No. Scientific Name English Name Common Name Schedule as per WPA

Mammals

1. Canis aureus Jackal Kolha II

2. Felis chaus Jungle cat Ranmanjar II

3. Boselaphus tragocamelus

Blubull Nilgai III

4. Cervus unicolor Sambhar Bhekad III

5. Axis axis Cheetal Harin III

6. Muntiacus muntjak Barking deer - III

7. Sus cristatus Wild boar Randukkar III

8. Presbytis entellus Common langur Bandar II

9. Funambulus palmarum Palm squirrel Khar IV

10. Hystrix indica Indian Porcupine Sayal IV

11. Lepus nigricollis Indian hare Sasa IV

12. Vulpes bengalensis Indian fox Kolhs II

13. Herpestes edwardsi Common Mongoose Mongoose II

14. Bandicota bengalensis Field rat Undir V

15. Rattus rattus Common house rat Undir V

16. Pteropus vampyrus Fruit bat Watwaghul V

TABLE 3.35 (A)

MAMMALS FROM THE CORE ZONE


Mammals

1. Canis aureus Jackal Kolha II

2. Muntiacus muntjak Barking deer - III

3. Axis axis Cheetal Harin III

4. Boselaphus tragocamelus

Blubull Nilgai III

5. Presbytis entellus Common langur Bandar II

6. Funambulus palmarum Palm squirrel Khar IV

7. Lepus nigricollis Indian hare Sasa IV

8. Herpestes edwardsi Common Mongoose Mongoose II




9. Bandicota bengalensis Field rat Undir V

10. Rattus rattus Common house rat Undir V

11. Pteropus vampyrus Fruit bat Watwaghul V

3.6.3.3 Herpetofauna

The Herpetofauna observed in the study area is presented in Table 3.36 & 3.36 (A).

TABLE 3.36

REPTILES IN THE STUDY AREA

Reptiles

Sr. No.

Scientific Name English Name Common Name Schedule as per WPA

1. *Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian Krait Karait IV

2. *Ptyas mucosus Common Rat Snake Dhaman II

3. *Naja naja Indian Cobra Nag II

4. Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard --- -

5. Mabuya carinata Keeled Indian Mabuya --- -

6. Bufo parietalis Indian Toad IV

7. *Daboia russelli Russell‟s viper Viper II

Note: * Indicates not sighted but recorded based on consultative approach with villagers and forest

officials

TABLE 3.36 (A)

REPTILES IN THE CORE AREA

Reptiles

Sr. No.


1. Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian Krait Karait IV

2. Ptyas mucosus Common Rat Snake Dhaman II

3. Naja naja Indian Cobra Nag II

4. Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard --- -

5. Mabuya carinata Keeled Indian Mabuya

--- -

6. Bufo parietalis Indian Toad IV

7. Daboia russelli Russell‟s viper Viper II

Note: * Indicates not sighted but recorded based on consultative approach with villagers and forest

officials

3.6.3.4 Birds of the Study Area

The most commonly spotted bird species of this area were; Cattle Egret, Jungle crow, house

sparrow, parrot, Jungle babbler, Red-Wattled Lapwing, Rock Pigeon & Accipiter badius (shikra).

Species like Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus) not sighted but enlisted based on communication with

villagers. Systematic list of the birds in the study area with the status of occurrence is given in Table

3.37.

TABLE 3.37

LISTS OF BIRDS IN THE STUDY AREA WITH ITS DISTRIBUTION & MIGRATORY STATUS

Sr. No.


Distribution

1. Accipiter badius Shikra Shikra IV R

2. Acridothere stristis Common Maina Maina IV R

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bufo_parietalis

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bufo_parietalis



Sr. No.


Distribution

3. Anastomus oscitans Openbilled Stork Stork IV R

4. Bubo bubo Ullu Eurasian Eagle-owl

IV r

5. Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret Gai Bagla IV R

6. Columba livia Blue rock pigeon Kabutar IV R

7. Coracias bengalensis Indian roller Chukar IV R

8. Corvus splendens Common crow Kavla V R

9. Corvusmacrorhynchos Jungle crow Junglee Kavla -- R

10. Coturnix coturnix Common or gray Bater IV RW

11. Cuculus varius Common Howk Papiha/ Papiya IV R

12. Elanus caeruleus Black winged kite Kapasi -- R

13. Francolinus francolinus Black partridge Kala Titar IV R

14. Gallus gallus Jungle fowl Jangli Kombdi IV R

15. Milvus migrans Common pariah kite

Ghar -- R

16. Passer domesticus House sparrow Chimni -- R

17. Pavo cristatus Indian peafowl Mor I R

18. Pericrocotusflammeus Scarlet minivet Pahari Bulbul/Chasm

-- R

19. Phalacrocorax fuscicollis

Indian Cormorant Shag IV R

20. Psittacula krameri Parrot Popat IV R

21. Pycnonotus cafer Redvented Bulbul Bulbul IV R

22. Streptopelia senegalensis

ChotaFakhta Laughing Dove IV R

23. Turdoides striatus Jungle babbler Sat Bhai IV R

24. Sterna aurantia River Tern Nadi Surai IV RM

25. Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper

Deshi tutari IV W

26. Oriolus oriolus Golden oriole Haldya IV R

27. Merops orientalis Green Bee Eater Vedha Raghu IV R

28. Halcyon smyrnensis White Breasted Kingfisher

Khandya IV R

29. Centropus sinensis Crow Pheasant (Greater Caucal)

Bharadwaj IV R

30. Dicrurus adsimillis Black drongo Kotwal IV R

31. Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy Myna Bhangpadi Myna IV R

32. Acrido tristis Common Myna Myna/Salunki IV R

33. Perdicula asiatica Jungle Bush Quail Jungle zudupi lava

IV R

34. Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie Robin

Dayal IV R

Nomenclature follow “An Annotated Checklist of the Birds of the Oriental Region” by Tim Inskipp,

Nigel Lindsey and William Duckworth (1996)

Note: R = Widespread Resident, r = very Local Resident, RW = Resident Winter visitor, as per the

distribution given in WCMC &Oriental Bird Club‟s Check list of Indian Birds

Birds within the Core Area

List of birds observed within the core area is given in Table 3.38.



TABLE 3.38

LISTS OF BIRDS IN THE CORE AREA WITH ITS DISTRIBUTION & MIGRATORY STATUS

Sr. No.


Distribution

1. Acridothere stristis Common Maina Maina IV R

2. Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret Gai Bagla IV R

3. Coracias bengalensis Indian roller Chukar IV R

4. Corvus splendens House crow Kavla V R

5. Passer domesticus House sparrow Chimni -- R

6. Psittacula krameri Parrot Popat IV R

7. Pycnonotus cafer Redvented Bulbul Bulbul IV R

8. Streptopelia senegalensis

Laughing Dove Chota Fakhta IV R

9. Turdoides striatus Jungle babbler Sat Bhai IV R

10. Centropus sinensis Crow Pheasant (Greater Caucal)

Bharadwaj IV R

11. Dicrurus adsimillis Black drongo Kotwal IV R

12. Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy Myna Bhangpadi Myna IV R

3.6.3.5 Butterflies from the Study Area

Field study was conducted in April-May 2014, during survey period butterflies were rarely observed

in early morning in study area but enlisted below based on consultative approach with villagers Table

3.39 & 3.39 (A)

TABLE 3.39

BUTTERFLIES IN THE STUDY AREA

List of butterflies observed in the study area

S. No. Scientific Name Local Name

1. Papilio demoleus Lime Butterfly

2. Papilio polytes Common Mormon

3. Catopsila pomona Common Emigrant

4. Eurema hecabe Common Grass yellow

5. Chiladeslaius Lime Blue

6. Danaus genutia Stripped Tiger

TABLE 3.39 (A)

BUTTERFLIES IN THE CORE AREA

List of butterflies observed in the Core area

S. No. Scientific Name Local Name

1. Papilio demoleus Lime Butterfly

2. Papilio polytes Common Mormon

3. Catopsila pomona Common Emigrant

4. Eurema hecabe Common Grass yellow

5. Chiladeslaius Lime Blue

6. Danaus genutia Stripped Tiger

3.6.3.6 Fishes in the Study Area

Species of fishes mainly observed in Vena river were confirmed through the consultative approach

with villagers and documented in the Table 3.40.



TABLE 3.40

FISHES IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No. Fish Common Name

1. Catla catla Catala

2. Labeo Rohita Rohu

3. Cirrhinus mrigala Mrigala

4. Cyprinus carpio Common carp/Cyprinus Carp

5. Caridina sp. Shrimp

6. Eriocheir sinensis Crab

Source: Communication with local people and primary survey conducted by Anacon Team.

Rare and Endangered fauna of the study area:

As per IUCN RED (2013) list

The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of

plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of

species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its

strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of

biological diversity.

Among the reported animals, all are categorized under least concern except Cervus unicolor

(Sambhar) is protected under vulnerable category as per IUCN.

As per Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972

Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, as amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for the

protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or

incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the country.

Some of the sighted fauna were given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by

including them in different schedules. Among the Avifuana in the study area, Pea fowl (Pavo

cristatus) is included in schedule I of Wild life protection Act (1972), while many other birds are

included in schedule IV.

Among the reptiles, Indian Cobra (Naja naja), and Common Rat Snake (Ptyas mucosus), Russell‟s

Viper (Vipera russelli) were provided protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act, (1972)

and Common Krait (Bungarus caerulus) were provided as per Schedule – IV of Wildlife protection act.

Among mammals; Fox (Canis aureus), Felis chaus (Junglecat), Presbytis entellus (Common Langur),

Herpestes edwardsi (Common Mongoose) are protected in schedule –II

Blubull (Boselaphus tragocamelus), Sambhar (Cervus unicolor), Cheetal (Axis axis), Barking deer

(Muntiacus muntjak),Wild Boars (Sus scrofa) are provided protection by incorporating them in

schedule–III whereas Porcupine & Hare and five stripped squirrels are included in schedule IV of Wild

Life Protection act 1972.

3.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

3.7.1 Introduction

The initiation, growth and development of plant activities and infrastructure development associated with it

are intended to create impact on the socio-economic profile of the communities near by the industrial area.

The impact could be positive or negative depending on the developmental activities adopted and

carried out by the company/industry. An assessment of socio - economic environment forms an

integral part of the EIA/EMP study. In order to improve the quality of life of the people affected by the



industrial activities, it is necessary to understand the socio- economic aspects and its trends in the

study area.

The project area is falling near village Dhwalpeth, taluka Nagpur rural, District Nagpur.

Socio-demographic features are very useful for understanding social and economic problems and

identifying potential solutions. To understand the socio-demographic status and the trends of the

communities in the 10 km radius, census 2011 & VD 2001 was contemplated and necessary data

collected and compiled from it.

1. Methodology Adopted for the Study

Desk research is the major methodology adopted for the study which involves researching, compiling

and analysing the data. The 10 km radius study area was divided into 4 zones (0-1, 1-3, 3-5 and 5-10

km).

Finally the sociological aspect including human settlements, demography, and infrastructure aspects

such as education, health, drinking water, power supply, communication and the land use were

collected, compiled and analysed with the help of census data 2011 & village directory 2001 of

Maharashtra state.

2. Demographic Structure of the Study Area

The demographic aspects of the study area comprises of various features of the population of the study

area. The population composition is described here in term of basic demographic features like, house hold

status, age, Social composition, education, etc. The distribution of population reflected here based on the

geographic boundaries. Dwelling units in the study area is shown in Table 3.41.

TABLE 3.41

DWELLING UNITS IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr.No. Zones No. of villages Taluka District

1. 0-1 km 02 Nagpur (Rural) Nagpur

2. 1-3 km

03 Nagpur(Rural)

3. 03 Hingna

4. 3-5 km

05 Nagpur(Rural)

5. 04 Hingna

6. 5-10 km 14 Hingna

7. 11 Nagpur(Rural)

8. 01 Wardha Wardha

9. 07 Seloo

10. 03 Samudrapur

0-10 km 53 05 02

Source: Primary census abstract 2011, District Nagpur and Wardha, State Maharashtra

Dwelling units explain the geographical composition of the area. The table depicts the number of

villages within the 10 km radius area from the project site.

In 10 km radial study area, total 2 districts falls namely Nagpur and Wardha from Maharashtra state.

Total 05 talukas from 2 districts cover 53 villages. From Nagpur district, Hingana and Nagpur rural

taluka and from Wardha district Seloo, Wardha and Samudrapur taluka existed in the study area.

Total 4 zones were identified in 10 km radial distance from the project site for assessing socio

economic study. In first zone (0-1 km), there were 02 villages, in (1-3) km zone 6, in (3-5) km zone

total 9 villages and in (5-10) km zone total 36 villages were covered. Details are presented in

Annexure IV. Population size of the villages is given in Table 3.42



TABLE 3.42

POPULATION SIZE VILLAGE WISE

Sr. No Population size 0-1 km 1-3 km 3-5 km 5-10 km

1. < 50 - - - 2

2. 50-99 - - 1 2

3. 100-199 - - 1 5

4. 200-499 1 2 4 10

5. 500-1999 1 4 2 13

6. 2000-4999 - - 1 1

7. 5000-9000 - - - 0

8. 9000+ - - - 3

Total 2 6 9 36


From above table, most of the villages had population size in between 500-1999 and 3 villages had a

population of more than 9000.

TABLE 3.43

POPULATION DETAILS IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No

Zones No of household

Total Population

Total Male

Total Female

Population 0-6 child

Male 06 Child

Female 06 Child

Population SC

Population ST

1. 0-1 km

243 1169 586 583 158 74 84 123 466

2. 1-3 km

899 3882 1992 1890 520 261 259 570 806

3. 3-5 km

1381 5896 3027 2869 704 358 346 1015 1550

4. 5-10 km

14157 58907 30815 28092 7101 3697 3404 8917 7820

5. 0-10 km

16680 69854 36420 33434 8483 4390 4093 10625 10642


3.7.2 Population Details

Total 16680 household residing in the study area and average family size was 4 persons per

family

Total population in the study area was 69854

Total male population was 36420(52%) of the total population

Total female population was 33434 (48%) of the total population

Total 0-6 age child population was 8483

Total male 0-6 child population was 4390

Total female 0-6 child population was 4093

Total scheduled cast population was 10625 (15.21%) of the total population

Total scheduled tribe population was 10642 (15.23%) of the total population

Population details are shown in Table 3.44 and depicted in Figure 3.13.



FIGURE 3.13: POPULATION DETAILS IN THE STUDY AREA

3.7.3 Details of Sex Ratio in the Study Area

The sex ratio is the ratio of female to male in the population (normalize to 1000). The sex ratio in the

study area showed unevenly distributed trends. Overall sex ratio was 918 female to thousand male.

Child 0-6 age, sex ratio was 932 female to 1000 male. Details are presented in Figure 3.14.

FIGURE 3.14: SEX RATIO IN THE STUDY AREA

3.7.4 Details of Literacy Rate

The details about literate and illiterate population in the study area is presented in Table 3.44.

Total literate population was 53003(76%)

Out of total literate population male literate population was 29124(55%)

Out of total literate population female literate population was 23879(45%)

Total illiterate population was 16851(24%)



TABLE 3.44

LITERATE & ILLITERATE POPULATION IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No Zones P_LIT M_LIT F_LIT

1. 0-1 km 826 462 364

2. 1-3 km 2670 1441 1229

3. 3-5 km 4146 2292 1854

4. 5-10 km 45361 24929 20432

5. 0-10 km 53003 29124 23879


Note: P_LIT: Population Literate, M_LIT: Male Literate, F_LIT: Female Literate, P_ILL: Population

Illiterate, M_ILL: Male Illiterate, F_ILL: Female Illiterate

Literacy Details:

From the above given data, it is revealed that literacy rate was improving in the study area. Only (24%)

population was illiterate in the study area. Literacy rate is presented in Figure 3.15.

FIGURE 3.15: LITERACY RATE IN THE STUDY AREA

3.7.5 Details of Employment Pattern

The identification of the current economic characteristics of the study area is also an important part of

defining the employment pattern of the study area.

There are different types of employment pattern, that may be classified as: Those persons who had

worked for at least six months or 183 days are treated as Main Workers, on the other hand if persons

categorized as workers participated in any economic or productive activity for less than six months or

183days during the last one year are treated as Marginal Workers and Non Workers are those who have

not worked any time at all in the year.

Employment pattern in the study area is presented in Table 3.45 and depicted Figure 3.16.



TABLE 3.45

EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No Zones 0-1 km 1-3 km 3-5 km 5-10 km 0-10 km

1 Total Workers 666 1750 2896 26370 31682

2 Total main Workers 549 1492 2497 22303 26841

3 Total Marginal Workers 117 258 399 4067 4841

4 Total Non Workers 503 2132 3000 32537 38172 Source: Primary census abstract 2011, District Nagpur and Wardha, State Maharashtra

According to census 2011, total worker population was 31682(45%) of the total population in the study

area

Main worker population was 26841(38%)

Total marginal worker was 4841(7%)

Total non worker was 38172(55%)

Above given statistics indicates that non worker population was more than working population.

FIGURE 3.16: EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA

3.7.6 Population Growth Rate

The population growth rate" is the rate at which the number of individuals in a population increases in

a given time period as a fraction of the initial population. Specifically, population growth rate refers to

the change in population over a unit time period.

3.7.6.1 Population Growth Rate in the Study Area

According to census 2001 & 2011 of Nagpur district, decadal population growth rate was 60.92% and

annual growth rate was 6.09%. This data indicates that per year population was growing by 2643.6

individuals.

Population growth rate in the study area is shown in Figure 3.17.



FIGURE 3.17: DECADAL POPULATION GROWTH RATE

3.7.7 Infrastructures Facilities

The socio-economic wellbeing of the area and its people is represented by the infrastructure and the

social assets available in the area. The study area constituted of various infrastructures related to

education, health care, communication, transportation, drinking waters etc. All details of infrastructure

facilities are given in (Annexure V) and presented in Figure 3.18.

3.7.8 Educational Facilities

TABLE 3.46

EDUCATION FACILITIES IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No. Institution 0-1 km 1 -3 km 3 - 5 km 5-10 0 – 10 km

1. Primary schools 02 05 07 24 38

2. Middle schools 00 02 04 10 16

3. Secondary schools 00 01 01 04 06

4. Senior Secondary schools 00 00 00 01 01

5. College 00 00 00 01 01

6. Adult Education Centres 00 00 00 02 02

7. Industrial schools 00 00 00 01 01

Source: Village directory 2001, District Nagpur & Wardha, State Maharashtra

Out of total 52 villages, 14 villages did not have any form of education facility. In 10 km radial study

area, total 38 primary schools, 16 middle schools and 06 secondary schools were available. Moreover

01 senior secondary school, 01 college, 02 adult literacy centres and 01 industrial school were available

within 10 km radius study area. The education facilities available in the study area are presented in

Table 3.46.

3.7.9. Medical Facilities

TABLE 3.47 MEDICAL FACILITIES IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No Type of medical Institution 0-1km 1 -3 km 3-5 km 5-10 km 0-10 km

1. Allopathic Hospital 00 00 00 00 00

2. Ayurvedic Hospital 00 00 00 00 00

3. Unani Hospital 00 00 00 00 00

4. Total Dispensaries 00 00 00 00 00



Source: Village directory 2001, District Nagpur & Wardha, State Maharashtra

Out of total 52 villages, only 06 villages were availing health care facilities. The table shows insufficient

numbers of health care facilities available in the area to fulfil the health need of the people. The health

care facilities include both infrastructures and man power.

It was observed that within the 10 km radial area, no hospitals were available. However 03 primary

health sub centres, 01 Primary health centre, 06 other centres, 03 TB clinics, 01 nursing home, 04

family welfare centres with 01 maternity centre were observed in the study area

In term of man power, there were 01 registered medical practitioner and 09 community health workers

found in the study area. The medical facilities available in the study area are shown in Table 3.47.

3.7.10 Post and Teleohone Facilities

TABLE 3.48 POST AND TELEPHONE FACILITIES IN THE STUDY AREA

Source: Village directory 2001, District Nagpur &Wardha, State Maharashtra

In the study area, there were total 14 post offices with 852 phone connections were available for

communication purpose (Table 3.48).

3.7.11 Power Supply Facilities

Out of total 52 villages, 43 villages were availing electricity facility. Most of the villages were having

electricity facility in the form of all purposes.07 villages were availing electricity for agricultural purposes.

3.7.12 Drinking Water Facilities

Out of total 52 villages, 44 villages were availing water facility. Major water sources were tap water, well

water, hand pumps and tube wells.

3.7.13 Transportation Facilities

Roads were the only means of transportation founds in the study area. Out of total 52 villages, 32

villages were connected with paved roads and 13 were connected with mud roads. 7 villages were

deprived form road facilities. Out of total 52 village, only 29 villages were availing bus service facility

from their villages, whereas only one village (Bori) was connected with the railway network. The

infrastructural facilities available in the study area is presented in Figure 3.18.

5. Maternity and Child Welfare Centre 00 00 00 01 01

6. Health Centres 00 00 00 00 00

7. Primary Health Canters 00 00 00 01 01

8. Primary health sub- centres 00 00 00 03 03

9. No. of Family Welfare Centres 00 00 00 04 04

10. T.B Clinics 00 00 00 03 03

11. Nursing Home 00 00 00 01 01

12. Registered medical practitioners 00 00 00 01 01

13. Subsidized medical practitioners 00 00 00 00 00

14. Community health workers 00 00 00 09 09

15. Other Centres 00 00 00 06 06

Sr. No Type of facilities 0-1 KM 1-3 KM 3 - 5 KM 5- 10 KM 0-10 KM

1. Post office 00 01 00 05 06

2. Telephone 01 02 07 411 821



FIGURE 3.18: INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES IN THE STUDY AREA

3.7.14 Land Use Pattern

The study of land-use of the project area is an integral part of the EIA. Baseline data on land-use was

generated using information available with census data, and presented in Annexure- VI.

Details of land use pattern of the study area are given in Table 3.49. The following prominent land

use classes were observed in the study area.

TABLE 3.49

LAND USE PATTERN

Sr. No.

Zones Forest Land (Ha.)

Irrigated land (Ha)

Un irrigated Land (Ha)

Cultivable waste land (Ha)

Area not available for cultivation (Ha)

Total Land (Ha)

1. 0-1 km 0 18.2 517.8 231.25 206.88 974.13

2. 1 -3 km 0 93.51 1506.99 327.64 179.22 2107.36

3. 3-5 km 0.00 133.71 2237.58 737.83 404.17 3513.29

4. 5-10 km 631.39 795.17 8859.14 1752.03 1651.17 13688.92

5. 0-10 km 631.40 1040.60 13121.51 3048.75 2441.45 20283.71 Source: Village directory 2001, District Nagpur & Wardha, State Maharashtra (In ha)

* FOREST LAND

Forest land occupied about 631.40 ha, which is about 3% of the total study area.

* LAND UNDER CULTIVATION

Altogether 14162.11-ha land (irrigated and un-irrigated) was used for cultivation, which is about

70%of the total land in the study area.

* CULTURABLE WASTE LAND

This category of land mainly consists of the land suitable for cultivation, which however have not

been brought under cultivation at any time. The area under this category worked out to be 3048.75-

ha, i.e. 15% of the study area. This indicated the moderate use of available land for cultivation

purpose.



* LAND NOT AVAILABLE FOR CULTIVATION

The area not covered under any of the above categories of land uses as well as land covered under

urban population forms this type. Altogether 2441.44- ha (12%) area in the study area was classified

under this. Land use pattern is shown in Figure 3.19.

FIGURE 3.19: LAND USE PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA

3.7.15 Socio-Economic Survey Methodology

The study was carried out with a participatory approach by involving the stakeholders, particularly the

project beneficiaries and probable affected persons through a series of consultative process. The

population groups that were consulted include beneficiary group of people in the project influence

area, particularly the shopkeepers, farmers, school teachers, gram panchayat sarpanch/members

and village elders etc. This was helped to know the exact situation and views and perception of the

people about the project.

Proportionate and purposive sampling methods were used for selecting respondents (male and

female) for household survey. For official information of village, sarpanch/gram panchyat members

were chosen. Structured questionnaire were used for survey. For group discussion, panchyat

bhavan, Aanganwadi bhavan, community halls were used. Household survey & group discussion

carried out during the study is shown in Plates 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4. List of surveyed villages is given

below table.

LIST OF SURVEYED VILLAGES

Sr. No. Village Name

1. Dhawalpeth

2. Dudha

3. Asola

4. Sawangi

5. Tarsi

6. Mangli

7. Mandawa

8. Takalghat (CT)



PLATE 3.2: HOUSEHOLD SURVEY IN CORE

ZONE, VILLAGE DHWALPETH (PROJECT

SITE) IN THE STUDY AREA

PLATE 3.3: HOUSEHOLD SURVEY IN DUDHA

VILLAGE IN THE STUDY AREA

PLATE 3.4 : GROUP DISCUSSION WITH WOMEN GROUP IN SAWANGI ASOLA VILLAGE IN

THE STUDY AREA

3.7.16 Salient Observation of the Survey

House pattern: Types of housing varied from thatched to pucca houses.50% houses were in

pakka form, 40% in semi pakka and 10% houses were observed in kaccha form. Kachha house

pattern in Dhawalpeth village shown in Plate 3.5

PLATE 3.5: KACCHA HOUSE PATTERN IN DHAWALPETH VILLAGE



Employment: Main occupation in the study area was agriculture and its allied activities eg. cattle

rearing, dairy farming etc. Agricultural activity was mainly depending on monsoon season. Other

income generation sources of the area were labour work, small business; private jobs etc. The

labours were getting daily wages in the range of Rs, 100 to 250 depending on type of work.

Dairy farming: Dairy farming was the major economic activity in the core zone (Dhwalpeth

village). Buffaloes were reared for milk in the villages. The milk was mostly sold to traders from

Butibori town. Some of the dairy farmers had small tempo for loading milk containers. Major

livestocks of the study area consist of Buffaloes, cows and goats etc.

Fuel: The primary sources of fuel for cooking food were firewood, cow dung cake, coal etc. Very

few villagers were using LPG facility

Main crops: The principle crops grown in agricultural farm were wheat, soyabean, pulses, wheat,

gram, jowar, bajra, linseed, cotton etc.

Language: Official language as well as mother tongue of the study area was Marathi. In addition

Hindi language was also spoken by large population

Sanitation: Toilet facility is one of the most basic facilities required in a house. It was observed

that more than 70% of the households were not having toilet facilities in their houses. There was

no proper drainage line in the villages. Open defication was in practice in most of the villages

Drinking water Facilities: During the survey, diverse sources of drinking water supply were

observed in villages. Major source of drinking water in the study area was ground water (hand

pumps. In some of the villages tap water and dug wells were also used for catering drinking

water. During survey, people from some villages in core zone reported shortage of water in

summer season

Education facilities: Most of the villages were availing education facilities in the form of

aanganwadi and primary schools. Higher education facilities were available in the range of 5-

10km. Colleges and other diploma courses were available at Butibori and Nagpur city. Details of

education institutions are given below.

Educational institutes presented in the study area

Sr. No Name of the educational institutes Distance from project site

1. Ranibai Agnihotri institute of Computer information technology 6 km

2. Dr. Sarvpali Radhakrishnan college of Business management, Butibori 8 km

3. Saraswati Kisan Vidayalaya 10 km

4. Madhavkuti Aashram school 10 km

5. Bori zilla parishad school 8 km

6. Gurukul Public school 8 km

7. Shri Datta Vidya Mandir 9 km

8. Industrial training institute 8 km

9. Polytecnic college of Bhusaheb Modak college of engineering 7 km

10. Bhausaheb Modak engineering college 7 km

11. Mentally handicap & disable institute 8 km

12. Krutghata research & development institute 7 km

13. Sandhya sawardhan institute of mentally retired & disables 6 km

Source: Google earth

Transportation facility: For transportation purpose, auto, jeep and private bus services were

available in the study area; however villagers reported that transportation facilities were not

frequently available. Private vehicles like bicycles & motor cycles were also used by villagers for

transportation purpose



Road connectivity: Most of the roads were pucca and the few pucca roads were badly in need of

repair and maintenance. More than half the households reported that roads they frequently used

are semi pucca

Communication facilities: For communication purpose, mainly mobile phones, news papers &

post offices were present in the villages of study area.

Medical facilities: There were few healthcare facilities available in the study area. In some of the

villages primary health sub centres were available. Hospitals and other better health centres were

available in the range of 5-10 km at town/city place

Electricity: All villages were availing electricity facility for domestic and agriculture purposes.

Solar street lights were seen in some of the villages as shown in Plate 3.6

PLATE 3.6: SOLAR STREET LIGHT IN SAWANGI ASOLA VILLAGE

Gram panchyat facility: Most of the villages were having gram panchayat building and

community halls

Market facility: Study area was predominantly rural. In villages, small shops were available for

daily needs. Weekly market facility was available in some villages. Wholesale market was

available in Butibori and Nagpur city

Recreation facilities: Television and radio were the main recreation facilities availing in the study

area.

3.7.17 Awareness and Opinion of the Respondents About the Project

Public opinion is the aggregate of individual attitudes or beliefs. It is very important to take opinion of

the villagers about the project. The awareness will not only promote community participation but also

enable them to understand the importance of the project and encourage them to express their views.

To know the awareness and opinion of the villagers about the project, group discussion, meeting with

school teachers/village leaders were carried out in the study area.

In core zone villages, majority of the respondents were aware about the project site but unaware

about the project activity

Village leaders were asking for employment opportunities to local people

Main demand of villagers in core zone of the study area was for medical facility, drinking water,

employment opportunity and sanitation.



3.7.18 Quality of Life

Definition of Quality of life

Quality of life (QoL) is a term, which indicates overall status of socio-economic environment in a given

area. Quality of life (QoL) is defined as a function between “objective conditions” and “subjective

attitudes” involving a defined “area” of concern

Quality of life index is based on a unique methodology that links the results of subjective life

satisfaction surveys to the objective determinants of quality of life across countries. The “objective

conditions” are defined as numerically measurable artifacts of a physical, sociological event or

economic event. Objective conditions may be defined as any number, which stands for a given

quantity of a variable of interest so long as it is independent of subjective opinion. Subjective attitude”

is primarily concerned with affective and cognitive dimensions. It is specifically concerned with „how

aspects of cognition vary as objective conditions vary.

Once objective measures are obtained for each factor, they are transformed to a normal scale

varying from 0 to 1 (value function curve) in which 0 corresponds to the lowest or least satisfaction.

Actuary measure and 1 corresponds to the highest satisfaction level. The weights are assigned to

each factor by ranked-pair wise technique (by the expert group) based on the secondary data and

general observations.

For each objective measure, a corresponding subjective measure is developed for each individual of

the sample population by asking him to rate his satisfaction scale (value function curve). In addition, it

is used such that 0 corresponds to the lowest level of attitudinal satisfaction and 1 corresponds to the

highest level of satisfaction. Weights are assigned to each factor using ranked - pair wise comparison

techniques.

The Socio-economic Indicators for QoL Assessment are:

1. Income

2. Employment and Working Conditions

3. Housing

4. Food

5. Clothing

6. Water Supply

7. Sanitation

8. Health

9. Energy & Fuel

10. Transportation

11. Communication

12. Education

13. Environment and Pollution

14. Recreation

15. Social Security

16. Human Rights

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subjectivity

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Objectivity_(science)



Subjective QoL calculations are as follows:

QoL(s) = 1/p QIij X Wi

i =1 j=1

Where,

QoL(s) = Subjective quality of life index

p = No. of respondents, j = 1, ......, p

m = No. of factors, i = 1... m

QIij = Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by jth respondent

Qiij= Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by all respondents in an area

Wi = Relative weightage of the ith factor

Objective QoL calculations are as follows:

i=n

QoL(o) = QIi X Wi

i=1

Where,

QoL (o) = Objective quality of life index

n = No. of QoL Factors

i = 1... n

QIi = Satisfaction level (assigned by the expert group) for the ith objective

indicator

Wi = Normalized weight for its factor

The cumulative index of QoL calculations is as follows:

QoL(c) = QoL o + QoL s

2

Thus, the average QoL index values are estimated as:

QoL (s) = 0.52

QoL (o) = 0.54

QoL (c) = 0.53

The average QoL index value of the study area is leading to satisfactory level due to satisfactory

economic status like employment, educational facilities and also availability of basic needs viz., food,

clothing, medical and housing.


Chapter 4- Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures

4-1

4.0 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

All developmental activities at proposed additional Butibori Industrial Area, MIDC, Nagpur give rise to

environmental issues, right from inception, due to use of natural resources upto the operational phase due

to use of raw materials, minerals, fossil fuels as well as due to generation of the wastes (gaseous, liquid or

solids) from industrial processes,resulting in depletion of resources whereas the wastes disposed into

different environmental media causes serious threat to environmental health by turning in unfavourable for

living being. The sign of stress on the limited natural resources are evident from the deteriorating air

quality, soil degradation, polluted rivers, streams, reservoirs & ponds and in the general status of

environment in various regions. It is now well recognized that, for sustainable development and optimal use

of natural resources, environmental considerations are required to be integrated well within the planning &

designing stage and with implementation of development project.The envisaged benefits from

developmental projects cannot be fully realized unless they are environmentally and socially sound and

sustainable. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is one of the proven management tools for

incorporating environmental concerns in development process and also improved decision making.

The details are provided by the proponent about the proposed project, (technical data, policy matters,

approach to environmental protection etc.) and the preproject (baseline) environmental status monitored

through field surveys. Baseline environmental conditions of study area of the proposed project site are

described in Chapter 3. An attempt was made to identify and predict impacts due to proposed

developmental activities.

4.1 IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

4.1.1 Impact on Topography and Landuse

The total land area to be occupied for proposed additional Butibori industrial areais 1391.85 Hectares. The

site is devoid of forest; hence the site clearance from the Forest Department is not involved. Further, the

site is devoid of human habitationand evacuation of the project affected persons is not involved in this

project. Hence, no resettlement and rehabilitation issues are involved in the proposed project.

Different industrial/residential units will be constructed alongwith other infrastructural facilities. Due to the

construction of such units, the topography of the land is likely to change slightly.

There will be a change in the topography, which will be covered with the buildings construction and

road network in the site. However, there will be a significant improvement in the aesthetics of the site.

4.1.2 Impact on Soil

The proposed project site is presently not used for cultivation. The topsoil removed from the site will

be stored in dumps during construction period and in the post construction phase, the topsoil will be

spread on the un-built area of the plot and tree plantations and green belt development will be taken

up. As the topsoil removed from the site will be re-used for growth of plants, no adverse impact is

envisaged due to removal of topsoil from the site.

The dripping of oil from construction vehicles might cause soil contamination. In order to prevent soil

contamination likely to result from the oil spill and dripping from vehicles, drip pans will be placed at

the parking places of vehicles and the dripped oil will be collected. The collected dripped oil will be

stored and subsequently sent to the authorized recycling agencies, recognized by MPCB.The impact

network on soil environment is presented in Figure 4.1.



4-2

FIGURE 4.1: IMPACT NETWORK ON SOIL ENVIRONMENT

4.1.3 Impact on Air Quality

Construction activities have the potential to generate a substantial amount of air pollution. During

construction phase, suspended particulate matter will be the main pollutant, which will be generated

during the site development activities such as levelling of land, cutting and filling activities,

transportation of construction materials to the project site from various sources, operation of DG sets

for drilling, rock breaking, crushing etc. the excavation activities, aswell as loading, unloading and

transporation of construction materials, SPMconcentrationwill be increased locally for short period.

Also, due to the increased vehicular movements, increase in levels NOx and CO concentrations will

be resulted at the project site. However, the increase in pollution levels in the ambient air, will be

negligible and also it is a temporary phenomenon. As most of the construction equipment will be

mobile, the emissions are likely to be fugitive and not concentrated at a single place or source. As the

impacts will be localized in nature, the areas outside the proposed project boundary are not likely to

face any significant adverse impact with respect to ambient air quality. The overall impact network on

air environment is presented in Figure 4.2.

Proposed project

Construction projects Operational project

Abstraction of water Release of waste water on hand

Change in ground water regime:

soil moisture/water level/flow

pattern/salt water instruction

Change in structure

of soil: ground level

Addition/Removal of

substance of heat to/from

the soil

Disturbance of soil

Impact on soil data Impact on flora & fauna

Impact on landscape

Impact on Agricultural

porduction Impact on Live Stock

Impact on Economic Output Impact on Socio-

Cultural Environment



4-3

Operation Phase Construction Phase

Air Pollution Due to Dust Generation Particulate Matter & Hydrocarbon

Change in Air Quality

Impact on Visibility

Particulates Deposition on Water land

Aesthetic Impact

Impact on Human Health

Impact on Agriculture

Impact on Economic Output

Impact on

Socio-Cultural Env.

Proposed project

FIGURE 4.2: IMPACT NETWORK ON AIR ENVIRONMENT

4.1.4 Impact on Noise Levels

The major sources of noise during the construction phase will be due to operation of construction

equipment such as loading-unloading, concrete mixers, cranes, generators, pumps, compressors,

vibrators and various equipment may create noise in the area etc. Further the noise would also be

generated from many construction activities like mechanical works. The operation of this equipment

will generate noise ranging between 70-85 dB (A). Due to moderate levels of construction activities,

the anticipated noise generation during construction phase will be mostly confined to the facility itself

and not anticipated to have significant adverse impacts on the surrounding ambient noise levels. In

order to have less impact on noise levels in the area, the major works will be carried out during

daytime as far as possible.

Apart from these, another major source of noise will be the movement of heavy vehicles like trucks

for transporting the materials. This will have almost no impact as the area is free from habitation and

also not much major requirement for transportation of raw materials is required except for few

requirements of construction materials. Any part of plant or equipment found to emit exclusive noise

due to a faulty silencer, broken or ill-fitting engine covers or other reasons shall immediately be taken

out of service and be adequately serviced, repaired or replaced. Also supplementary mitigation

measures such as controll of vehicles frequency, construction restriction in a night time, job rotation,

safety equipment etc. will be implemented. However the impacts shall be confined to the construction

area and there are no habitats within 1 km from the site. Hence it is not expected to cause any

significant problem. The overall impact network on noise environment is presented in Figure 4.3.



4-4

FIGURE 4.3: IMPACT NETWORK ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT

4.1.5 Impact on Water Quality

During construction phase, water will be required only for construction of structures, sprinkling on

roads for dust suppression, domestic and non-domestic uses of the construction workers, that too

only during daytime.

Impact on water quality during construction phase will be due to non-point discharges of sewage

generated at the project site by the construction workforce. However, due to relatively smaller area

that will be taken-up for construction, the impact of water discharges at the site will be negligible.

At the construction site, adequate number of toilets with hygienic environment will be provided. If

such facilities are not provided, this may lead to environmental pollution at the project site. The toilets

will be connected to the septic tanks which will be lined while ensuring that the bottom levels of the

tank will be adequately above the prevailing groundwater table in the area and accordingly no

contamination of groundwater due to the discharge of sewage into the septic tanks will be resulted.

The overall impact on water quality is presented in Figure 4.4.

Operation Phase Construction Phase

Noise

Change in Ambient Noise Level

Health Risk Impact on work

outputand Efficiency

Proposed Project

Migration of Birds,

Reptiles and population

Impact on

economic output

Impact on socio-Cultural

Environment

Activity

Primary Impact

Secondary Impact

Tertiary Impact



4-5

FIGURE 4.4: IMPACT NETWORK ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

4.1.6 Impact due to Solid Waste Generation

During construction period, considerable quantities of earth materials and boulders will be excavated

for the foundation of various proposed structures. The excavated earth and boulders will be used for

levelling the low-lying terrain. The topsoil excavated from the project site will be stored and kept in

separated side and used for covering the soil surfaceon which tree plantation and green belt

development within the project premises will be undertaken.

During construction phase, solid waste will be generated in terms of canteen wastes, food packet

wrappers etc. This may cause nuisance due to degradation of these steam materials at the project

site as well as its immediate surroundings, if adequate measures are not taken.

The project site will generate large amount of demolition waste. Wastes like iron scraps, roofing tiles,

wood, machinery and bricks, all have value aided materials and will be stored separately to dispose

off.

In order to avoid any solid waste disposal problems, an effective solid waste management system by

means of collection of wastes in dust bins and transporting the same to the authorized dumping

grounds by the contractors. Strict adherence to the established solid waste collection and disposal

system will ensure clean environment during construction period.

Proposed project

Construction phase

Operational phase

Release of waste water

Environmental health and

Aesthetic Risk Impact on water

quality

Abstraction of water

Impact on hydraulics of

water courses

Cost of water

treatment Impact on

Amenity/Recreation

Impacts on hydraulics of

water courses

Impact on

Aquatic Life

Impacts on Economic

output

Impacts on Socio- cultural

environment



4-6

4.1.7 Impact on Terrestrial Ecology and Aquatic Ecology

The proposed project site is devoid of forest or thick vegetation near vicinity. Only small bushes which

have grown in the recent past due to non-cultivation of the area will be removed during levelling

operations. Hence, there will not be any major impact on the terrestrial ecology of the project site due

to construction activities.

There are no water bodies in the vicinity of the project site.The construction activities of this

developmental project will be undertaken only during the non-monsoon season; hence no run-off or

discharges from the site will be let out. Further, suitable de-siltation ponds will be provided to arrest

the silt load if any, during monsoon period. Hence, no impact of water and wastewater discharges

and associated environmental pollution are envisaged during construction phase of the project.

Accordingly, no adverse impact on aquatic ecology of nearby tanks is envisaged during construction.

The overall impact network on biological environment is presented in Figure 4.5.

FIGURE 4.5: IMPACT NETWORK ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Proposed project

Construction Phase Operation Phase

Impact on Soil Stability and Microflora

Impact on socio-cultural Environment

Activity

TertiaryImpacts

PhysicalDisturbance

Removal of plants, Animals

& their Habitat

Disturbance of Plants, Animals & their Habitat (Including Food Suppliers Feeding, Nesting and

Breeding Areas)

SecondaryImpacts

Primary Impacts

Impact on Amenity

Impact on Landscape (Visual Aspects,

Landscape, Ecology)

Change in Productivity Composition of Plant &

Animal Communities and Habitats

Change in Economic Use of Flora and Fauna (Agriculture, Forestry

Horticulture, Fisheries etc.)

Impact on

Economic Output



4-7

4.2 IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE

4.2.1 Air environment

4.2.1.1 Sources

* Fugitive Emissions

There will be number of sources of dust and gaseous emissions during construction activities.The

proposed project will be excellently landscaped with proper terracing and benching and will be

provided with pucca roads. As the entire proposed project will be covered with good landscaping and

tree/grass cover, generation of fugitive dust within the premises is not anticipated. Even the dust,

outside the project will be minimal due to the proposed compound walls, and plantation which will

function as barriers along the boundary. Further, all fugitive emissions are likely to be controlled to a

great extent, through proper maintenance of tree plantation and the green belt development

undertaken within the project.

* Gaseous Emissions

The sources of gaseous pollutants within the proposed project are DG sets and vehicular movement

within the premises. The emissions of Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) will be

due to operation of DG sets, in case of the failure of the power grid.

However, as the operation of CETP facilities involve handling and use of chemicals such as Lime,

Acid, Ferrous sulphate, Polyelectrolyte, Urea, DAP etc. the safety of workers

invitiesprimeconsiderations. As the workers will be equipped with necessary personnel protective

equipment (PPE) and will be trained for safety aspects to be followed during working hours, the

impact will be insignificant as a whole.

In order to control emission of particulates during operation of the DG sets, adequate control

equipment will be installed and adequate stack height will be provided as per CPCB norms.

These sources of emission are further studied for determination of incremental GLC level with the

estimated quantity using mathematical simulation software ISCST-3. The details of the modelling &

outcomes are described below under respective heading.

It is emphasized that the mitigation measures discussed in this chapter and elaborated in the

Environmental Management Plan given in Chapter 10; will be followed to maintain ambient air quality

within norms. The details of air modelling for ground level concentration (GLC) of various pollutants

are carried out using ISCST3 Model.

4.2.1.2 Modeling studies

The mathematical Model ISCST-3, 1996 was used for predicting the GLCs, which is entirely in line

with the requirement of central pollution control board, New Delhi.

Details of air dispersion model

The air quality impact of a source or group of sources is evaluated by the use of mathematical

models. The widely accepted interpretation models simulate the relationships between air pollutant

emissions and its impact on air quality. For the present study, this model is used for the prediction of

maximum ground level concentrations (GLCs).

Assessment of air pollution was carried out for stack attached to D.G. sets. The ISCST-3 (industrial

source complex – short term-3) from Lakes and Environment is an hour-by-hour steady state

Gaussian Plume Model. This model is widely recognized as predictive tool in impact assessment for



4-8

air environment. The ISCST-3 model was applied with the consideration of elevated + flat terrain,

gradual plume rise and buoyancy induced dispersion options in the present study.

Stack details

The stack details viz, height, diameter, temperature, velocity, volumetric flow and emission rates are

presented in Table 4.1. Total 4 stackswere considered which will be attached to the respective

equipment through which the emissions are likely come out.

TABLE 4.1

STACK DETAILS

Sr. No.

Stack attached to Height (m)

Dia (m)

Temp (°K)

Velocity (m/s)

Volumetric Flow Nm3/hr

PM10 SO2 NOx

gm/sec

1 D.G. set 500 KVA 40 0.25 540 17.20 1676.25 0.02 0.057 0.22

2 D.G. set 500 KVA 40 0.25 540 17.20 1676.25 0.02 0.057 0.22

3 D.G. set 500 KVA 40 0.25 540 17.20 1676.25 0.02 0.057 0.22

4 D.G. set 500 KVA 40 0.25 540 17.20 1676.25 0.02 0.057 0.22

Meteorological data

The meteorological data required for the modelling studies was collected from IMD Nagpur for the

period of pre monsoon 2014.The windrose diagram for pre monsoon 2014 is shown in Figure 4.6.

FIGURE 4.6: WINDROSE DIAGRAM PRE MONSOON 2014

Presentation of results

The simulations were made to evaluate particulate matter, SO2 and NOx incremental rise due to

proposed project. These results are based on considering the emission due to 4 D.G. sets. In the

short-term simulations, the incremental concentrations were observed to obtain an optimum

description of variations in concentrations within study area of 10 km radius.

Resultant Concentrations

The maximum incremental ground level concentrations (GLCs) for PM10, SO2 and NOx due to

proposed developmental activities were carried out. The predicted 24 hourly maximum



4-9

concentrations for PM10, SO2 and NOx are found to be 0.4µg/m3, 1.2µg/m3 and 4.4µg/m3 respectively

in proposed scenario and depicted in Table 4.2. The isopleths representing the GLCs of PM10, SO2

and NOx are shown in Figures 4.7 to 4.9 respectively.

The cumulative concentration levels of PM10, SO2 and NOx are presented in Table 4.3. The

cumulative concentration levels (Ambient + predicted incremental rise) revealed that the

concentration levels for PM10, NOx and SO2 likely to be encountered in the operation of the project

are respectively occurring at a distance of about 1.4 km, 1.4 km, 1.4 km in the SSE, SE direction with

a concentration levels (cumulative) of 69.4 µg/m3, 18.8 µg/m3 and 30.6 µg/m3 respectively which is

well within the NAAQM levels prescribed by CPCB. Hence it is inferred that considering cumulative

concentration levels, the pollution load exerted due to proposed project will be insignificant.

TABLE 4.2

SHORT TERM MODELLING RESULTS

Pollutant Incremental concentration (IC) (g/m3) Distance (km) Direction

PM 10 0.4 1.4 SSE & SE

SO2 1.2 1.4 SSE & SE

NOx 4.4 1.4 SSE & SE

TABLE 4.3

RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS DUE TO PROPOSED PROJECT

Pollutant Maximum Baseline Concentration

(g/m3)

Incremental Concentrations due to Proposed Projects

(g/m3)

Resultant Concentration

(g/m3)

Limits (Industrial/ Residential, Rural)

Concentration (g/m3)

PM 10 69.0 0.4 69.4 100

SO2 17.6 1.2 18.8 80

NOx 26.2 4.4 30.6 80



4-10

FIGURE 4.7: INCREMENTAL RISE OF PARTICULAR MATTER

FIGURE 4.8: INCREMENTAL RISE OF SO2



4-11

FIGURE 4.9: INCREMENTAL RISE OF OXIDE OF NITROGEN

4.2.1.3 Impact Due to Proposed Traffic Density

All the major raw materials will be transported by road ways. A road network will be provided up to

site. All the tippers/ trucks will be covered by tarpaulin. Hence there will not be much fugitive dust

generation during transportation of raw materials for construction. Pucca road exists up to the site.

The existing road is capable of absorbing this additional truck movement. Hence there will not be

generation of fugitive dust during transportation of raw materials and products. Hence there will not

be any adverse impact on vehicular traffic.

Vehicular Emission

The national highway (NH-7) and state highway (SH-264) are passing from the 10 km radius of the

project location. Heavy traffic was observed on the national highway. It was observed that nearly 611

vehicles wereplying on NH-7 and vehicles on SH-264 were nearly 155. The total proposed traffic

details due to project activities are given in Table 4.4. The noxious pollutants emitted due to vehicular

activities are SPM, SO2 and NOx and CO.

TABLE 4.4

VEHICULAR TRAFIIC DURING PEAK HOURS IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No Traffic Intersection Trafic Density per peak hours

H M L

1. National Highway-7 248 79 184

2. State Highway-264 70 60 25



4-12

a) Vehicular Emissions

Emission factors as mentioned in the USEPA guidelines for vehicles are used for calculating

emission rate for various pollutants due to vehicular activities within the project area. The lengths of

roads are considered on the basis of project area.

b) Details of Air Quality Model

The impacts due to proposed Line sources i.e. vehicular emission for proposed additional Butibori

area are predicted by using ISCST-3. In the present case, multiple point source Gaussian Dispersion

Model, applicable to industrial sources located on flat as well as undulated terrain, Industrial Source

Complex (ISC) model has been applied for prediction of impacts on air environment due to vehicular

emissions. ISCST-3 (Industrial Source Complex Short Term Model -3) is a dispersion model that

predicts concentrations of pollutants emitted by vehicles i.e. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Oxides of

Sulphur (SO2), and Particulate matter (PM) near roadways. This model has been widely recognized

as predictive tool in impact assessment for air environment. The Gaussian plume dispersion formulae

approved by CPCB has been incorporated in this model to meet regulatory requirements in India.

Emission Standard

The emission standards according to AP-42 Environment Protection Agency (EPA) standard were

used to provide the emission rate for different vehicle types. Emission rate after accounting for the

vehicles speed are specified in following Table 4.5.

TABLE 4.5

EMISSION RATE FOR VEHICULAR IMPACT PREDICTION

Emission Emission rate (g/s)

CO 3.3

NOx 5.4

c) Prediction

In the present case, prediction of impacts for CO and NOx was carried out on 1 hourly basis. It was

predicted that the maximum ground level concentrations due to vehicular movement will be 1.22

g/m3 for CO and 3.4 g/m3 for NOx. It was beyond 500 m from the road as the vehicular density was

very less and was only due to vehicular activities on highways. On the State highway near to the

proposed project area vehicular density was found to be less. The predicted concentrations of CO

and NOx would be very less. The receptor villages are far from the project boundary so there will not

be any significant impact due to vehicular emission. Within the study area, the NOx and CO

concentration are within the stipulated standards of 80 g/m3 and 2000 μg/m3 for NOx and CO

respectively.

4.2.2 Noise Environment

Impacts due to Noise Levels in the Proposed Plant

The noise level at various locations within the study area due to a noise source can be computed by

using Wave Divergence Model as given below:

L2 = L1 - 20 log (r2/r1) - Ae1,2,3

where,



4-13

L2 and L1 are the noise levels at the distances r2 and r1 from the source and Ae1,2,3is the

environmental attenuation factor.

Total noise level Lp due to all sources can be determined as follows:

Lp(Total) = 10 log (10Lp1/10 + 10Lp2/10+ ----------+10Lp10/10 )

where,

Lp1, Lp2, are the noise levels at a sampling point due to sources a, b etc.

Noise sources

The general noise levels due to construction activities may go sometime upto 80 dB(A) at the work

sites in daytime during construction phase. The workers in general are likely to be exposed to an

equivalent noise level of 75-80 dB (A) for which all statutory precautions as per the law will be

implemented. Impacts on the noise levels of the area will be temporary in nature.

During operation phase, noise levels from four DG sets are considered.Four DG sets each of 500

KVA capacity will be the major contributors for increase in the noise levels in proposed additional

MIDC area are considered as the worst case scenario.The equivalent noise levels measured in the

commercial area varied from 57 dB(A) to 61 dB(A).In the silent zone, equivalent noise levels

measured were 47-48 dB(A) and in residential area was 46-53 dB(A). However since the industrial

operation are far away from the habitation, adverse impacts are not anticipated by the increase in the

noise levels due to the proposed activities. The noise generating from the DG sets will be of the order

of 70-75 dB(A).

In order to reduce noise levels, the industry will take necessary steps to reduce/mitigate noise levels

at source by isolating these processes at the work environment to meet necessary standards. Hence

the maximum noise levels of 75 dB (A) from the 4DG-setswere considered for predicting ambient

noise levels.

Noise Generating Sources

Sr. No. Sources Noise level in dB(A) (1m away)

1 DG set 75 dB A)

Presentation of Results

The incremental noise levels were observed at proposed project site considering 100m x 100m grid

intervals over an area of 1 km x 1 km study area. As per thepredicted results, noise levels at the plant

boundaries are given below in Table 4.6. The predicted noise levels at the boundary due to various

plant activities will be ranging in between 24 dB (A) to 30 dB (A).The isopleths noise levels predicted

are shown in Figure 4.10.

TABLE 4.6 INCREMENTAL NOISE LEVELS

Sr. No. Direction Incremental noise level in dB(A)

1 N 27

2 NE 24

3 E 27

4 SE 24

5 S 27

6 SW 24

7 W 27

8 NW 24



4-14

FIGURE 4.10: CUMULATIVE NOISE LEVELS DUE TO DG SETS

Noise Pollution Management

As per the model results, the noise levels due to the proposed plant will be in the range of 24dB (A) to

27 dB (A) near the plant boundaries in all directions. The ambient noise levels are within the

permissible limits after the commissioning of the proposed facilities.

The criteria for the environmental noise control is that the design of the proposed plant will not

exceed, in any continuous mode of operation, the level stipulated by MoEF and /or Pollution Control

Board at any point on the site boundary.

Noise Control Measures

Noise levels due to DG-setscouldbe reduced by proper sitting and control measures.

Proper routine and preventive maintenance procedure will be followed in consultation with the

DG-sets manufacturer.

Acoustic enclosure at DG-sets will be provided and also a suitable exhaust muffler will be

provided.



4-15

pThe construction equipment will be required to use available noise suppression devices and

properly maintained mufflers

Use of proper personal protective equipment shall further mitigate any adverse impact of noise to

the workers.

The green belt development will help in reducing noise levels in the campus as a result of

attenuation of noise generated due to plant operations and transportation.

4.2.3 Water Environment

The impacts on water environment due to project can be explained in terms of resources availability,

wastewater generation, and its treatment system and reuse pattern. These influence the natural

regime of water, runoff and land areas, if not managed properly.

4.2.3.1 Impact on Water Quality (surface and ground water)

The overall water quality of Wenna river was found to be safe for drinking purpose physico-

chemically. However bacteriologically contaminated and needs chlorination treatment before

consumption.There will not be wastewater discharges in any of the surface water bodies, hence no

impacts are envisaged on surface water quality.

Groundwater will not be utilized / abstracted for plant activity as sufficient surface water from weirs of

river Nandwill be available for the proposed project and necessary permission has been sought.

There will not be wastewater discharges on land so no groundwater pollution is envisaged. Therefore

there will not be any impact on groundwater source.

Water requirement


Wenna weirs at Nirgudi. The distribution network will be through pipeline i.e. 12 km from the

Wennaweirs. The water will be supplied through pipeline network and will be stored in storage tank

where it will be treated inwater treatment plant and thetreated water will be sent to ESR (Elevated

Storage Reservior) and distributed to the users through pipeline (individual industries through

pipeline) network.

The water requirement breakup is given in Table 4.7.

TABLE 4.7

WATER REQUIREMENT

Sr. No. Particulars Water requirement m3/day

1 Process 9000


3 Green built & application 1000

4 Fire fighting 300

5 Domestic 2700

Total 27000

4.2.3.2 Wastewater Generation

The wastewater generation is estimated to be 7560 m3/day.

The wastewater generated will be sent to CETP proposed for this project separately. For CEPT role

at MIDC will as a facilitator & will allot land to industries association to setup CETP & will contribute

financial share as per policies & guidelines.The treated effluent will be used for HRTS. The estimated

quantity that will be required for HRTS in 35 Ha of land will be 7000 m3. The existing land where the



4-16

HRTS is in operation is sufficient for the disposal in HRTS. However additional HRTS will be

developed by MIDC in 35 Ha of land & the treated waste water will also be used in new HRTS. The

breakup of wastewater generation from additional MIDC area is shown in Table 4.8.

TABLE 4.8


Sr. No. Particulars Wastewater Generation m3/day

1 Process 4050



4 Fire fighting -

5 Domestic 2160

Total 7560

Note: The domestic wastewater and part of industrial wastewater will be used for plantation, fire fighting

and washing

FIGURE 4.11: WATER BALANCE

TABLE 4.9

WATER BALANCE

Sr. No. Particular Water requirement (m3/day) Wastewater Generation (m3/day)

1. Process 9000 4050

2. Cooling water 14000 1350

3. Green belt & application

1000 -

4. Fire fighting 300 -

Treated effluent will be used for HRTS

To septic tank /

(Individual industry

will make provision)

Domestic 2700 m

3/day

Process 9000 m

3/day

Cooling

1350m3/day

Process

4050m3/day

Domestic 2160 m

3/day

Nil

Fire fighting300 m

3/day

Total water consumption 27000 m3/day

Cooling water 14000 m

3/day

Greenbelt and Plantation1000

m3/day

Nil

To CETP 7560m3/day



4-17

Sr. No. Particular Water requirement (m3/day) Wastewater Generation (m3/day)

5. Domestic 2700 2160

SubTotal 27000 7560

6 Evaporation losses - 19440

Total 27000 27000

Rain Water Harvesting

Rainwater harvesting can serve as a solution to the water problem in the water crises area by

capturing the runoff. Rainwater harvesting helps in utilizing the primary source of water to prevent the

runoff from going into sewer or storm drains, thereby serving dual purpose making water available for

future use and reducing the load on treatment plants as well as other service lines.

Recharging water into the aquifers help in improving the quality of existing groundwater through

dilution. Rainwater harvesting comprises of two components:

Storing rainwater in groundwater reservoirs for beneficial use in future

Rain water harvesting for artificial recharge of groundwater.

Amount of water that can be effectively harvested is called the harvesting potential of the site.

Efficiency of rainwater harvesting and recharging groundwater can be increased by following

methods:

Use vegetated swales and depressions to reduce runoff.

Reduce and filter surface runoff.

Catch drainage all along the periphery of plot to prevent surface runoff.

Indivisual industries that will be located in the proposed MIDC, will make provision for rainwater

harvesting.

Rain water harvesting structures will be provided to recharge the groundwater resources in the

region. The run-off water from the roof structure and paved areas will be collected through storm

water drainage system and led to rain water harvesting structure.The typical rain water harvesting

structure is shown in Figure 4.12.



4-18

FIGURE 4.12: RAINWATER HARVESTING SYSTEM

STORM WATER MANAGEMENT (BY INDUSTRIES)

Rainwater runoff comprises of storm water, which flows into both surface water and groundwater.

Proper management of this resource ensures that storm water discharge is free of contamination. A

detailed “Storm Water Management Plan” will be developed. The plan consists of best management

practices, which include consideration of the following:

Good housekeeping in the above areas.

Conducting routine inspections to ensure cleanliness

Secondary containment and dykes in fuel/oil storage facilities

Preparation of spill response plans, particularly for fuel and oil storage areas.

Provision of slit traps in storm water drains

Regular inspection and cleaning of storm drains.

4.2.4 Land environment

4.2.4.1 Solid/Hazardous waste Management

Solid Waste & Hazardous Waste Generation

Approximately 60000 populations are expected in additional MIDC. The total waste generation

estimated to be 30 tons/day. The collected solid wastes will be segregated at site for organics &

inorganics. Organic wastes will used is composting and inorganics will be sent to authorize vendors.

Common hazardous waste & disposal facility is available in 10 km distance from the additional MIDC area.

The common hazardous waste area is in 29.7 Ha area. The collection system will be as per MPCB norms.

The total hazardous waste can not be quantified at this stage; it will be totally depending on the number



4-19

and type of industries in the coming up MIDC area. However proper NOC will have to be obtained from

Director of Industrial Health and Safety by every industry to submit it to MIDC.

Waste Segregation (By industries)

Segregation or sorting of wastes at its source will be practiced in order to encourage reuse/

recycling and to minimize the negative effects of the waste and increase its economic value. With

segregation at source, recyclables do not lose their commercial value due to cross contamination.

At every floor dedicated bins will be placed to collect biodegradable and non-biodegradable wastes

in the residential area.

At parking areas and other open areas dedicated bins will be placed

Collection bins

Daily collection of wastes shall take place from all the bins.

Daily sweeping and collection of wastes from roads and other common facility area would also be

done daily in the morning by the same operators.

For waste collection, either carts or a dedicated truck could be used. Separate collection for

biodegradable and non-biodegradable wastes will be ensured.

Large storage bins will be placed in the residential and buildings areas for final storage of waste

before disposal.

Waste Treatment and Disposal (by industries)

Daily collection of waste shall take place from all the bins.

Daily sweeping and collection of waste from roads and other common facility area would also be

done daily in the morning by the same operator.

For waste collection either carts or dedicated truckswill be used. Separate collection for

biodegradable and non-biodegradable wastes will be ensured.

Large storage bins will be placed in the residential and buildings areas for final storage of waste

before disposal.

Plantation/Greenbelt Development

Proposed project area will be 1391.85Ha.Thus, plantation will be carried out on 459.31 ha. @ of 1500

trees/ha, which will be about 33% of the proposed project area. It is proposed to plan 1000 tree

saplings every year. Some trees shall be planted along road side in proposed project area.

Development of 3 - tier green belt by plantation within the industrial area and there is a plan for more

plantations of different species for the purpose of minimizing air pollution as well as land scaping.

4.2.5 Biological Environment

Impact Prediction & Mitigation Measures

Loss of Vegetation during site preparation:

The majority of local vegetation in project site is of seasonal shrubs, herbs and grasses and naturally

grown predominant plant species like Acacia catechu (Khair), Acacia leucociphala (Hiwar),

Ziziphusmauritiana(Bor), Butiamonosperma (Palash) & Prosopisjuliflora (vedibabool),

Azadirachtaindica (Neem) etc. will be removed during site preparation. Efforts will be made in order to

minimize the tree cutting during development stage of the project. Tree cutting will bebe

compensated by the development of green beltaround the periphery of the project site, approach

road and also along the periphery of proposed individual industrieswithin the Additional Butibori

Industrial Area. The total area 451.52 ha (33%) will be covered by plantation.



4-20

Impact on adjacent Zudupi Jungle due construction activities

Burning of firewood by the construction workers for their cooking may have minor impact on the

zudupi jungles on the local level, however, could be avoided by using the alternative sources of fuel

like kerosene, LPG gas, etc. Provision will be made to restrict the movement of construction workers

out site the project area, especially adjacent to Zudupi jungle.

Impact during Operational Phase

Impact related to Migratory route of Birds, Animals due to project activities

The existing ecological conditions in the project area have been established based on review of

secondary information and by conducting detailed primary ecological field surveys during summer

seasons of 2014. The study revealed that, there are no wildlife sanctuaries or wildlife protected areas

within 10 km study area from the project site. There is no identified migratory route/path of birds or

major wildfauna. Birds observed during the study period are locally common in observation. The

major wildlife confined to the RF of the study area. During consultative approach with the

locals/villagers, it came to know that, Nilgai, Wildboar, Sabhar, deer are often raid to the adjacent

agriculture area of RF and destroyed the crop during harvesting period. The proposed project does

not envisage any significant impact on wildlife in the study area.

Green Belt Development:

Tree Plantation at the Proposed Plant Site

Proposed project area is 1391.85 Ha. Thus, plantation will be carried out on 451.52 ha. @ of 1500

trees/ha, which will be about 33% of the proposed project area. It is proposed to plan 1000 tree

saplings every year. Some trees shall be planted along road side in proposed industrial project area.

Recommended species for plantation are as follows:

RECOMMENDED SPECIES FOR PLANTATION (OUTER PERIPHERY)

Sr.No. Scientific name Common name Height (m)

Growth rate Evergreen/ Deciduous

Crown Shape

1. Aeglemarmelos Bel

12 Slow growing Evergreen Oblong

2. Ailanthus excelsa Mahraruk 20 Quick growing Deciduous Round

3. Alstoniascholaris Saptaparni 15 Moderately growing

Evergreen Round

4. Anogeissuslatifolia Dhaura 28 Slow growing Evergreen Round

5. Azadirachta indica Neem tree 20 Quick growing Evergreen Spreading

6. Bauhinia variegate Kachanar

5 Quick growing Deciduous Oblong

7. Bougainvillea spectabilis

Bougainvillea 8 Quick growing Evergreen Oblong/ Round

8. Buchanialanzan Charoli 13 Quick growing Evergreen Round

9. Buteamonosperma Palas

10 Moderately growing

Deciduous Oblong/Ovoid

10. Callistemon citrinus Bottle brush 5 Quick growing Evergreen Oblong

11. Cassia fistula Garmal 12 Quick growing Deciduous Round

12. Cassia renigera Pink Cassia 10 Quick growing Deciduous Spreading

13. Cassia siamea Kassod 12 Quick growing Evergreen Oblong

14. Dalbergiasisoo Sisam 10 Moderate Evergreen Round



4-21

Sr.No. Scientific name Common name Height (m)

Growth rate Evergreen/ Deciduous

Crown Shape

15. Delonixragia Gulmohar 15 Quick growing Deciduous Spreading/Flat topped

16. Derris indica Karanj 10 Quick growing Evergreen Round

17. Gardenia jasminoides

AnantGandharaj 5 Quick growing Evergreen oblong

18. Heterophragmaroxburghii

Waras 18 Quick growing Evergreen Round

19. Lagerstroemia speciosa

Taman 10 Quick growing Evergreen Oblong

20. Mangifera indica Amba 8 Moderate Evergreen Oblong

21. Mimusopselengi Borssali 10 Quick growing Evergreen Round / Oblong

22. Peltophorumpterocarpum

copper pod tree - Quick growing Evergreen Oblong

23. Pongamiapinnata Karanj

3-5 Quick growing Evergreen Round

24. Roystoniaregia Royal Palm 20 Quick growing Evergreen Round

25. Samaneasaman Rain tree 20 Quick growing Deciduous Spreading/ Round

26. Saracaasoka Ashok 5 Quick growing Evergreen Spreading

27. Spathodia campanulata

Indian Tulip Tree 12 Quick growing Evergreen Oblong Round

28. Syzygiumcumini Jamun

20 Quick growing Evergreen Oblong/ Spreading

29. Tecomastans Tecoma 5 Quick growing Evergreen Oblong

4.2.6 Need Assessment of the Area

Rapid economic growth Strengthen not only development but also help in improveamenities includes

road, supply of water or electricity, medical care,street lighting, drainage, sewerage and such other

convenience.This helps to improve HumanDevelopment Index.

During survey it was found that crop production was not satisfactory due to sandy loam soil and lack

of irrigation facility.Most of the working population were belongs to labour work and income was less.

Resources of income were less in the study area.Transportation facilities werenotsatisfactory.Overall

study area needs developments in employment as well as in infrastructure facilities.

Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation has proposed to develop additional Butibori

Industrial Area (BIA) located in Tehsil and District Nagpur, Maharashtra. In future there will be a lot of

scope for industrilal growth and it will develop infrastructure facilities. The development will generate

direct employment 40000 + indirect 100000 both indicative on the basis of skilled, semiskilled and

labour. It will help to increase in income.Due to employment genrartion and additional amenties

quality of life of the study area will improvein future.

4.2.7 Socio-Economic Environment

The project would create certain impacts which could be beneficial as well as adverse. It is necessary

to identify the extent of these impacts for further planning of control measures leading to mitigation of

the adverse impacts. The impacts due to proposed project on parameters of human interest are

assessed and given below.

Impact on human settlement

The development of the project and associated activities will strengthen the economic development,

civic amenities, and educational facilities in the study area. Overall, due to employment generation



4-22

and economic progress, there will be positive changes in the socio-economic condition of the people

residing in the vicinity of the project site.

Impact on population growth

This project will have an impact on the population growth. Direct and indirect employment will be

available to local population. Preference will be given to local unemployed youth for employment

during construction and development of projects depending upon their suitability which will enhance

substantially of income in the study area. Further more influx of the people in the area after the

completion of the project will enhance the status of the community.

Impact on literacy and educational facilities

The literacy level of the project area is likely to increase. Better literacy rate is possible due to

assumed better economic conditions of the people. Better literacy means better social status and it

will help to improve the life style in the nearer villages. This will be a positive impact in the region due

to the project.

Impact on road infrastructure

Roads installed/improved to serve the project could also be of long term benefit to the community.

This will be a positive impact in the region due to the project.

Impact on gender issues

Opportunities for women in income generating activities e.g. through provision of selling local

products, recommended contractual requirement to employ local women as well as men in tenders

prepared for the letting of the construction works will definitely give positive impact.

Impact on transportation

Due to industrial activities vehicle movement will increase, mainly in core zone area. Therefore road

accidents can happen. Dust emission and increase in noise at construction as well as operation

phase such as noise from truck transport etc. may affect the health status of the region

Impact on cattle fodder

Dhawalpeth village is in core zone area. Main occupation of the villagers in the village is Dairy

farming (90%). Land acquired by MIDC authority is basically agricultural land. Due to lack of land

there will be no fodder land remain and it can affect dairy farming activities.

Impact on fuel

The study area is predominantly rural area and villagers use agricultural waste as a fuel for cooking

purpose. Main occupation in the study area is agriculture and its allied activities. For the project

purpose land acquisition process is completed and most of the land is agricultural. From now

onwards there will be less agricultural activities, and due to this there will lack of cooking fuel

Impact on sanitation facility

In construction phase, their will be demand for laboures, project area will overburdened by

contractual labour. It may cause to unsanitary situation at the project site.

Impact on employment pattern

According to census 2011, in the study area, there is 55% non- working population. Due to project

activity various job opportunities willbe made available for local people. It may be possible that non-

working population will get employment and percentage of non-working population will decrease.



4-23

Impact on socio- cultural environment

It is highly unlikely that the whole project will be constructed using local labour. In this regard

therefore, migrant workers from different cultural background are likely to be hired to perform

specialized works whose skills are not available in the local pool.

The presence of migrant workers from different cultural backgrounds can occurred conflicts with the

local cultures. The lifestyles of the migrants may not be compatible with those of the hosts and these

could cause frictions.

Impact on places of historical importance

No historical monuments or places of historical importance are present near the project site. Hence

no adverse impact will be resulted.

Mitigation Measures

In order to mitigate the adverse impact likely to arise in social, cultural and economical aspects in the

surrounding region and the project is expected to contribute towards enlistment of local people and

improvement in quality of life.

Requirement of proper pollution control devices will be setup by the individual industriles to

mitigate the adverse impact on air, water, soil and biological components of environment which

will help to keep the environment pollution free.

Ensure that all roads are properly maintained with safety traffic boards, vehicles are well

maintained and drivers are well trained and safety conscious.

Awareness programme for utilization of Bio-gas energy / solar energy in villages.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT MATRIX

Environmental component Activities Impact characteristics

Positive Negative

Socio - Economic Impact on infrastructure +

Impact on Quality of life +

Impact on land -

Impact on transportation +

Impact on medical facilities +

PREDICATION OF LIKELY IMPACTS ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Parameters Local Regional Direct Indirect

Employment + + -

Income + + +

Transport + + + +

Education + + + +

Medical facilities + +

Communication + + + +

Availability of power + + +

Sanitation - -

Housing + +

Health - - -

Recreation + +

Agriculture - -



4-24

Parameters Local Regional Direct Indirect

Business + + + +

Per Capita Income + + + +

Pollution - -

+: Positive Impact

- : Negative Impact

: Insignificant

Note: The positive and negative impacts are identified and evaluated based on the monitoring

survey, infrastructure, resources, facilities availability and interaction with the people in the study

area. Moreover based on expertise availability of a resource person, impacts are evaluated as cited

in the “Environmental impact analysis “book by Rau and Wotten in the evaluation matrix method.

Quality of life.

Quality of life existing and expected changes in the surveyed villages are given in Tables 4.10 &

4.11.The existing cumulative of life of the people in the area was found to be 0.53. The quality of life

of the people after implementation of EMP will increase to 0.54.

TABLE 4.10

QUALITY OF LIFE EXISTING (QoL) IN THE VILLAGES SURVEYED

Sr. No. Villages QoL(S) QoL(O) QoL(C)

1. Dhawalpeth 0.48 0.50 0.49

2. Dudha 0.49 0.51 0.50

3. Asola 0.54 0.56 0.55

4. Sawangi 0.52 0.54 0.53

5. Tarsi 0.50 0.56 0.51

6. Mangli 0.52 0.56 0.54

7. Mandawa 0.50 0.54 0.52

8. Takalghat (CT) 0.62 0.66 0.64

Average 0.52 0.55 0.53

(S) = Subjective

(O) = Objective

(C) = Cumulative

TABLE 4.11

EXPECTED CHANGE IN QUALITY OF LIFE

Sr. No.

Villages QoL (s) QoL (s) After Implementation of EMP and Welfare Measure

QoL (c)

QoL (c) After Implementation of EMP and Welfare Measure

1. Dhawalpeth 0.48 0.58 0.49 0.52

2. Dudha 0.49 0.56 0.50 0.52

3. Asola 0.54 0.56 0.55 0.56

4. Sawangi 0.52 0.56 0.53 0.54

5. Tarsi 0.50 0.56 0.51 0.53

6. Mangli 0.52 0.55 0.54 0.55

7. Mandawa 0.50 0.50 0.52 0.52

8. Takalghat (CT) 0.62 0.64 0.64 0.64

Average 0.52 0.56 0.53 0.54

(s) = Subjective

(c) = Cumulative


Chapter 5- Analysis of Alternatives 5-1

5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (SITE AND TECHNOLOGY) GENERAL

This chapter includes the options, details of the alternatives of materials that are to be used in

building construction and the energy conservation methods to be adopted. The various details

regarding the transportation sector, road connectivity, link facilities, parking details etc. are discussed

in this chapter.

5.1 SELECTION OF SITE

Selection of suitable site for a project is as important as selecting a technology and suppliers. Factors

which are taken into consideration for selection of site are proximity to raw materials or market and

availability of manpower, water, infrastructure and ease of transportation. MIDC requires a number of

basic inputs such as land, fuel, water etc. for additional MIDC area and is primarily governed by the

following basic considerations:

Availability of land

Rail/road accessibility

Availability of required raw materials and proximity

Availability of water and proximity of source

Power requirement

Environmental consideration

These factors are very favorable to establish and operate the project.

As the selected area has all the above facilities and is near to the notified Butibori Industrial Zone, no

other site was considered. The site and adjoining areas are being considered by the state

government for including in the MIDC industrial area, which will make the site most appropriate for

industries to come for increasing their production activities. Further to this, the development of

industrial area is done according to MIDC act. The existing Butibori MIDC area is fully developed and

occupied by various industries and for further development there is no space left for the industries

likely to come. Hence there was a need for additional industrial area to be developed for upcoming

prospective industries for overall economic growth of the state as a whole. The selection of site is

carried out considering the environmental features. Three sites were selected and comparative

environmental features are considered and based on the suitability of the features for project suitable

site is selected.

Criteria for selection of site

There were three sites selected for development and establishment of MIDC industrial area viz. I, II & III as shown in the drawing (Plate 5.1). The comparative statement w.r.t. different parameters as below:

Sr. No.

Parameter Site I Site II Site III

1 Distance from existing MIDC indl area

6 km About 9 kms About 14 kms

2 Distance from National highway major road

Adjacent 3 kms 8 kms

3 Distance from water works

3 kms 12 kms 17 kms



Sr. No.

Parameter Site I Site II Site III

4 Reserved forest area vicinity

4.50 kms In reserved dense forest

Forest area

5 Vicinity w.r.t. villages Nearest village Dhawalpeth 0.70 kms

Near to Ganeshpur village 3.0 kms

Nearest village Ghodeghat 4.0 Kms

6 Land use Agriculture and Govt. land

Govt. and agriculture land

Forest and agriculture land

7 Nature of land Pvt. + Govt. Pvt. + Govt. Pvt. + Forest

8 Access Easy access from National highway major road.

On interior major district road MDR

On interior major district road MDR

9 Transportation facility

Easy access Needs road infrastructure for transportation

Needs road infrastructure for transportation

Considering above parameters, site I is considered for establishment of MIDC area as Additional Butibori Industrial Area.



PLATE 5.1: SELECTED SITES FOR DEVELOPMENT

5.2 LAND, SITE DETAILS & AVAILABILITY OF FACILITIES

The area selected for MIDC is near notified Butibori Industrial Zone, Butibori. MIDC industrial area is

located near Nagpur and is a fast developing growth center. MIDC industrial areas have very good

infrastructure facilities like water, availability of skilled workers, well connected roadways and

transport infrastructure. Since Nagpur has a well-developed market, there is easy availability of

spares & consumables. The nearest railway head is Butibori railway station located approximately

10.0 km from the site.



Accessibility

The site is adjacent to the road connecting National and State Highway. As such, there is no any

problem in accessibility and transportation of heavy materials to site by road. It will be an easy access

to the other industries to come for their material supply and transportation.

5.3 BUILDING MATERIALS

Usually for construction, sand, clay and brick require in large quantity. Water requirement for building

industry is also very high. Steel which is used in the construction process is manufactured from non-

renewable resources. Normally conventional materials used for construction are non-renewable

sources.

Use of alternative technologies for each component of the buildings of envelope, superstructure,

finishes and the road and surrounding areas are discussed in detail. Some of them are given below:

Brick and block products with waste and recycled contents such as fly ash (waste from coal

burning plants), blast furnace slag, sewage sludge, waste wood fibre etc.

Fly ash based lightweight aerated concrete blocks can be used for walls.

Perforated bricks can be used for wall structures.

Brick panel with joists, filler slab roofing, brick funicular shell roofing, RCC channel units, micro-

concrete roofing tiles are some of the alternative techniques for roofing.

Some of the alternate materials for openings in construction are:-

Use of precast thin lintels, use of ferrocement-sunshade cum lintel etc.

Use of renewable timber for doors and windows

Use of steel manufactures from recycled content

Aluminum from verified recycled content

Saw dust based doors and window frames

Ferrocement shutters, PVC doors and windows, Rice husk boards, Natural fibrere inforced

polymer composite door panels

Bamboo based products, bamboo strips boards.

Alternatives for finishes include Fly ash, Ceramic tiles, Terrazzo floors. The use of the alternatives for

building materials will help to reduce the use of non-renewable resources and impact on natural

resources.

5.4 GREEN BUILDINGS

Some of the salient features of a green building are:

Use of recycled and environmental friendly building materials

Use of energy efficient and eco-friendly equipment

Use of renewable energy

Indoor air quality for human safety and comfort



5.5 ENERGY CONSERVATION

There is a need to adopt energy efficient technologies for conservation of energy. This section

discusses some important recommendations of the energy conservation building code (ECBC) and

the National building code 2005 on energy conservation. The building form can affect the solar

access of the building. The compactness of the building is measured using a ratio of surface area to

volume. Compactness = S/V,

Where, S = Surface area and V = volume.

The orientation of the building is also an important fact with regard to energy conservation in the

building. The building envelope for all air conditioned buildings / spaces are to comply with the ECBC

([email protected]).

The concept of passive solar design emphasizes architectural design approaches that minimize

building energy consumption by integrating conventional energy-efficient devices, such as

mechanical and electrical pumps, fans, lighting fixtures, and other equipment, with passive design

elements, such as building siting, an efficient envelope, appropriate amounts of fenestration,

increased daylighting design, and thermal mass. The basic idea of passive solar design is to allow

daylight, heat, and airflow into a building only when beneficial.

The general day-lighting principles include:-

Avoid direct sunlight on critical tasks and excessive brightness.

Bring the daylight in at a high location.

Filter the daylight.

Bounce daylight off of surrounding surfaces.

Integrate daylight with other building systems and strategies.

Supply of the energy in the form of electricity will also be based on the type of activities to be carried

by individual industry. MIDC will procure the electricity by establishment of grid in MIDC area and will

be evaluated as per the demand of industry for this purpose necessary arrangement and space will

be allocated and distribution system will be firm up.

The charges related to the supply of electricity to individual units to be established in the area will be

according to the norms set up by the individual development corporation.

Solar photovoltaic systems (SPV) can be used as it is direct conversion of sunlight into electricity and

could be a viable option. Street lighting, fixed type solar lighting system are some applications of SPV

systems.

Stress will be given to apply solar system for garden, street light, recreational zones to save electricity

consumption and same will be applicable to individual industry.

5.6 TRANSPORTATION

Some of the factors are important and must be taken into the consideration, while planning, are the

movement of heavy traffic loads and operation of construction machinery. Construction machinery

due to its operation produces smoke, dust and noise and vibration. Internal road design should be

done with due consideration for environment, and safety of the people residing or working near the

roads. Proper sidewalk should be provided for the residence to commute.

http://[email protected]/




development plan/nodal plan/ zonal plan as per MRTP act 1966 for industrial/ commercial and

Residentia zones as shown below:


Length of road Minimum width in metropolitan region as notified of state Govt. under MRTP act 1966


Up to 150 m 15 m 12 m

Above 150 m 20 m or more as may be required by the projected traffic

15 m

Provision of road in residential zone

Length of road Minimum width in metropolitan region as modified by state Govt. Under MRTP act 1966

Minimum width, in order areas

Up to 75 m 6 m 6 m

75 m to 150 m 10 m 10 m

151 m to 300 m 12 m 10 m


5.7 TECHNOLOGY

Application of technology will be based on types of industries come in MIDC area. The industries will

procure the technology based on the types of industry they want to be set up which will be eco-friendly and

will not produce or emit wastewater generation and gases. This will be taken care to maintain the

atmospheric pollution within the specified norms that will specified by MPCB.

The dependency and procurement and application of technology will be based on nature of industry to be

developed in the area.


Chapter 6- Environmental Monitoring Programme 6-1


The environmental monitoring is important to assess performance of pollution control equipment

installed at the project site. The sampling and analysis of environmental attributes including

monitoring locations which will be as per the guidelines of the Central Pollution Control Board.

The attributes, which require regular monitoring, are specified as follows:

Air quality

Noise levels

Water and wastewater quality

Soil Conservation

Afforestation; as greenbelt development,

Socio-economic aspects and community development

6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SYSTEM

The monitoring programme is formulated to take care of impact after implementation of the project.

The emission levels from the stack and the ambient air quality around the project will be periodically

monitored. Further, noise levels will also be regularly monitored covering project and nearby area.

The limits for particulate matter emission and minimum stack heights will be maintained for keeping

the oxides of nitrogen and sulphur dioxide levels within the air quality standards.

The characteristics of treated effluent, that will be generated during the operation phase, will be

monitored to meet the requirements of the CPCB/MPCB. The various items to be monitored are stack

emissions, ambient air quality, liquid effluent quality and quantity and noise levels. Post project

monitoring programme which will be undertaken by the project proponent for various environmental

components is detailed below:

A. Meteorology

An automatic continuous recording meteorological station will be installed within the developmental

premises for a proper measurement and record of meteorological parameters on hourly basis.

B. Air Environment

Schemes for monitoring stack and ambient air quality are proposed. The ambient air quality

monitoring systems are recommended for monitoring the ground level concentrations and fugitive

emissions.

Periodical monitoring (monthly) of stack emissions will also be undertaken through stack monitoring

kit to ensure the levels of emissions.

Ambient air quality will be monitored for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, etc. on 24-hourly basis to know the

concentration levels in upwind and downwind direction within and outside of the plant.

C. Noise Environment

Noise will be monitored for day and night time at site to be developed and nearby villages.

D. Water Environment

The wastewater generation from the proposed industrial area will be recycled after treatment.

Wastewater samples including inlet and outlet of the treatment plant will be analyzed for the

significant parameters to evaluate the treatment system.




Environmental monitoring program is designed for the upcoming additional Butibori Industrial Area,

MIDC. The monitoring plan is presented in Tables 6.1-6.2

TABLE 6.1

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLANS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Sr. No. Components Parameter No. of sampling Frequency Period

Air Environment

1 Methodology Wind speed &wind direction, Temperature, Rainfall, Relative humidity and Cloud cover

Study area of 10 km radius

Data collected from IMD, and/or by installing meteorological station for site specific data.

1 hourly observations from continuous records

Ambient Air Quality

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx& CO etc.

8-10 locations (Study area of 10km radius)

24 hourly samples twice in a week.

Quarterly

Noise Environment

2 Noise Levels Noise levels in dB(A) Leq

8-10 locations (study area of 10 km radius)

Day time and Night time

Quarterly

Water Environment

3 Surface water quality

Physical, Chemical and Bacteriological parameters

Locations based on stretch of the water body (Study area of 10km radius)

One grab sample at each location

Quarterly

Groundwater Quality


5-6 Locations from tube wells or hand pumps (Study area of 10km radius)

One grab sample at each location

Daily basis

Wastewater Physico- chemical parameters

3 composite samples

One composite sample

Daily basis

Land environment

4 Soil Characteristics

Physical, chemical and micro-biological parameters to assess agricultural and aforestation potential

4 Locations within the plant area

One sample at each location

6 monthly

5 Health Major fires, major accident, Injuries, etc.

Study area of 10km radius

Regular checkups Half yearly

6 Hazardous waste

All relevant parameters (Permeability & porosity, Moisture, pH, EC, Loss on ignition, phosphorus, Total Nitrogen, Heavy metals(TCLP)

Plant site and adjoining area

Process wise or activity wise for respective raw materials

Half yearly



Sr. No. Components Parameter No. of sampling Frequency Period

Socio-Economic

7 Socio-Economy Demographic, infrastructure, economic growth etc. Health related parameters.

Study area of 10km radius

Half yearly


8 Terrestrial ecology

Aquatic ecology

Species diversity, and index No. of species, diversity and Index

Study area of 10km radius Within 10 km radius

Through field visit during the study period and substantiated through secondary sources

Annually

TABLE 6.2

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE



Air Environment

Ambient air quality PM10, PM2.5,SO2, NOX, CO 3 Locations in and around site

24 hourly samples

Monthly

DG set PM, NOx, SO2 etc. Based on meteorological conditions Each stack

As per CPCB norms

Monthly

Noise Environment

Noise Environment Noise levels in dB(A) Leq 6 Locations (within premises)

Once in day and once in night

Monthly

Water Environment

Groundwater quality Physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters

2 Locations Once Quarterly

Waste water (treated and untreated)


Inlet and outlet of treatment plant

Once Composite

Daily basis

Land Environment

Soil Characteristics Physical, chemical and biological parameters to assess agricultural and aforestation potential

4 Locations Once Six monthly

Health Major fires, major accident, injuries, etc.

Work zone of factory

Regular checkups

Half yearly

Hazardous waste All relevant parameters(Permeability & porosity, Moisture pH , EC, Loss on ignition, Phosphorus, Total Nitrogen, Particle size distribution, Heavy metal, Fluoride)

Each type of waste

Once Half yearly


Terrestrial

Aquatic

Flora & fauna Flora & fauna

Within and outside Within and outside the

Once Once

Quarterly Quarterly





Green belt

Species diversity, survival rate, growth rate

premises. Within and outside the premises.

Once Quarterly

Socio-Economic Environment

Socio economic environment

Demography, infrastructure, facilities creation, quality of life, Health Status

Within 10 km radius

once yearly

6.3 MONITORING METHODOLOGY

Environmental monitoring shall be done as per the guidelines provided by CPCB/MPCB. The

methods conducted or applied shall be approved or accepted by the recognized body or authority i.e.

MoEF/CPCB/MPCB. The list of suggested methodologies for environmental monitoring is provided in

attached Annexure-II Environmental monitoring. The monitoring shall be done to ensure that

environmental management practices/technologies are adequate to meet the requirement of the

prescribed norms as prescribed by state pollution control board.

6.3.1 Monitoring Equipment and Analysis

Monitoring equipment will be installed in the developmental area at the designated locations for

collection of samples for air, noise and water, land. The collected samples will be analyzed for project

specific parameters to find out the concentration levels. The equipment will be as follows:

Environment Equipment Parameters

Air Environment RDS PM2.5, PM10, NOx, SOx and VOCs.

Noise Environment Sound level meter Noise level: Day and Night

Water Environment pH meter, conductivity meter, Turbidity meter, flame photometer, spectrophotometer, hot plate, DO meter, microscope, incubator, balance, AAS etc.

Physico-chemical and bacteriological

Land Environment Auger, spade Physico-chemical

Biological Environment (Aquatic)

Plankton net, sieve, microscope Phytoplankton, zooplankton

6.4 REPORTING & DOCUMENTATION

Necessary reports and documents like half yearly compliance status & annual environment

audit/statement etc. shall be prepared to comply with the statutory rules & regulations as timely

amended. In any case, during the operation, proponent shall adhere to the rules and regulation

enacted & amended timely by the government. Regular and periodic record shall be kept in order to

ensure easier, comparable review for assessment of past & present performance and for projection of

the future performance. Also, the management shall ensure to prepare separate records for

environmental management task for water & wastewater, solid and hazardous waste, air emissions,

soil and biological (Specially for green belt and plantation). Management shall also ensure that the

records are prepared on regular basis and periodically in order to enable better and smooth vigilance.

For statutory reports & documents, management shall forward such reports or documents to the

concerned authority well within stipulated time frame with due care of thorough review of the

prepared document/report.



Senior manager

Environment engineer (for pollution monitoring / control)

Ecologist/forestry specialist, chemist Supporting staff, field assistants

Manager- Environmental control

External Environment Monitoring/ Consultancy

Anacon Lab Pvt. Ltd. Nagpur

These reports/documents shall be regularly and periodically reviewed and any

changes/discrepancies found in mitigation measures, operation, management & technology shall be

brought into notice of concerned authority & management instantaneously and all possible corrective

actions shall be taken immediately to match the discrepancies witnessed.

6.5 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

MIDC gives top most priority on pollution control & conservation of environment. The management

firmly believes in maintaining very high environmental standards and ensuring compliance of

applicable legal requirements in totality.

The Organogram of Environment Management Cell functional is shown in the Figure 6.1.

FIGURE 6.1: ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

6.6 BUDGETARY PROVISIONS FOR E NVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


maintenance of different pollution control systems. A definite budget allocation will be made available

for environmental monitoring related to the activities under the provision of MIDC act in association

with the State Pollution Control Board and shown in Table 6.3.

TABLE 6.3

BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Sr. No. Activities Capital Cost (Rs. lakhs)

Recurring Cost (Rs. lakhs)

1. Air Environment 10.00 1.00

2. Noise Environment 01.00 0.10

3. Water Environment 20.00 2.00

4. Land Environment (Solid waste & TSDF) 10.00 1.00

5. Biological Environment 05.00 0.50

6. Social Environment 04.00 0.40

Total 50.00 5.00

Sunil Mishra

(Sr. Executive)


Chapter 7- Additional Studies 7-1

7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.2 INTRODUCTION

Accidental risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accident consisting of an

event or sequence of events resulting into fire, explosion or toxic hazards to human health and

environment. Risk Assessment (RA) provides a numerical measure of the risk that a particular facility

poses to the public. It begins with the identification of probable potential hazardous events at an

industry and categorization as per the predetermined criteria. The consequences of major credible

events are calculated for different combinations of weather conditions to simulate worst possible

scenario. These consequence predictions are combined to provide numerical measures of the risk for

the entire facility.

MCA stands for Maximum Credible Accident or in other words, an accident with maximum damage

distance, which is believed to be probable. MCA analysis does not include quantification of the

probability of occurrence of an accident. In practice the selection of accident scenarios for MCA

analysis is carried out on the basis of engineering judgement and expertise in the field of risk analysis

especially in accident analysis.

Detailed study helps in plotting the damage contours on the detailed plot plan in order to assess the

magnitude of a particular event. A disastrous situation is the outcome of fire, explosion or toxic

hazards in addition to other natural causes that eventually lead to loss of life, property and ecological

imbalances.

7.2.1 Methodology of MCA Analysis

The MCA analysis involves ordering and ranking of various sections in terms of potential vulnerability.

The data requirements for MCA analysis are:

Operating manual

Flow diagram and P&I diagrams

Detailed design parameters

Physical and chemical properties of all the chemicals

Detailed plant layout

Detailed area layout

Past accident data

Following steps are involved in the MCA analysis:

Identification of potential hazardous sections and representative failure cases

Visualization of release scenarios considering type and the quantity of the hazardous material

Damage distance computations for the released cases at different wind velocities and

atmospheric stability classes for heat radiations and pressure waves

Drawing of damage contours on plot plan to show the effect due to the accidental release of

chemicals



7.3 PAST ACCIDENT DATA ANALYSIS

Analysis of events arising out of the unsafe conditions is one of the basic requirements for ensuring

safety in any facility. The data required for such an analysis has either to be generated by monitoring

and/or collected from the records of the past occurrences. This data, when analysed, helps in

formulation of the steps towards mitigation of hazards faced commonly. Trends in safety of various

activities can be evaluated and actions can be planned accordingly, to improve the safety.

Data analysis helps in correlating the causal factors and the corrective steps to be taken for

controlling the accidents. It is, therefore, of vital importance to collect the data methodically, based on

potential incidents, sections involved, causes of failure and the preventive measures taken. This

helps to face future eventualities with more preparedness.

A) August 14, 2003, at the Repsol-YPF Petrochemicals Refinery in Puertollano, Spain

In August 2003, eight workers died and several more were seriously injured in an accident at the

Repsol-YPF petrochemicals refinery in Puertollano, Spain. The company and the trade unions set up

an investigation commission to examine the incident but they disagreed on the final conclusions. On

14 August 2003, several petroleum tanks exploded causing a major fire at the Repsol-YPF refinery in

Puertollano, Castilla-La Mancha. Eight workers died and several more were seriously injured in the

accident. The plant has suffered at least 10 serious accidents in the past 20 years, causing many

deaths and injuries.

B) November 23, 2003, Crude Oil Tank Explosion

About 32 km south of Midland, TX, Perenco LLC, a battery of crude oil tanks exploded on a lease

near the intersection of Highway 349 and County Road 300. According to the field superintendent for

Perenco, an electrical spark caused the fire: “We seemed to have a leak on the „lack unit‟.” He said

that a lack unit measures how much oil moves through the tanks and checks oil content. He said that

when the pumper checking the lease turned off the lack unit, an electrical spark set the leaking oil on

fire. The workers quickly left the lease to turn off the 18 wells that sent oil to the tank battery. They

were about 400 m away from the battery when it exploded 45 minutes later. He said about 640

barrels of oil; three stock tanks, three water tanks and associated equipment were destroyed

C) March 23, 2005, an explosion at BP's Texas City Refinery in Texas City, Texas

On March 23, 2005, an explosion occurred in an isomerization unit resulting in the deaths and injuries

at BP's Texas City Refinery. The accident killed 15 workers and injured more than 170 others. The

Texas City Refinery is the second-largest oil refinery in the state, and the third-largest in the United

States. It had an input capacity of 437,000 barrels (69,500 m3) per day as of January 1, 2005.

According to a report issued after the accident, actions taken or not taken led to overfilling the

raffinate splitter with liquid, overheating of the liquid, and the subsequent over pressurization and

pressure relief. Hydrocarbon flow to the blow down drum and stack overwhelmed it, resulting in

liquids carrying over out of the top of the stack, flowing down the stack, accumulating on the ground,

and causing a vapour cloud, which was ignited by a contractor's pickup truck as the engine was left

running.

D) 11 December 2005, the Bunce field Incident, Hemel Hempstead

On Sunday 11 December 2005, a series of explosions and subsequent fire destroyed large parts of

the Buncefield oil storage and transfer depot, Hemel Hempstead, and caused widespread damage to

neighbouring properties. The main explosion took place at 06.01:32 hours and was of massive

proportions. It was followed by a large fire that engulfed 23 large fuel storage tanks over a high

proportion of the Buncefield site. The incident injured 43 people. Fortunately, no one was seriously



hurt and there were no fatalities. Nevertheless, there was significant damage to both commercial and

residential properties near the Buncefield site. About 2000 people had to be evacuated from their

homes and sections of the M1 motorway were closed. The fire burned for five days, destroying most

of the site and emitting a large plume of smoke into the atmosphere that dispersed over southern

England.

E) June 28, 2006, Explosion in Lanzhou Petrochemical Company.

On June 28th, 2006 an explosion broke out in CNPC Lanzhou Petrochemical Company Refinery

Plant, which is located in Gansu province, western China. The accident caused 1 death and 10

injuries. The preliminary investigation showed that the accident was caused by the gas leakage on

the 3 million t/a residuum fluid catalytic cracking unit in Lanzhou Refinery Plant.

F) October 29, 2009, Indian Oil Corporation Ltd, Jaipur

A massive fire broke out on 29th October at an oil storage depot in the western state of Rajasthan,

killing at least 11 people and injuring 135 others. Two huge explosions were heard before the fire

ignited and spread. The fire broke out around 19:30 local time at the Jaipur storage depot run by

Indian Oil Corporation (IOC) Ltd and was visible from over 25 kilometers away, according to reports.

Company officials said the depot covers an area of several square kilometers and the oil tanks store

gasoline, diesel and kerosene fuel for several state-owned oil companies. Reports said the depot had

a 100,000-kilolitre capacity. Initial estimates indicate that products valued at 1.5 billion rupees have

been burnt, and the petroleum stocks were insured.

7.4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

Identification of hazards is an important step in Risk Assessment as it leads to the generation of

accidental scenarios. The merits of including the hazard for further investigation are subsequently

determined by its significance, normally using a cut-off or threshold quantity.

Once a hazard has been identified, it is necessary to evaluate it in terms of the risk it presents to the

employees and the neighbouring community. In principle, both probability and consequences should

be considered, but there are occasions where it either the probability or the consequence can shown

to be sufficiently low or sufficiently high, decisions can be made on just one factor.

During the hazard identification component, the following considerations are taken into account.

Chemical identities

Location of process unit facilities for hazardous materials.

The types and design of process units

The quantity of material that could be involved in an airborne release and

The nature of the hazard (e.g. airborne toxic vapours or mists, fire, explosion, large quantities

stored or processed handling conditions) most likely to accompany hazardous materials spills or

releases

7.4.1 Fire and Explosion Index (FEI)

Fire and Explosion Index (FEI) is useful in identification of areas in which the potential risk reaches a

certain level. It estimates the global risk associated with a process unit and classifies the units

according to their general level of risk. FEI covers aspects related to the intrinsic hazard of materials,

the quantities handled and operating conditions. This factor gives index value for the area which



could be affected by an accident, the damage to property within the area and the working days lost

due to accidents. The method for evaluation of FEI involves following stages.

Selection of pertinent process unit which can have serious impact on plant safety

Determination of Material Factor (MF): This factor for a given substance in the process unit

gives intrinsic potential to release energy in case of fire or an explosion. Material Factor can be

directly obtained from Dow‟s Fire and Explosion Index Hazard classification Guide of American

Institute of Chemical Engineers, New York. The factor can also be evaluated from NFPA indices

of danger, health, flammability and reactivity.

Determination of Unit Hazard Factor: The Unit Hazard Factor is obtained by multiplication of

General Process Hazard (GPH) factor and Special Process Hazard (SPH) factor. GPH factor is

computed according to presence of exothermic reactions and loading and unloading operations.

The penalties due to each of these reactions / operations are summed up to compute GPH

factor. Similarly, SPH factor can be evaluated for the operations close to flammable range or

pressures different from atmospheric. Penalties of these operations for both factors can be

obtained from Dow‟s EFI index form.

Fire and explosion index is then calculated as the product of Material Factor (MF) and Unit Hazard

Factor. Degree of hazards based on FEI is given in the following Table 7.1.

TABLE 7.1

DEGREE OF HAZARDS BASED ON FEI

FEI Range Degree of Hazard

0 – 60 Light

61-96 Moderate

97 - 127 Intermediate

128 - 158 Heavy

159 and Above Severe

Preventive and protective control measures are recommended based on degree of hazard.

Therefore, FEI indicates the efforts to be taken to reduce risks for a particular unit.

7.4.2 Toxicity Index (TI)

The TI value is computed from Maximum Allowable Concentration (MAC), General Process Hazard

and Special Process Hazard by use of DOW's hazard classification guide. The scale for TI is given

below:

TI Range Degree of Hazard

0 – 6 Light

6 - 10 Moderate

Above 10 High

Based on the category of hazard and preventive and protective system present in the installation,

recommendations are made. TI of various storage tanks are depicted in Table 7.2.

TABLE 7.2

TOXICITY INDEX

Sr. No. Unit Name TI Category

1 H2S 25.2 High

2 HCl 9.21 Moderate

3 Chlorine 25.2 High



7.5 MCA ANALYSIS

MCA analysis encompasses defined techniques to identify the hazards and compute the consequent

effects in terms of damage distances due to heat radiation, toxic releases, vapour cloud explosion

etc. A list of probable or potential accidents of the major units in the complex arising due to use,

storage and handling of the hazardous materials are examined to establish their credibility.

Depending upon the effective hazardous attributes and their impact on the event, the maximum effect

on the surrounding environment and the respective damage caused can be assessed. Flow chart of

accidental release of hazardous chemicals is presented in Figure 7.1.

Hazardous substance, on release can cause damage on a large scale. The extent of the damage is

dependent upon the nature of the release and the physical state of the material. In the present report

the consequences for flammable hazards are considered and the damages caused due to such

releases are assessed with recourse to MCA analysis.

Flammable substances on release may cause Jet fire and less likely unconfined vapour cloud

explosion causing possible damage to the surrounding area. The extent of damage depends upon

the nature of the release. The release of flammable materials and subsequent ignition result in heat

radiation wave or vapour cloud depending upon the flammability and its physical state. Damage

distances due to release of hazardous materials depend on atmospheric stability and wind speed. It

is important to visualize the consequence of the release of such substances and the damage caused

to the surrounding areas. Computation of damage distances are carried out at various atmospheric

stability conditions for various wind velocities and the result is tabulated. Pasquill-Giffard atmospheric

stability classes with corresponding weather conditions are listed in Table 7.3.

TABLE 7.3

PASQUILL – GIFFARD ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY

Sr. No. Stability Class Weather Conditions

1. A Very unstable – sunny, light wind

2. A/B Unstable - as with A only less sunny or more windy

3. B Unstable - as with A/B only less sunny or more windy

4. B/C Moderately unstable – moderate sunny and moderate wind

5. C Moderately unstable – very windy / sunny or overcast / light wind

6. C/D Moderate unstable – moderate sun and high wind

7. D Neutral – little sun and high wind or overcast / windy night

8. E Moderately stable – less overcast and less windy night thand

9. F Stable – night with moderate clouds and light / moderate wind

10. G Very stable – possibly fog



Release of

Chemical

InstantaneousContinuous

Bottom Top

Two Phase

OutflowLiquid

Ignition Vapours

Ignition ?

Pool

Formation

Ignition ?Flare

Pool Fire

Evaporation

Dispersion

Vapour Cloud

Formation

Ignition ?

Detonation

Toxicity

Vapour Cloud

Explosion

Pressure

Wave

CONSEQUENCE MODELLING

Heat

Radiation

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

No

Yes

Yes

TOXICITY

COMPUTATION

FIGURE 7.1: ACCIDENTAL RELEASE OF CHEMICALS: A SCENARIO



7.5.1 Fire and Explosion Scenarios

Combustible materials within their flammable limits may ignite and burn if exposed to an ignition

source of sufficient energy. On process plants, this normally occurs as a result of a leakage or

spillage. Depending on the physical properties of the material and the operating parameters, the

combustion of material in a plant may take on a number of forms like jet fire, flash fire and pool fire.

7.5.1.1 Jet Fire

Jet fire occurs when flammable material of a high exit velocity ignites. In process industries this may

be due to design (flares) or an accidental. Ejection of flammable material from a vessel, pipe or pipe

flange may give rise to a jet fire and in some instances the jet flame could have substantial “reach”.

Depending on wind speed, the flame may tilt and impinge on pipeline, equipment or structures. The

thermal radiation from these fires may cause injury to people or damage equipment some distance

from the source of the flames.

7.5.1.2 Flash Fire

A flash fire is the non-explosive combustion of a vapour cloud resulting from a release of flammable

material into the open air, which after mixing with air, ignites. A flash fire results from the ignition of a

released flammable cloud in which there is essentially no increase in combustion rate. The ignition

source could be electric spark, a hot surface, and friction between moving parts of a machine or an

open fire.

Flash fire may occur due to its less vapour temperature than ambient temperature. Hence, as a

result of a spill, they are dispersed initially by the negative buoyancy of cold vapours and

subsequently by the atmospheric turbulence. After the release and dispersion of the flammable fuel

the resulting vapour cloud is ignited and when the fuel vapour is not mixed with sufficient air prior to

ignition, it results in diffusion fire burning. Therefore the rate at which the fuel vapour and air are

mixed together during combustion determines the rate of burning in the flash fire.

The main dangers of flash fire are radiation and direct flame contact. The size of the flammable cloud

determines the area of possible direct flame contact effects. Radiation effects on a target depend on

several factors including its distance from the flames, flame height, flame emissive power, local

atmospheric transitivity and cloud size. Most of the time, flash combustion lasts for no more than a

few seconds.

7.5.1.3 Pool Fire

Releases of hydrocarbons in the absence of immediate ignition would form an unconfined pool, which

on ignition would result in a pool fire. Radius of pool depends upon mass flow rate, ambient

temperature, heat of vaporization of material released, vapour pressure of material released and

discharge duration. Emissive power generated from the pool surface depends upon pool burning rate,

heat of combustion of release material, atmospheric transitivity and area of pool.

The pool fire being either tank or bund fire consists of large volumes of flammable material at

atmospheric pressure burning in an unconfined space. The flammable material will be consumed at

the burning rate depending on factors including the prevailing winds. During combustion heat will be

released in the form of thermal radiation. Temperatures close to the flame centre will be high but will

reduce rapidly to tolerable temperatures over a relatively short distance. Any plant building or persons

close to the fire or within the intolerable zone will experience burn damage with the severity

depending on the distance from the fire and the time exposed to the heat of the fire.

In the event of a pool fire the flames will tilt according to the wind speed and direction. The flame

length and tilt angle affect the distance of thermal radiation generated.



7.5.1.4 Vapour Cloud Explosion

The Vapour Cloud Explosion (VCE) begins with a release of a large quantity of flammable vaporizing

liquid or gas from a storage tank, transport vessel or pipeline producing a dangerous overpressure.

These explosions follow a well-determined pattern. There are basically four features, which must be

present for an effective vapour cloud explosion to occur with an effective blast. These are:

First, the release material must be flammable and at a suitable condition of temperature and pressure

which depends on the chemical. The materials which come under this category, range from liquefied

gases under pressure (e.g. butane, propane); ordinary flammable liquids (e.g. cyclohexane, naphtha)

to non liquefied flammable gases (e.g. ethylene, acetylene)

Second, before the ignition, a cloud of sufficient size must have been formed. Normally ignition

delays of few minutes are considered the most probable for generating the vapour cloud explosions

Third, a sufficient amount of the cloud must be within the flammable range of the material to cause

extensive overpressure

Fourth, the flame speed determines the blast effects of the vapour cloud explosions, which can vary

greatly

The flammable content of a gas cloud is calculated by three-dimensional integration of the

concentration profiles, which fall within the flammable limits. If the gas cloud ignites, two situations

can occur, namely non-explosive combustion (flash fire) and explosive combustion (flash fire +

explosion).

7.5.2 Models for the Calculation of Heat load and Shock Waves

If a flammable gas or liquid is released, damage resulting from heat radiation or explosion may occur

on ignition. Models used in this study for the effects in the event of immediate ignition (torch and pool

fire) and the ignition of a gas cloud will be discussed in succession. These models calculate the heat

radiation or peak overpressure as a function of the distance from the torch, the ignited pool or gas

cloud. The physical significance of the various heat loads is depicted in Table 7.4.

TABLE 7.4

LIST OF DAMAGES ENVISAGED AT VARIOUS HEAT LOADS

Sr. No.

Heat loads (kW/m²)

Type of Damage Intensity

Damage to Equipment Damage to People

1 37.5 Damage to process equipment 100% lethality in 1 min. 1% lethality in 10 sec

2 25.0 Minimum energy required to ignite wood

50% Lethality in 1 min. Significant injury in 10 sec

3 19.0 Maximum thermal radiation intensity allowed on thermally unprotected equipment

--

4 12.5 Minimum energy required to melt plastic tubing

1% lethality in 1 min

5 4.0 -- First degree burns, causes pain for exposure longer than 10 sec

6 1.6 -- Causes no discomfort on long exposures

Source: World Bank (1988). Technical Report No. 55: Techniques for Assessing Industrial Hazards. , Washington, D.C: The World Bank.



7.5.3 Model for Pressure Wave

A pressure wave can be caused by gas cloud explosion. The following damage criteria are assumed

as a result of the peak overpressure of a pressure wave:

0.03 bar over pressure wave is taken as the limit for the occurrence of wounds as a result of flying

fragments of glass

Following assumptions are used to translate an explosion in terms of damage to the surrounding

area:

- Within the contour area of the exploding gas cloud, Casualties are due to burns or

asphyxiation. Houses and buildings in this zone will be severely damaged.

- In houses with serious damage, it is assumed that one out of eight persons present will be

killed as a result of the building collapse. Within the zone of a peak over pressure of 0.3 bar

the risk of death in houses is 0.9 x 1/8 = 0.1125, and in the zone with a peak over pressure of

0.1 bar the probability of death is 0.1 x 1/8 = 0.0125, i.e. one out of eighty people will be killed.

The significance of the peak over pressure 0.3 bar, 0.1 bar, 0.03 bar and 0.01 bar are depicted in

Table 7.5.

TABLE 7.5

DAMAGE CRITERIA FOR PRESSURE WAVES

Human Injury Structural Damage

Peak Over Pressure

(bar)

Type of Damage Peak Over

Pressure (bar)

Type of Damage

5-8 100% lethality 0.3 Heavy (90% damage)

3.5-5 50% lethality 0.1 Repairable (10% damage)

2-3 Threshold lethality 0.03 Damage of Glass

1.33-2 Severe lung

damage

0.01 Crack of windows

1-1.33 50% Eardrum

rupture

- -

Source: Marshall, V.C. (1977)‟ How lethal is explosives and toxic escapes‟.

7.5.4 Vulnerability Models

Vulnerability models are used in order to determine how people are injured by exposure to heat load.

Such models are designed on the basis of animal experiments or on the basis of the analysis of

injuries resulting from accidents, which have occurred. Vulnerability models often make use of a

probit function. In this function, a link is made between the heat load and the percentage of people

exposed to a particular type of injury.

It is assumed that everyone inside the area covered or gas cloud will be burnt to death or will

asphyxiate. Human fatality is a function of heat flux and exposure time. The probit expressions for the

prediction of mortality due to thermal radiation from fire scenarios are proportional to the product of t

and q4/3. The probit equation usually used is that proposed by Eisenberg and coworkers*

Pr = -14.9 + 2.56 In (10-4 q4/3 t)



In which,

Pr = Probit the measure of the percentage of people exposed to a particular injury

t = exposure time in seconds

q = thermal load in W/m²

For 1% lethality in the exposed persons the corresponding probit value is 2.67. Table 7.6 gives time

is seconds for percentage of fatality at various heat radiations.

TABLE 7.6

RANGE OF THERMAL FLUX LEVELS AND THEIR POTENTIAL EFFECTS

Heat Flux (kW/m²) Seconds Exposure For % Fatality

1% 50% 99%

1.6 500 1300 3200

4 150 370 930

12.5 30 80 200

37.5 8 20 50

*Eisenberg, N. A., Lynch C. J. and Breeding, R. J. (1975) Vulnerability Model. A Simulation System

for Assessing Damage Resulting from Marine Spills. National Technology Information Service Report

AD-A015-245, Springfield, MA

7.6 RISK MITIGATION MEASURES

The scope of the risk assessment study covers risk mitigation measures based on Maximum Credible

Accident (MCA) Analysis. The Fire and Explosion Indices were computed for the identification and

screening of vulnerable sections. Consequence analysis was carried out for the accidental release

scenarios of hazardous chemicals at various weather conditions leading to the computation of

damage distances. The following general and specific risk mitigation measures are suggested based

on the study.

7.6.1 General Recommendations

Fire prevention and code enforcement is one of the major areas of responsibility for the fire service.

Hence the facility should be equipped with following measures,

Water supply

Fire hydrant and monitor nozzle installation

Foam system

Water fog and sprinkler system

Mobile Firefighting equipment

First aid appliances

Surrounding population (includes all strata of society) should be made aware of the safety

precautions to be taken in the event of any mishap within the plant. This can effectively be done

by conducting the safety training programs

Buildings possibly subjected to external blast waves should be made of reinforced concrete.

The windows should be made of blast resistant glass with strong frame.



Air intakes should not be placed at grounds level, to prevent combustible dense gas from

entering into building

Buildings possibly subjected to internal explosion should have a strong frame structure

supporting roof and intermediate floors. The walls should be open. If a solid wall is needed, use

low weight wall panels to facilitate early explosion venting.

Safety escape routes should be provided at strategic locations and should be easily accessible

Grating and vent panels should be provided to minimize Domino Effects

Critical switches and alarm should be always kept in line

Fire extinguishers should be tested periodically and should be always kept in operational mode

Fire detectors should be installed near those units which handle large amount of explosive

material and operate under high temperature and pressure

A wind direction pointer should also be installed at storage site, so that in an emergency the

wind direction can be directly seen and downwind population cautioned

Shut off and isolation valves should be easily approachable in emergencies

Hydrocarbon detectors to be installed at strategic locations near the units and pipelines

handling hydrocarbons at higher temperatures and pressures to assess any leak

Periodical mock drills should be conducted so as to check the alertness and efficiency of the

DMP and EPP and records should be maintained

Proper training should be given to staff to handle any emergency situation

Signboard including phone numbers, no smoking signs and type of emergencies should be

installed at various locations

The chain-driven conveyor system should be installed for the transportation of heavy goods with

an even bearing surface

Automated storage/retrieval systems (AS/RS) store and retrieve products from an inventory

location. These systems should be used for unloading, sorting, put-away, storage, order-

picking, staging, and loading

7.6.2 Specific Recommendations

7.6.2.1 Hydrogen

Preventive measures against fires involving hydrogen should include automatic or manual

process shutdown systems, sprinklers, deluge systems, water spray systems, dry-chemical

extinguishing systems, and Halon systems.

Hydrogen fires normally are not extinguished until the supply of hydrogen is shut off because of

the danger of reignition or explosion. Hence, Large quantities of water should be sprayed on

adjacent equipment to cool the equipment and prevent its involvement in any fire that occurs

Small hydrogen fires should be extinguished by dry chemical extinguishers or with carbon

dioxide, nitrogen, and steam

Water spray systems should be provided for hydrogen storage containers, grouped piping, and

pumps where potential fire hazard exists



Hydrogen gas is colourless and odourless and normally not detectable by human senses.

Hence, a combination of portable and fixed installation hydrogen sensors should be used to

detect hydrogen. Portable hydrogen detectors should be available for personnel entering an

area in which hydrogen is leaking or may have leaked.

7.6.2.2 Chlorine

Provide PVC gloves, gumboots, rubber overcoat, head mask, self-contained breathing

apparatus.

Keep in a cool, dry, relatively isolated, well ventilated place, store in cylinders, pressure vessels,

or pipelines.

To prevent the large release of chlorine to atmosphere, monitoring and feedback facilities for

early detection leaks and emergency shutdown shall be provided.

There should be facilities for absorption of chlorine released during an emergency

As the hypochlorate is neither toxic nor flammable, therefore it is recommended that

hypochlorate should be used instead of chlorine if technically feasible.

If mild steel is to be used for handling chlorine, it is essential that water should be excluded.

Therefore, mild steel equipment used for dry chlorine itself must be dried out before

commissioning

Eye wash stations and emergency shower stations should be provided at appropriate locations

especially in the vicinity of Chlorine storage and dosing facilities

As the chlorine is highly soluble in water, there should be water curtain near the chlorine

storages

Immediate actions needs to be taken for evacuation of all personnel in case of accidental

release of chlorine

7.6.2.3 LNG

Pump and Pipe Leaks under Pressure:

Provide automatic cut off valves for line leaks.

In particular, fast - acting double - valve powered emergency release connection (PERC) for

loading arms.

Provide LNG impoundment basins in safe locations.

Insulate drainage troughs under transfer lines.

Drain troughs to an insulated sump to reduce evaporation rates.

Provide shielding around flanges, valve stems, and pump axles.

Process Leaks:

Minimize flanged connections.

Select appropriate materials not affected by brittle fracture.

Install a flammable gas leak detection system.

Install sufficient isolation points to avoid large inventory losses.



Install an ESD system.

Install an LNG drain and impoundment basin at a safe location.

Storage Tank Leaks:

Employ a full - or double - containment design.

Install a flammable gas detection system around the tank.

Install remote isolation systems to shut valves at a safe location.

Install an LNG drain and impoundment basin at a safe location.

7.6.2.4 Ammonia

All Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) must be stored in a safety equipment container

which is easily accessible.

Should wear gas tight chemical goggles, or full-face respirator to protect eyes and face in

addition to rubber gloves, heavy-duty long-sleeved shirt, long pants and safety shoes

Should work upwind of applicator knives, hose connections, applicator tank valves, and all other

openings to the application equipment.

Level C respiratory protection with full face piece or self-contained breathing apparatus should

be available for emergency use. Air purifying respirators must be equipped with suitable

cartridges

Backup set of all Personnel Protective Equipments should be easily available

Remove contaminated clothing as rapidly as possible. Flush affected area with copious

quantities of water.

Hooter system should be installed for leak detection of ammonia in the plant premises

Use water spray to cool surrounding containers

7.6.2.5 Natural Gas

Fight fire from maximum distance or use unmanned hose holders or monitor nozzles.

All welds should be radiographed and hydrostatic testing of the natural gas pipeline should be

performed at a pressure up to 1.4 times the design pressure.

Pipeline system should be based on the design code requirements.

The test pressure should be held for a minimum period of 30 minutes.

Preventative maintenance should involve the routine testing of valves as well as the removal of

surface impediment to pipeline inspection.

Natural gas detecting equipment should be used periodically on the surface to check for leaks.

This is particularly important in areas where natural gas is not odorized.

Natural gas pipelines should be routinely inspected for corrosion and defects.

7.6.2.6 Storage Tanks

Storage areas must be adequately separated from buildings process areas and flammable

materials



Separate dike area must be provided for the different products. Do not store the different

products in the same dike

The separation /space in the storage areas such that sufficient to escape from fire, at the same

time it should allow emergency procedures to be mobilized

Proper dyke area should be provided for the storage of chemicals. In the event of a fire, the fire

in the dyke area should be addressed first so as to minimise the heat input to the tank

The fire proofing material/coating should be resistant to weather effects such as chalking and

erosion. Top coat, wherever provided, must be resistant to solar ultra violet radiation

The fire proofing materials should have adequate adhesion, strength and durability

In case of accidental release, shut-off leaks without risk. Prevent spillage from entering drains or

water sources

After spills wash area with soap and water preventing runoff from entering drains.

For small spills, take up with sand or other non combustible material and placed into closed

containers for later disposal

For large liquid spills, build dyke far ahead of the spill to contain the spilled material for later

reclamation or disposal

Seal all the waste in vapour tight plastic bags for eventual disposal or incineration.

Provide proper ventilation

Use respiratory protection if ventilation is improper

Use face shield, PVC gloves, safety boots while handling. Contaminated clothing to be

immediately removed

7.6.2.7 Control Rooms

Control rooms shall be blast proof and shock proof

The building shall be located upwind of the process storage and handling facilities. The building

shall not be at a lower level than the tank farm. The recommended distances are 30 m for more

than two process units

Adequate number of doors shall be provided in the control room for safe exit

Halon / Its proven Equivalent shall be used for control rooms and computer rooms

Smoke detectors system shall be provided for control rooms at suitable locations

To resist fire spread through ducts, dampers shall be installed in ducts

One hydrant (minimum) for every 45 m per wall of the building shall be positioned all around the

building

7.6.3 Mitigation Measures for Natural Disasters

7.6.3.1 Earthquake

Personal structural mitigation in earthquake prone areas includes seismic retrofits of property

and the securing of items inside a building to enhance household seismic safety. It may include

the mounting of furniture, refrigerators, water heaters and breakables to the walls.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Seismic_retrofit

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Household_seismic_safety

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Refrigerator

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Water_heater



7.6.3.2 Flood

Following mitigation measures are recommended to tackle flood disaster

Focus resources on minimizing the spread of water into other areas of the plant

Protect property and records by removing items from floors and /or covering with water resistant

coverings.

Attempt to move items of value to "higher ground" if possible.

Evacuate personnel as needed. Utilize the fire alarm system if an immediate evacuation is

required.

Mitigative measures can be structural or non-structural. Structural measures use technological

solutions, like flood levees. Non-structural measures include legislation, land-use planning (e.g.

the designation of nonessential land like parks to be used as flood zones), and insurance.

The response phase includes the mobilization of the necessary emergency services and first

responders in the flood area. This is likely to include a first wave of core emergency services,

such as fire fighters, police and ambulance crews. They may be supported by a number of

secondary emergency services, such as specialist rescue teams.

7.6.3.3 Cyclones and Severe Storms

Landuse management should provide protection from wind and storm surge.

Engineering of structures should withstand wind forces and water damage (including storm

surge).

Building should be constructed with higher wind-resistant capacity.

Securing of elements such as metal sheeting, roofing, and fences should be done to avoid

severe damages.

Safety shelters are to be arranged to tackle cyclones and storms.

Cyclone and severe weather warning systems should be installed.

Community awareness regarding cyclone risk and evacuation plan should be properly

addressed.

7.6.4 Preventive Measures of the Electricity Hazard

All electrical equipments shall be provided with proper earthing. Earthed electrode shall

periodically tested and maintained

Emergency lighting shall be available at all critical locations including the operator‟s room to

carry out safe shut down of the plant, ready identification of firefighting facilities such as fire

water pumps and fire alarm stations.

All electrical equipments shall be free from carbon dust, oil deposits, and grease

Use of approved insulated tools, rubber mats, shockproof gloves and boots, tester, fuse tongs,

discharge rod, safety belt, hand lamp, wooden or insulated ladder and not wearing metal ring

and chain.

Flame and shock detectors and central fire annunciation system for fire safety should be

provided.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Emergency_service

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disaster_area

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Firefighter

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Police

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ambulance



Temperature sensitive alarm and protective relays to make alert and disconnect equipment

before overheating

Prevent higher humidity and temperature near electric insulations.

Danger from excess current due to overload or short circuit should be prevented by providing

fuses, circuit breakers, thermal protection

Carbon dioxide, halon or dry chemical fire extinguishers are to be used for electrical fires

7.6.5 Preventive Maintenance Inspection Schedule for Pumps

All the following items shall be checked / recorded after the specified period:

After 1000 running hours or 3 months whichever earlier

Bearing lubricant (for water contamination and sediments)

Oil ring for performance

Deflector for looseness

Constant level oiler for leakage

Mechanical seal for leakage

Seal flushing/quenching system (of Mechanical Seal) for clogging and chocking.

Cooling water flow in both the bearing housings

Condition of bearing by sound and temperature (in running condition)

Performance of all measuring instruments (Pressure/Temperature gauges and Flowmeters)

After 4000 running hours or 1 year whichever earlier

Repeat all checks given above

Flushing of bearing with lube oil and refilling of oil to required level, whether carried out or not

Flushing of cooling water lines and strainers to ensure proper flow of cooling water.

Foundation, foundation bolts and supports

Replacement of old packing with new ones and condition of gland follower, lantern ring and

sleeves (in case of gland packing)

Condition of coupling, coupling bolts, nuts, spring washers and their conformity to uniform size.

Change grease in half coupling in case of gear type

After 8000 hours or 2 years whichever earlier

Repeat all checks given above

Condition of outboard bearing, lock nut and lock washer (in case lock washer found damaged

and lock nut loose, shaft axial play shall be checked)

Following items of Journal bearings:

Clearance of I/B and O/B bearings

High spot (High Spots shall be scrapped)



Condition of thrust bearing, lock nut and lock washer (in case lock washer found damaged and

lock nut loose, shaft axial play shall be checked)

Pump float (adjust, if necessary)

Condition of mechanical seals

Alignment (Misalignment shall not be more than 0.05 mm)

Painting of equipment, whether carried out or not

After completing the checks listed above the pump shall be started and the following shall be checked

during the trial run (the trial run duration shall be half to one hour for electric driven and 3 to 4 hours

for diesel driven):

Discharge pressure

Suction pressure

Condition of Mechanical Seal/Gland Packing

Electric Motor load current at discharge valve shutoff and open condition

Condition of bearing by sound and temperature

Any leakage

Vibration and shock pulse reading.

7.6.6 Fire Protection Systems

The typical firefighting system for the various facilities described under this project is outlined in this

section. The exact details of the firefighting systems and capabilities to be installed and developed

will be finalised after the completion of detailed engineering in consultation with the concerned

process and equipment vendors and fire. It is also to be understood that not all facilities described

below will be applicable for every installation. The outline of the fire system proposed is described

below.

Fire protection system shall be deigned in accordance with the requirements of OISD, Tariff Advisory

Committee (TAC) of India, NFPA standards, design requirements and safe engineering practices and

will have full capability for early detection and suppression of fire. The system will primarily consist of:

Hydrant system

Foam protection system

Deluge sprinkler system

Portable fire extinguisher

Fire detection and alarm system

Hydrant System: The system will essentially consists of firewater storage, pumping, system

pressurisation and all inter connected pipe work and auxiliary firefighting appliances. The water

storage and pumping capacity and other features of this system will be finalised considering TAC

recommendations.

Adequate number of engine driven / electric motor driven fire water pumps will be provided. The

pumps will be started automatically in the event of drop in header pressure. The actuation will be

through pressure switches, the setting of which will be staggered to achieve sequential starting of the



pumps to meet the system demand. When power supply is available, the electric motor driven pump

will start first and in case of further pressure drop the engine driven pump will start. However when

electric power is not available, the engine driven pump will cut-in depending on the system demand.

The pumping capacity would meet the simultaneous water demand for foam protection of one oil

tank, and supplementary foam hose stream in the oil dyke area, which is the maximum water demand

in a single occurrence of fire. The pumping capacity should also meet the guidelines of TAC for this

size of plant, considering ordinary hazard occupancy.

The fire water system will be kept pressurised by the hydro-pneumatic tank, which will take care of

small leakages from the fire water system. A jockey pump, sized as per the TAC guidelines will,

automatically replenish the water level in the hydro-pneumatic tank at periodic intervals. Air required

for pressurising the hydro-pneumatic tank will be supplied by an electric motor driven compressor.

The outdoor hydrant system will be provided all over the plant for exterior protection. The hydrant

mains will be laid underground. Hose houses, complete with all accessories, will be provided at

suitable intervals. The overall plant will be divided in several fire zones, where the firefighting action

can be pursued effectively. The pressurised main will also be connected to Sprinkler/ emulsifier

System for protection of transformers and Fuel Oil storage tanks.

Foam protection system: Oil storage tanks and the surrounding dyke areas will be protected with low

expansion foam system, using fluoro-protein. The storage tanks will be provided with sub-surface

foam injection system and the dyke area will be provided with supplementary foam hose stream for

combating spill fires. The foam protection system will be designed as per the requirements of NFPA,

OISD and TAC. A central foam preparation unit consisting of at least foam storage tank,

proportionating devices etc. shall be provided, to supply foam solution to the foam protection system.

Pressurised water for foam system will be tapped from the outdoor main hydrant.

Sprinkler system: Automatic deluge sprinkler system will be provided for the protection of power

transformer. An array of spray nozzles will be provided all around the protected area. The nozzles will

be connected to the automatic deluge valve. A set of heat or smoke detectors, located in the area

will sense the fire. Deluge valve will automatically open once two independent detectors sense fire.

Manually initiated water spray system will be provided for exposure protection of oil storage tanks, so

that when one tank is on fire, the other tank can be cooled to guard against exposure heating.

Pressurized water supply to all sprinkler systems will be tapped from the outdoor hydrant main.

Portable Fire Extinguishers: Besides, fire hydrant arrangement, portable fire extinguishers of suitable

categories will be placed at control rooms, electrical switchgear room and various utility buildings for

immediate use in the event of fire. Three different kinds of extinguishers i.e. foam, CO2 and

multipurpose dry chemical (MPDC) will be provided. Each type of extinguisher has its own

characteristic to fight a particular class of fire. The size and type of extinguishers will be decided as

per recommendations of NFPA and relevant Indian Standard and will be placed in convenient

accessible locations.

7.6.7 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) provides additional protection to workers exposed to workplace

hazards in conjunction with other facility controls and safety systems.

PPE is considered to be a last resort that is above and beyond the other facility controls and provides

the worker with an extra level of personal protection. Table 7.7 presents general examples of

occupational hazards and types of PPE available for different purposes. Recommended measures for

use of PPE in the workplace include:



Active use of PPE if alternative technologies, work plans or procedures cannot eliminate, or

sufficiently reduce, a hazard or exposure

Identification and provision of appropriate PPE that offers adequate protection to the worker, co-

workers, and occasional visitors, without incurring unnecessary inconvenience to the individual

Proper maintenance of PPE, including cleaning when dirty and replacement when damaged or

worn out. Proper use of PPE should be part of the recurrent training programs for Employees

Selection of PPE should be based on the hazard and risk ranking described earlier in this

section, and selected according to criteria on performance and testing established

TABLE 7.7 SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDED PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

ACCORDING TO HAZARD

Objective Workplace Hazards Suggested PPE

Eye and face

protection

Flying particles, molten metal,

liquid chemicals, gases or vapours,

light radiation

Safety glasses with side-shields, protective

shades, etc.

Head protection Falling objects, inadequate height

clearance, and overhead power

cords

Plastic helmets with top and side impact

protection

Hearing

protection

Noise, ultra-sound Hearing protectors (ear plugs or ear muffs)

Foot protection Failing or rolling objects, points

objects. Corrosive or hot liquids

Safety shoes and boots for protection against

moving and failing objects, liquids and

chemicals

Hand protection Hazardous materials, cuts or

lacerations, vibrations, extreme

temperatures

Gloves made of rubber or synthetic material

(Neoprene), leather, steel, insulation materials,

etc.

Respiratory

protection

Dust, fogs, fumes, mists, gases,

smokes, vapours

Facemasks with appropriate filters for dust

removal and air purification (chemical, mists,

vapours and gases). Single or multi-gas

personal monitors, if available

Oxygen deficiency Portable or supplied air (fixed lines).

Onsite rescue equipment

Body / leg

protection

Extreme temperatures, hazardous

materials, biological agents, cutting

and laceration

Insulating clothing, body suits, aprons etc. of

appropriate materials

7.6.8 Measures for Occupational Health Hazards

Detect the possible onset of an occupational disease

Monitor personal exposure with the help of biological monitoring

Check the effectiveness of preventive and control measures on regular basis.

Identify possible health effects of changes in the working practices, technology or substances

used in the complex



Where there is potential for exposure to substances poisonous by ingestion, suitable

arrangements are to be made for provision of clean eating areas where workers are not

exposed to the hazardous or noxious substances

Adequate supplies of potable drinking water should be provided from a fountain with an upward

jet or with a sanitary means of collecting the water for the purposes of drinking

Water supplied to areas of food preparation or for the purpose of personal hygiene (washing or

bathing) should meet drinking water quality standards

Periodic medical hearing checks should be performed on workers exposed to high noise levels

Preventing spread of communicable diseases through food handlers

Provisions should be made to provide OHS orientation training to all new employees to ensure

they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at / on the site and of personal protection and

preventing injury to fellow employees

Contractors that have the technical capability to manage the occupational health and safety

issues of their employees should be hired, extending the application of the hazard management

activities through formal procurement agreements

Four number of PID instruments are available in the complex to measure work place

environment as per the Maharashtra Factory Rules. The findings are recorded and analysed for

corrective actions

Two ambulances and full fledge First aid treatment facilities should be available in OHC

7.6.9 Precautionary Measures for Falling Objects

Provide safety helmets to protect workers below against falling objects

Barriers like a toe boards or mesh guards should be provided to prevent items from slipping or

being knocked off the edge of a structure

Secure objects to the structure like lashing of scaffold boards

Ensure that there are no loose objects and all tools are properly secured

Create an exclusion zone beneath areas where work is taking place.

Danger areas should be clearly marked with suitable safety signs indicating that access is

restricted to essential personnel wearing hard hats while the work is in progress.

7.7 APPROACH TO DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Onsite Emergency or disaster is an unpleasant sudden event of such a magnitude which may cause

extensive damage to life and property, due to in-plant emergencies resulting from deficiencies in

operation, maintenance, design and human error; natural calamities like flood, cyclone and

earthquake; and deliberate and other acts of man like sabotage, riot, war etc.

It is important for every industry to have a well-documented Emergency Plan to meet any major

untoward incident or disaster. In view of this, an approach to Disaster Management Plan (DMP) to

tackle the emergencies in the industries of MIDC has been delineated in the following sections. Roles

and responsibilities of key personnel have also been defined in the plan.



7.7.1 Formulation of DMP and Emergency Services

Industries proposed in proposed MIDC area will formulate a Disaster Management Plan for better and

safe management of their plants. The DMP is related to the final assessment and it is the

responsibility of the plant management document including the following elements.

Assessment of the size and nature of the events foreseen and the probability of their

occurrence.

Formulation of the plan and liaison with authorities, including the emergency services.

Procedures for raising the alarm and communications both within and outside the works.

Appointment of key personnel and their duties and responsibilities, especially for works incident

controller and works main controller.

Emergency control centre

Action on-site

Action off-site

The plan is prepared to set out the way in which designated people at the site of the incident can

initiate supplementary action both inside and outside the works at an appropriate time. An essential

element of the plan must be the provision for attempting to make safe the affected unit, for example

by shutting it down. On a complex site, the plan includes the full sequence of key personnel to be

called in from other sections or from off site

7.7.2 Need for Disaster Management Plan

Proposed MIDC is a specifically delineated area planned for the establishment of production facilities

for various industrial sectors. The industries in the area may process lot of toxic, highly reactive,

explosive or inflammable chemicals which are potentially hazardous not only to the human beings,

flora and fauna but also to all forms of property and our environment as a whole. Thus, extreme care

is essential in handling such chemicals in any form and at all stages of manufacture, processing,

treatment, package, storage, transportation, use, collection, destruction, conversion or sale.

Several agencies of the Government, both at the Central and State levels, such as the Directorate of

Explosives, the Inspectorate of Factories and Transport Authorities are entrusted with the

responsibility of ensuring safe handling and management of hazardous chemicals under acts and

rules made for the purpose. In spite of these measures, the possibility of accidents cannot be ruled

out. Human errors and mechanical, electrical, instrumental or system failures have, on occasions, led

to severe disasters. Accidents occurred at Bhopal, Mexico and other parts of the world have made

people concerned with the dangers of chemical accidents. Occurrence of such accidents makes it

essential that the Central and State Governments as well as the local authorities are fully prepared to

mitigate the sufferings and meet the eventualities resulting from any unfortunate occurrence of

chemical accidents in our country.

Following are the general types of Emergency /Disaster which lead to preparation of disaster

management plan:

Fire in tank farm area

Large oil spillage which may escape outside the plant boundary.

Major fire / explosion in unit area

Toxic gas release



Major Earthquake above 7 Richter Scale

7.7.3 Objectives of Disaster Management Plan

The purpose of DMP is to give an approach to detail organizational responsibilities, actions, reporting

requirements and support resources available to ensure effective and timely management of

emergencies associated to production and operations in the site. The overall objectives of DMP are

to:

Ensure safety of people, protect the environment and safeguard commercial considerations

Immediate response to emergency scene with effective communication network and organized

procedures

Obtain early warning of emergency conditions so as to prevent impact on personnel, assets and

environment

Safeguard personnel to prevent injuries or loss of life by protecting personnel from the hazard

and evacuating personnel from an installation when necessary

Minimize the impact of the event on the installation and the environment, by:

- Minimizing the hazard as far as possible

- Minimizing the potential for escalation

- Containing any release

To provide guidance to help stack holders take appropriate action to prevent accidents involving

hazardous substances and to mitigate adverse effects of accidents that do nevertheless occur.

Figure 7.2 shows effect of loss of containment from the process

FIGURE 7.2: FOCUS ON LOSS OF CONTAINMENT FROM THE PROCESS

7.7.4 Different Phases of Disaster

Warning Phase

Emergencies /disasters are generally preceded by warnings during which preventive measures may

be initiated. For example release of light hydrocarbons, uncontrollable build-up of pressure in process



equipment, weather forecast give warning about formation of vapour cloud, cyclones, equipment

failure, cyclones respectively.

Period of Impact Phase

This is the phase when emergency /disaster actually strikes and preventive measures may hardly be

taken. However, control measures to minimise the effects may be taken through a well-planned and

ready-to-act disaster management plan. The duration may be from seconds to days.

Rescue Phase

This is the phase when impact is almost over and efforts are concentrated on rescue and relief

measures.

Relief Phase

In this phase, apart from organization and relief measures internally, depending on severity of the

disaster, external help should also be summoned to provide relief measures (like evacuations to a

safe place and providing medical help, food clothing etc.). This phase will continue till normalcy is

restored.

Rehabilitation Phase

This is the final and longest phase. During which measures required to put the situation back to

normal as far as possible are taken. Checking the systems, estimating the damages, repair of

equipments and putting them again into service are taken up. Help from revenue/insurance

authorities need to be obtained to assess the damage, quantum of compensation to be paid etc.

7.7.5 Key Elements

Following are the key elements of Disaster Management Plan:

Basis of the plan

Accident/emergency response planning procedures

On-site Disaster Management Plan

Off-site Disaster Management Plan

7.7.5.1 Basis of the Plan

Identification and assessment of hazards is crucial for on-site emergency planning and it is therefore

necessary to identify what emergencies could arise in production of various products and their

storage. Hazard analysis or consequence analysis gives the following results.

Hazards from spread of fire or release of flammable and toxic chemicals from storage and

production units.

Hazards due to formation of pressure waves due to vapour cloud explosion of flammable gases

and oil spill hazards.

7.7.5.2 Emergency Planning and Response Procedures

Emergency rarely occurs; therefore activities during emergencies require coordination of higher order

than for planned activities carried out according to fixed time schedule or on a routine day-to-day

basis. To effectively coordinate emergency response activities, an organizational approach to

planning is required. The important areas of emergency planning are Organization and

Responsibilities, Procedures, Communication, Transport, Resource requirements and Control Center.



Offsite emergency requires additional planning over and above those considered under onsite plans,

which should be properly integrated to ensure better coordination.

The emergency planning includes anticipatory action for emergency, maintenance and streamlining

of emergency preparedness and ability for sudden mobilization of all forces to meet any calamity.

7.7.5.3 On-site Disaster Management Plan

Onsite Emergency/disaster is an unpleasant event of such magnitude which may cause extensive

damage to life and property due to plant emergencies resulting from deficiencies in Operation,

Maintenance, Design and Human error, Natural Calamities like Flood, Cyclone and Earthquake; and

deliberate and other acts of man like Sabotage, Riot and War etc. An Onsite Disaster may occur all of

a sudden or proceeded by a Major Fire. Purpose for the on-site disaster management plan is

To protect persons and property of processing equipments in case of all kinds of accidents,

emergencies and disasters

To inform people and surroundings about emergency if it is likely to adversely affect them

To inform authorities including helping agencies (doctors, hospitals, fire, police transport etc.) in

advance, and also at the time of actual happening

To identify, assess, foresee and work out various kinds of possible hazards, their places,

potential and damaging capacity and area in case of above happenings. Review, revise,

redesign, replace or reconstruct the process, plant, vessels and control measures if so

assessed.

In order to handle disaster / emergency situations, an organizational chart entrusting responsibility to

various personnel of the plant and showing their specific roles should be available as shown in

Figure 7.3.

Following fire protection facilities are available to combat the emergencies and depending upon the

type of emergencies any one or combination of the facilities are applied.

Fire Water System

Carbon Dioxide System

Foam System

First Aid Fire Fighting Equipment

Mobile Fire Fighting Equipment

Gas / Fire Detection and Alarm System.



Site

Controller

Plant

Manager

Section

Incharge

Medical

Co-ordinator

Incident

Controller

Emergency

Communication

Co-ordinator

Medical

Representative

Transport

Co-ordinator

Personal /

Administrative

Manager

Communication

Officer

Fire & Security

Officer

FIGURE 7.3: ONSITE DMP - DISASTER CONTROL / MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Before Crisis

Prepare a plan of the storage, handling and pumping stations premises and surroundings

showing therein the areas of various hazards like fire, explosion, toxic releases and also

location of assembly points, fire station or equipments room, telephone room, first aid or

ambulance room, emergency control room, main gate, emergency gates, normal wind direction,

outside fire station, hospital and other services. Mention their distances from proposed

activities.

The fire protection equipment shall be kept in good operating condition at all the time and

firefighting system should be periodically tested for people functioning logged for record and

corrective action.

The firefighting training shall be provided to all officers, truck drivers and other employees who

are likely to be present in installation

There should be regular mock fire drills once a month record of such drills shall be maintained

Every employee or authorized person working in the production shall be familiarized with the fire

alarm signal and shall know the location of fire alarm point nearest to place of work

Assign key personnel and alternate responsible for site safety

Describe risk associated with each operation conducted.

During Crisis

Monitor the behaviour of entrant for any effects that suggests they should be evacuated

Evacuate the space if any hazard that could danger the entrant is detected

Perform no other duties that may interfere with their primary responsibilities

Notify the attendant if they experience any warning signs or symptoms of exposures or detect a

dangerous condition



Exit the permit space when instructed by attendant

Reporting Procedure

In the event of fire from accidental release of flammable gas or liquid, a person seeing the incident

will follow the laid down procedure in the plant and report as follows:

Will dial the nearest telephone

Will state his name and exact location of emergency

Will contact affected officers on duty

People reporting the accident will remain near the location to guide emergency crew arriving at

the scene

In case fire emergency person should activate the nearest available push button type instrument

which will automatically sound an alarm in fire control room indicating the location of fire.

After Crisis

Report injuries or blood or body fluid exposures to the appropriate supervisor immediately

Assembly points:

- Assembly points shall be set up farthest from the location of likely hazardous events, where

pre-designed persons from the works, contractors and visitors would assemble in case of

emergency. Up-to-date list of pre-designed employees shift wise must be available at these

points so that roll call could be taken. Pre-designated persons would take charge of these

points and mark presence as the people come into it

Wash wounds and skin sites that have been affected with soap & water

Workers should be seen as soon as possible by a health professional

Provide information to the relevant public authority and community including other closely

located facilities regarding the nature of hazard and emergency procedure in event of major

accident

Record and discuss the lessons learned and the analysis of major accidents and misses with

employees and employee representative

Emergency Organization Structure

Following are the key personnel and the units in the plant which are responsible to take appropriate

actions during emergencies.

Site Main Controller

President/SSM - (the senior most functionary available at site).

The President/Site Shit Manager (SSM) will be designated as the Site Main Controller at the time of

an emergency and report at the Emergency Control Centre (ECC) which will be the Primary

Command Post. He will be the Chief Co-ordinator and take overall command of the emergency

management. He will be assisted by other co-ordinators as designated for various functions. The

Site Main Controller will provide all decisions support and resources support to the Site Incident

Controller at the incident site for initiating appropriate actions for emergency control. He will also

liaise with mutual aid members and all outside agencies including Local Crisis Management



Committee, District Contingency Plan Committee (District Collector), Police, Civil Defence, Factories

Inspectorate, etc. to seek assistance/help and provide necessary information to them.

Normally, the SSM is available on round the clock duty at the site to co-ordinate overall

manufacturing activities and management of emergency (if any). In the event of an emergency, the

Site Shift Manager (SSM) will assume the charge of the Site Main Controller till the Executive or the

President arrives.

Site Incident Controller

AVP/GM/DGM/Sr. Mgr. / Mgr. - (next lower to the senior most functionary of operation available at

site).

The next lower to senior most functionary of operation available at site will be Site Incident Controller.

On receiving information about the emergency, he will report at the incident site and take over from

the Deputy Incident Controller (shift-in-charge). He will take overall command of the emergency

control operation as the Site Incident Controller and will take decisions in co-ordinations with Site

Main Controller for controlling emergency situation. He will co-ordinate with all the key personnel,

firefighting and rescue team leaders and other support services and provide necessary information

and advice to them for effectively managing control measures / actions.

Deputy Incident Controller

The shift-in-charge is available on round the clock duty in every plant. He is competent for plant

operation and responsible for all activities related to production / maintenance including prevention /

control of incidents and handling emergencies (if any) in the plant. He will be designated as the

Deputy Incident Controller. In the event of an emergency in the plant, he will immediately assume the

charge of the site Incident Controller and take decisions in consultation with the Site Main Controller.

To initiate immediate actions for controlling/mitigating emergency situation at the incident site till the

Site Incident Controller (next senior personnel in production) arrives.

Co-ordinators

(The senior most functionaries available in the respective services)

The senior most functionaries available at site in the respective services will be the co-ordinators at

the time of an emergency. They will report at the Emergency Control Centre (EFF), known as the

Primary Command Post, unless and otherwise instructed by the Chief Co-ordinator (The Site Main

Controller). They will assist and advise the Site Main Controller in all matters for effectively managing

control measures and mitigating operations.

Emergency Control Centre (ECC) (The Primary Command Post)

In the event of an emergency, SSM Office will be designated as the Emergency Control Centre,

which will be known as the Primary command Post. If, the SSM office is likely to be affected due to

unfavourable wind direction or any other reasons, the Emergency Control Centre will be shifted to the

Construction Conference Room which will be having necessary facilities to connect communication

links as provided in the SSM Office.

Field Command Post (Incident Site)

An emergency requires co-ordination of numerous activities beyond spill containment and

countermeasure efforts from a safe location at the incident scene. The Field Command Post will be

established in the "Cold Zone" for staging deployed apparatus, resources and equipment with means

of communications and manning to effectively co-ordinate control efforts.



Assembly Points

Two alternate locations for safe assembly points have been earmarked at all the operating

plants. These locations are designated for assembling non-essential workers, visitors, and

other persons who are not required in the plant site at the time of emergency but they are to be

moved to safe places. These locations have been provided with sign boards displaying

"Assembly Points" for easy identification

The persons required to be assembled at the assembly point should choose safer assembly

point out of the two, considering the wind direction at that time. The plant control room will also

announce the same on the plant PA system, if possible

The person assembled at the assembly point shall follow the instruction for evacuation of the

plant area and move to safe locations as directed. They should move in the cross wind

direction or up-wind direction, whichever is more safer

Role and Responsibilities

Site Main Controller

The Site Main Controller will be the chief co-ordinator and shall be assisted by other co-ordinators

(senior most functionaries in the respective disciplines). He will take overall command of the

emergency management and his duties and the responsibilities are as below:

Report at the Emergency Control Centre as soon as he gets information about the emergency

at site and will assume overall responsibility if taking decisions and directing actions as

necessary for mitigating the situation and managing the emergency effectively with due

consideration and priorities for personnel safety, safety to the company's property and the

environment

Assess the magnitude of the situation in co-ordination with the Incident Controller / Dy. Incident

Controller and decide whether major emergency exists or is likely to develop, requiring external

assistance. Accordingly, he will decide to inform Local/District emergency Chief and other

emergency control groups for help and the nature of help required including assistance from

mutual aid members and declare on-site emergency

Decide the safe route of entry for external assistance/help to reach at site of the incident

considering wind direction and the place of the incident and also the place of reporting such

assistance. He will also direct the security to guide them properly

Ensure that the Key Personnel and Co-ordinators are called in

Ensure that all non-essential workers, visitors, contractors are safely moved to assembly points

and direct for search and rescue operation within the affected areas, if necessary

Be in constant communication with the Site Incident Controller to continuously review and

assess the situation and possible developments

Direct actions for safe shut down of plant(s) or section of the plant and evacuation of plant

personnel and other necessary action is in consultation with the other co-ordinators

Exercise direct operational control over areas in the complex other than those affected in

consultation with other co-ordinators

To liaise with the local meteorological office to receive early notification of changes in wind

direction and weather conditions



Liaise with the senior officials of Police, Fire Brigade, Medical and Factories Inspectorate and

pass on information on possible effects to the surrounding areas outside the factory premises

and necessity of evacuating the area and moving the people to safe places

Liaise with various co-ordinators to ensure that various team are functioning well, casualties are

receiving attention and traffic movement within the works is well regulated

Arrange for a log of the emergency to be maintained in the Primary Command Post

Release authorized information to press through the media co-ordinator

Control rehabilitation of the affected persons and the affected areas after cessation of the

emergency

Site Incident Controller

The Site Incident Controller is the Key Personnel for operations function reporting at the incident site

and will take the overall command of actions for emergency control operation on his arrival at the

incident site. He will be supported by other key personnel representing various emergency services

and initiate emergency control actions under the direction of the Site Main Controller (Primary

Command Post).The duties and the responsibilities of the Site Incident Controller include the

following:

Report at the incident site immediately after getting information about an emergency. Upon his

arrival at the site, he will assess the scale of emergency in consultation with the Deputy Incident

Controller and evaluate, if a major emergency exists or is likely to develop and inform

Emergency Control Centre (primary Command Post) accordingly asking for assistance and

indicating kind of support needed

Take overall control of handling the emergency at site and take action for isolation of source of

containment loss to the extent feasible. Simultaneously, in case of fire organize appropriate fire

response in co-ordination with Key personnel (Fire & Safety) to get the situation under control

and to prevent it's escalation

Set up communication point (Field Command Post) and establish contact with Site Main

Controller (Primary Command Post) and keep him informed about the development

Keep on assessing the emergency situation at the site and communicate to the Site Main

Controller (Primary Command Post) and keep him informed about the development

Co-ordinate the activities of other key personnel reporting at the Field Command Post, under his

overall command

Direct all operation with the affected areas giving due priorities for safety of personnel and to

minimize damage to environment, plant and property

Provide advice and information to Fire fighting and rescue personnel, external fire services and

other emergency services/teams as and when they arrive at the incident site and co-ordinate

with them for effective control actions

Ensure that all non-essential workers and staff within the affected area are evacuated to

appropriate assembly points and that areas are searched for casualties

Organize rescue teams for search of casualties in the affected areas (if any) and send them to

safe areas / medical centre for first aid and medical relief

Seek additional support and resources as may be needed through Primary Command Post



Send decision support from the Primary Command Post for decision such as precautionary shut

down of neighbouring facilities, precautionary evacuation of people in the neighbouring facilities,

activating mutual aid plan, etc.

Be in constant liaison with the Site Main Controller and keep him informed about the situation at

the incident site

Preserve all evidences so as to facilitate any inquiry into the cause and circumstances, which

caused or escalated the emergency (to arrange photographs, video, etc.)

Arrange for head count after the emergency is over with respect to the personnel on duty in the

affected areas

Deputy Incident Controller

Normally, the Shift-in-charge of a plant being always available at the plant site and well aware of the

plant operating conditions at all times will be designated as the Deputy Incident Controller and

assume the charge of the Site Incident Controller at the time of an emergency till the Site Incident

Controller arrives at the incident site, he will assist the Site Incident Controller on his arrival and work

under his direction in emergency control operation.

The responsibilities and duties of the Deputy Incident Controller will be as defined for the Site Incident

Controller. In addition he will ensure the following:

In the event of an emergency, caused due to any incident in the plant, he will immediately

actuate plant level emergency siren (hooter) to warn the field personnel, contractors'

employees, etc. and also arrange for announcement about the emergency and necessary

instruction for them for assembling at the safe assembly point or evacuation, etc.

Ensure that the SSM and senior plant personnel have been informed about the emergency

Fire Services Personnel

Main role of Fire Services personnel is fire fighting and rescue operations, helping in operations like,

prevention of loss of containment of hydrocarbon, spill/leak containment, etc. Their main

responsibilities and duties are described specifically as below

Chief of Fire (or next senior most fire personnel available)

He will be the Key Personnel for the Fire and Safety Services at the incident scene and co-

ordinating and commanding all the related operations in consultation with the Site Incident

Controller

He will report at the Field command Post (Incident Site) immediately after receiving the

information about an emergency at site, contact the Site Incident Controller and the first turn out

leader for necessary information/advice to decide control strategies

He will take overall command of fire fighting/rescue operations and other measures as

necessary to control and mitigate the situation and lead the fire fighting crew including outside /

mutual aid fire fighting teams

He will assess the severity/magnitude of the situation and decide the level of the emergency in

consultation with the Site Incident Controller and inform the Site Main Controller (Primary

Command Post) at ECC. He will also advise him for declaring on-site emergency (if necessary)

He will call for additional resources/help from other Depts. (AFS personnel), mutual aid

members, etc. through Primary Command Post as necessary and deploy them appropriately for



fire fighting and rescue operation at the incident scene. He will also co-ordinate with other key

personnel

He will ensure that sufficient personnel protective equipment, masks, Breathing Air sets, Spare

Breathing Air, Cylinders etc. are available at the field Command Post for use by the crew

members and ensure that no one access the "Hot Zone" without adequate personnel protection.

He will call for logistic support (mobilising additional supplies through Primary Command Post

(Site Main Controller/HSE&F Co-ordinator)

He will keep constant contact with Primary Command Post and seek decision support from the

Site Main Controller in critical matters/operations and also inform him, if other plants in the

complex or surrounding population are likely to be affected

He will co-ordinate with Security Key Personnel for access control and barricading the affected

area in order to prevent vehicular movement

He will assist in rescue and first aid operations

Shift Fire Officer (Riding Officers)

Upon receiving emergency call/alarm, he will quickly prepare for the fire turn out and mount the

leading fire tender along with the crew members and rush to the incident site taking a safe route

of entry considering the wind direction

Report to the Dy. Incident Controller/the Incident Controller and Position the Fire Tender

strategically at a location in consultation with the Dy. Incident Controller/the Incident Controller

He will decide the line of action for fire fighting and/or other control actions at the scene in

consultation with the Dy. Incident Controller/Incident Controller and take appropriate actions for

fire fighting and control measures

He will guide and lead the fire fighting crew in fire fighting and rescue operation till the arrival of

F&S Key person (the Chief of Fire or next senior most person)

He will ensure the safety of the crew members and that crew members are fully equipped with

necessary personnel protection prior to enter "Hot Zone"

He will assess the severity of the situation and may call for second turnout/additional help

through the Dy. Incident Controller/Incident Controller (Field Command Post)

He will keep constant contact with the key personnel (F&S) at the Field Command Post and

inform about the situation and probable developments

Firemen on Duty at the Fire Control Room

The fireman on duty at the Fire Control Room will acknowledge the emergency alarm received

on the panel and promptly note the plant area/where the incident occurred

He will note down the information, if emergency call is received through telephone, hot line or

messenger

He will sound the fire bell to inform the fire crew to get ready and take their positions,

simultaneously brief the Shift Fire Officer about the emergency message

He will intimate the Site Shift Manager and the Security Dept. about the emergency giving short

description about the occurrence (if known)



He will actuate emergency siren after receiving instruction from Primary Command Post (Site

Main Controller/HSE&F Co-ordinator)

He will ask telephone operator to pass on to the communication about the emergency to the

Auxiliary Fire Squad of all the plants/selected plants on receiving the instruction from HSE&F

Co-ordinator/Site Main Controller

He will always be ready and alert for receiving any message / instructions from Primary

Command Post/Field Command Post

Auxiliary Fire Squad Members

AFS Members shall be ready on hearing emergency siren and will report to site incident controller at

site (Field Command Post) on receiving message from ECC

They will do the fire fighting under the instruction of Shift Officer. Help to bring fire fighting

equipment from nearby plants

AFS Members of the plant under emergency will immediately go to the emergency site and will

start first aid fire fighting

As per the emergency situation they will use the fixed fire fighting equipment to protect plant

equipment from heat exposure

They will guide non-essential personnel in case of evacuation

They will do monitoring/closing of storm water drains if required

They will help key personnel for taking action on site. Help to Security Personnel for traffic

Control

Non-essential Personnel

The plant employees, contractors' employees, visitors, etc., (other than emergency response

personnel) present at the incident site are not required to be present at the incident site during the

emergency at the site. In the event of declaration of an emergency in the plant/area, these persons

shall quickly assemble at the safe assembly point of the plant/area and shall respond as instructed by

the Site Incident Controller.

Instruction to the Non-essential Personnel

Do not panic. Ensure that persons in your immediate vicinity are warned

Remain alert for announcement from the Control Room, such "Proceed to Safe Assembly Point"

and act accordingly

Do not rush to the scene to be a spectator

Await instructions at the Assembly Point, report your presence to the superiors/ or the Site

Incident controller, inform his whereabouts of your colleagues if they have not arrived

Do not engage telephone/talk back system and other communication channels, unnecessarily

Do not approach Control Centres without urgent/or important reasons

If you are not assigned any specific role, move away as directed

Do not offer non-authentic information/unconfirmed facts/fact/or conjecture



Telephone Operator

At the time of emergency, communications both inwards as well as outward are very essential and

telephone operator's swift action becomes very important. He plays very important part in

communicating information/messages to the concerned personnel/outside agencies/mutual aid

members/staff members etc. and also receiving a large numbers of outside calls. His main

responsibilities and duties are as below:

He will keep the board free to the extent possible for incoming calls

He will immediately convey message to the "Key Personnel" and the "Co-ordinator" about the

emergency as per the instruction of the Site main controller.

The telephone operator will follow instructions from the Site Main Controller/or Media Co-

ordinator only, for passing on any information to outside agency about the emergency or direct

all such queries to the media co-ordinator for appropriate reply

As far as possible he should not entertain unknown/unimportant outside calls/inquiries during

initial few hours of the emergency

HSE & F Coordinator

He will report at the Emergency Control Centre (Primary Command Post) immediately after

receiving information about the emergency. He will assist the Site Main Controller for taking

critical decisions and provide necessary advice and information

He will co-ordinate with Key Person (Fire & Safety) and will assist the Site Main Controller for

providing decision support and resources support to the Key Persons (F&S), as may be

necessary

He will arrange for mobilizing off-duty fire personnel from their residence; and call other

members of the staff for assistance

He will ensure that the AFS members have been called for assistance and liaise with mutual

aid members / Surat Fire Brigade for mobilization of additional resources

He will co-ordinate with the materials/stores co-ordinator and mobilize additional resources, viz.,

spillage containment equipment/fire fighting equipment/material, personal protective equipment,

spare breathing air cylinders, etc., as may be required at the incident site for control measures

He will liaise with Factory Inspectorate / Pollution Control authorities in consultation with the Site

Main Controller and provide necessary information. He will also ask for the help, if necessary to

evacuate neighbouring area outside the complex as advised by the Site Main Controller

He will organize relieving groups for fire fighting

He will also initiate necessary actions to minimise impact on Environment

Medical Coordinator

The Chief Medical Officer (or the next in command available at site) will be the Medical Co-ordinator

and perform the following duties:

He will contact the Site Main Controller immediately after receiving the information about the

emergency



He will report immediately at the Emergency Control Centre (Primary Command Post) or OHC

as instructed by the Site Main Controller and contact the Key personnel (Medical) and take

stock of the situation

He will assist and advise the Site Main Controller in all critical decisions in the area of

health/medical services to the affected persons and keep constant liaisons with him

Organize rescue and first aid arrangements for the affected persons at the site in the "cold

Zone", as may be necessary with essential staff/equipment and post additional ambulance for

transporting seriously injured persons

Ensure that adequate paramedical staff, equipment and medicines are available at the OHC.

He will mobilize additional resources from neighbouring industries, if necessary

To liaise with the Local Medical Authorities and City Hospitals, if the causalities are more and

situation demands treatment at additional medical centres

To co-ordinate with the Transport Co-ordinator for transporting victims to various hospitals

To arrange for additional ambulances from other hospitals/ Municipal Corporation

The Medical Co-ordinator should ensure the upkeep of agreed medical supplies, antidotes and

equipment that should always be kept in stock for treating victims of burns and hazardous

chemicals. The medical authorities should be aware of the type of treatment to be administered

He will liaise with the media co-ordinator for release of news to the press

Security Co-coordinator

The Chief of Security or the next in command available at site shall be the Security Co-ordinator. He

will have the following duties / responsibilities:

He will instruct and deploy plant security personnel to ensure that the law and order is

maintained ; and unnecessary gathering of the personnel at the scene of emergency is

prevented and ensure control of traffic movement in and out of the factory areas

He will instruct the security personnel / Security Gates to direct and guide external emergency

vehicles (Fire tenders/ambulances etc.) called for assistance/help from neighbouring

industries/Local administration, to the scene of incident

He will instruct security personnel who could be spared to assist Site Incident Controller/Key

Personnel (fire and Safety) in fire fighting and evacuation of personnel, at the Incident Site

He will take action to regulate traffic movement and prevention of traffic jams inside the works

as well as outside the factory gates for proper and speedy movement of the emergency

vehicles, ambulances, other vehicles carrying outside resources, etc.

He will mobilize additional security force for help, as necessary

He will liaise with the police and other local authorities for external help, as necessary for

evacuation of the neighbouring areas outside the factory premises in consultation with the Site

Main Controller

If necessary, he will arrange for announcement through the mobile P.A. system for alerting and

instructing the population in the surrounding areas as directed by the Site Main Controller



Engineering Co-coordinator

He will report to the Site Main Controller at the Emergency Control Centre (Primary Command

Post) immediately after receiving information about On-site emergency

He will take stock of the situation and assist/advise the Site Main Controller in deciding control

strategies

He will mobilize the team from the Maintenance Dept. to assist the Site Incident Controller in

control operation at the Field Command Post

Arrange isolation of electrical lines from distribution point/substations as required by the Site

Incident Controller by calling the Electrical Engineer / Electricians

Provide all other engineering support, as may be required

Liaise with Key Personnel (Eng./Maintenance) and co-ordinate with other groups

Communication Coordinator

Communication Co-ordinator plays very important part at the time of an emergency particularly when

extensive disruption of services takes place. He has the following duties and responsibilities:

To ensure all available communications links remain functional

To quickly establish communication links between the Field command Post and (if this happens

to be in remote off site area) and the Primary Command Post

To arrange for announcement on the public address system and maintain contacts with

congregation points like canteen, main gate, control rooms etc.

To ensure that previously agreed inventory of various types of communication equipment is

maintained in working condition and frequent checks are carried out and records maintained

To maintain voice record of significant communications with timings received/passed from the

Primary Command Post

To provide additional/alternate communication facilities as required at the site

P&A Coordinator

He will report at the Primary Command Post (ECC) immediately after getting information about an

emergency at the site and assist/advise the Site Main Controller in taking important decisions in the

matters related to welfare/necessities/of emergency personnel at site, care/needs of the affected

persons. His duties and responsibilities include the following:

He will ensure that a record of affected personnel is prepared with their local/permanent

addresses and telephone numbers

He will ensure that the relatives of the affected personnel have been informed

Assign officials at the hospitals to look after the needs of the affected personnel under medical

treatment

Co-ordinate with the Finance Co-ordinator for necessary funds required to cater the needs of

affected personnel, emergency purchases and for other requirements

To arrange for refreshments, snacks, food, and other needs as may be required for the

emergency personnel from time to time



Co-ordinate with the Purchase Co-ordinator for necessary emergency procurement of

necessary items

Ensure that staff personnel as necessary for assistance and help are informed/called from their

residences

he will co-ordinate with the instruct Key Personnel transport/welfare & canteen for mobilizing

additional resources, as may be required

To co-ordinate with the neighbouring industries for additional vehicles/ambulances and other

resources as may be required

To liaise with the Local Administration for additional assistance/help as may be needed

Transport Coordinator

The Transport Co-ordinator shall perform the following duties

Mobilize all available company's vehicles for emergency use along with the drivers

Arrange for transport of victims to hospitals/dispensaries

Arrange for duty rotation of the drivers to meet the emergency situation

To direct refueling of the vehicles

To co-ordinate with the neighbouring industries for additional vehicles / ambulances as may be

required

To mobilize buses of the RECCS, if necessary

To co-ordinate with the neighbouring industries for additional vehicles / ambulances as may be

required

To arrange for vehicles from outside local transport agencies, if required

To keep in contact with the Site Main Controller for evacuation of personnel and transportation

of victims

The Welfare / Canteen Coordinator

The Welfare Co-ordinator will have the following responsibilities:

Ensure that casualties receive adequate attention and arrange additional help (ex-gratia

payment etc.), if required with consultation with the Chief Co-ordinator

Inform the relatives of the victims

When emergency is prolonged, he will arrange for relieving personnel and organize refreshment

/ catering facilities and arrangements for their rest (bedding, and other necessities)

He will arrange to procure and keep stocks of necessary food items and other necessary

supplies as may be required for the personnel working round-the-clock

He will arrange for hot drinks / snacks and food and other necessary items for emergency

response personnel, as required

Media Coordinator

The Media Co-ordinator will co-ordinate the following under the direction of the Site Main Controller

(The Chief Co-ordinator):



He will liaise with various media and release written statements to the press through prior

concurrence of the Chief Co-ordinate

He will handle media interview with various media groups make arrangements for televising the

information about the incident, the number of casualties, etc

He will inform State and Central Government and the statutory bodies of the nature and

magnitude of the incident, the number of casualties, etc.

He will locate himself such that media persons/third parties do not need to go past the complex

security gates and that adequate communication links exists

Media personnel often insist on visiting incident scene. He will escort media team(s) If such

visits are approved by the Chief Co-ordinator

He will be in constant contact with the Medical Co-ordinator, and other co-ordinators to be

aware of latest development and closely liaise with the Chief Co-ordinator

Finance Coordinator

He will report at the Emergency Control Centre immediately after getting information about the

emergency at site

He will release finance (cash / cheques, etc) as directed by the Site Main Controller (Chief Co-

ordinator)

He will assist the Purchase Co-ordiantor for emergency procurement

He will liaise with Insurance Company personnel as directed by the Site Main Controller

Purchase Coordinator

The Purchase Co-ordinator will report at the Emergency Control Centre as soon as he is

informed about an emergency at site

He will assist the Site Main Controller and arrange for emergency purchase of necessary items

as maybe required during the emergency

He will co-ordinate with the Materials Co-ordinator and other co-ordinator for necessary

emergency items to be procured

He will mobilize necessary manpower as may be required, etc.

Materials Coordinator

The Materials Co-ordinator will ensure:

Availability of the materials required by the Site Incident Controller

Arrange issues of materials from the General Stores round-the-clock during an emergency

Arrange emergency procurements form local dealers / vendors or from neighbouring industries

Arrange transportation of materials from General Store to the Incident Site in co-ordination with

the Transport Co-ordinator

7.7.5.4 Off-site Disaster Management Plan

Emergency is a sudden unexpected event, which can cause serious damage to personnel life,

property and environment outside the boundary wall of the refinery as a whole, which necessitate

evolving Off-site Emergency Plan to combat any such eventuality. In Offsite disaster management



plan, many agencies like Revenue, Public Health, Fire Services, Police, Civil Defence, Home Guards,

Medical Services and other Voluntary organization are involved. Thus, handling of such emergencies

requires an organized multidisciplinary approach.

Evacuation of people, if required, can be done in orderly way. The different agencies involved in

evacuation of people are Civil Administration (both state and central), non Govt. organizations,

factory Inspectorate and Police authorities.

Fire

Effects of fire on population will be mainly due to thermal radiation. In such cases, houses situated to

the proximity of disaster need to be evacuated, although a severe smoke hazard due to fire is to be

reviewed periodically.

Explosion

An explosion will give a very little time to warn population and areas affected may be much longer

than that in case of fire. The effects of explosion on population will be mainly due to shock waves,

flying splinters, collapse of structures and exposure to thermal radiation.

Toxic gas/vapour release

A toxic gas release will generally threat much larger area and population, exposed to the drifting

cloud of toxic gases and vapours. The time available for warning population will depend on the point

of release, wind direction and velocity.

LPG release will generally lead to vapour cloud formation accompanied by fire and / or explosion. As

LPG is heavier than air, it will settle to ground and may lead to fire as soon as comes in contact with

any ignition source. In case of LPG, the fire moves away from the source as quickly as possible.

Huge oil spillage may lead to escape of Oil out-side the factory premises and take the route of our

effluent discharge channel. People outside the complex may be warned not to collect oil and provide

any source of ignition to create fire in the effluent discharge channel.

The purpose of the off-site disaster management plan is:

To save lives and injuries and to prevent or reduce property losses

To provide for quick resumption of normal situation or operation

To make explicit the inter related be suggested if necessary

To make explicit inter related set of actions to be undertaken in the event of an industrial

accident posing hazards to the community

To inform people and surrounding about emergency and disaster if it is likely to adversely affect

machinery will be established for this purpose to guide the people in proper way

To plan for rescue and recuperation of casualties and injuries. To plan for relief and

rehabilitation

To plan for prevention of harms, total loss and recurrence of disaster. It will be ensured that

absolute safety and security is achieved within the shortest time

Before Crisis

This will include the safety procedure to be followed during an emergency through posters, talks and

mass media in different languages including local language. Leaflets containing do‟s/ don‟ts before

and during emergency should be circulated to educate the people in vicinity



People in vicinity of hazardous installation, and others who are potentially affected in the event

of an accident, should be aware of the risks of accidents, know where to obtain information

concerning the installation, and understand what to do in the event of an accident

Non-governmental Organizations (NGO‟s) (Such as environmental, humanitarian and consumer

group) should motivate their constituents and others, to be involved in risk reduction and

accident prevention efforts. They should help to identify specific concerns and priorities

regarding risk reduction and prevention, preparedness and response activities

NGO‟s should facilitate efforts to inform the public and should provide technical assistance to

help the public analyze and understand information that is made available

Public authorities (at all levels) and management of hazardous installation should established

emergency planning activities/ program‟s for accidents involving the hazardous substance

All parties who will be involved in emergency planning process. In this respect public health

authorities, including experts from information centers should be involved in relevant aspects of

offsite emergency planning

Emergency warning alert system should be in place to warn the potentially affected public, or

there is an imminent threat of an accident

The system chosen should be effective and provide timely warning. Suitable warning system

could include or a combination of for e.g.: sirens, automatic telephone message, and mobile

public address system

During Crisis

Central Control Committee: As the off-site plan is to be prepared by the government a central

control committee shall be formed under the chairmanship of area head. Other officers from

police, fire, factory, medical, engineering, social welfare, publicity, railway, transport and

requisite departments shall be incorporated as members. Some experts will also be included for

guidance. The functions of committee should be:

- To work as main co-coordinating body constituted of necessary district heads and other

authorities with overall command, coordination, guidance, supervision, policy and doing all

necessary things to control disaster in shortest times

- To prepare, review, alter or cancel this plan and to keep it a complete document with all

details

- To take advice and assistance from experts in fields to make plan more successful

- To set in motion all machineries to this plan in event of disaster causing or likely to cause

severe damage to public, property or environment

- The incident control committee, traffic control committee and press publicity committee will

first be informed, as they are needed first

Medical Help, Ambulance and Hospital Committee: This committee consisted of doctors for

medical help to the injured persons because of disaster. Injuries may be of many types. As such

doctors are rarely available we have to mobilize and utilize all available doctors in the area.

Functions and duties of the committee include:

- To give medical help to all injured as early as possible

- Civil surgeon is the secretary who will organize his team



- On receiving information to rush to spot he will immediately inform his team and will proceed

with all necessary equipments

- First aid and possible treatment shall be provided at the spot or at some convenient place and

patients may be requested to shift to hospitals for further treatment

- All efforts shall be made on war basis to save maximum lives and to treat maximum injuries

- Continuity of the treatment shall be maintained till the disaster is controlled

Traffic Control, Law and Order: The committee is headed by District Superintendent of Police.

Functions and duties of this committee should be:

- To control traffic towards and near disaster , to maintain law and order

- To evacuate the places badly affected or likely to be affected

- To shift the evacuated people to safe assembly points

- To rehabilitate them after disaster is over.

- Necessary vehicles, wireless sets and instruments for quick communications shall be

maintained and used as per need

After Crisis

At the time of disaster, many people may badly be affected. Injured people shall be treated by

medical help, ambulance and hospital committee, but those not injured but displaced kept at

assembly points, whose relative or property is lost, houses collapsed and in need of any kind of

help shall be treated by this welfare and restoration committee. Functions and duties of this

committee are:

- To find out persons in need of human help owing to disastrous effect. They may give first aid if

medical team is not available

- They will serve the evacuated people kept at assembly points. They will arrange for their food,

water, shelter, clothing, sanitation, and guidelines to reach any needful places

- They will look for removal and disposal of dead bodies, for help of sick, weak, children and

needy persons for their essential requirements

- The team will also work for restoration of detached people, lost articles, essential commodities

etc.

- The team will also look after the restoration of government articles

- The team will also ensure that the original activities, services and systems are resumed again

as they were functioning before the disaster

Police Department

- The police should assist in controlling of the accident site, organizing evacuation and

removing of any seriously injured people to hospitals.

- Co-ordination with the transport authorities, civil defence and home guards

- Co-ordination with army, navy, air force and state fire services

- Arrange for post mortem of dead bodies

- Establish communication center



Fire Brigade

- The fire brigade shall organize to put out fires and provide assistance as required.

Hospitals and Doctors

- Hospitals and doctors must be ready to treat any injuries.

- Co-ordinate the activities of Primary Health Centers and Municipal Dispensaries to ensure

required quantities of drugs and equipments

- Securing assistance of medical and paramedical personnel from nearby hospitals/institutions

- Temporary mortuary and identification of dead bodies

Media

- The media should have ready and continuous access to designated officials with relevant

information, as well as to other sources in order to provide essential and accurate information

to public throughout the emergency and to help avoid confusion

- Efforts should be made to check the clarity and reliability of information as it becomes

available, and before it is communicated to public

- Public health authorities should be consulted when issuing statements to the media

concerning health aspects of chemical accidents

- Members of the media should facilitate response efforts by providing means for informing the

public with credible information about accidents involving hazardous substances

Non-governmental organizations (NGO)

- NGO‟s could provide a valuable source of expertise and information to support emergency

response efforts. Members of NGOs could assist response personnel by performing specified

tasks, as planned during the emergency planning process. Such tasks could include providing

humanitarian, psychological & social assistance to members of community and response

personnel.

Duties of NGO are listed below:

Evacuation of personnel from the affected area

Arrangements at rallying posts and parking yards

Rehabilitation of evacuated persons

Co-ordination with other agencies such as police, medical, animal husbandry, agriculture,

electricity board, fire services, home guards and civil defence.

Establishing shelters for rescue, medical, fire fighting personnel.

Various organizations involved during emergencies are shown in Figure 7.4.



EMERGENCY

Medical

Aid

Medi

a

Environmental Health

and Safety Department

District Level

Emergency

Committee

Plant Level

Emergency

Committee

Plant

Security

Fire

Department

Emergency Control Center

Chief Co-Ordinator

Police

Department

Public

Education

FIGURE 7.4: VARIOUS ORGANIZATIONS INVOLVED DURING EMERGENCY

7.7.6 Mock Drills

As per the Industrial Major Accident Hazard Rules,

(a) The occupier shall ensure that a mock drill of the on-site emergency plan is conducted every six

months.

(b) A detail report of the mock drill conducted under sub-rule (4) shall be made immediately available

to the concerned authority.

Accordingly,

Onsite Disaster Mock Drills are conducted once in six months.

Also, Major Fire and Minor Fire mock drills are conducted once in three months and one month

respectively.

Lessons Learned System for Mock Drills

Performances during the mock drills are reviewed by CEC, Co-ordinators and other involved persons

including Observers. Observations / shortcomings are reviewed and recommendations are made for

improvements which are followed by F&S for compliance. The action points from the mock drill

observations should be circulated to all concerned for liquidation. The critical points shall be

presented to management in Apex Loss control meeting bimonthly.

All Clear / Re-entry Procedures

Chief Emergency Controller (CEC) will declare “All Clear” after control of the Incident and arrange

measures required for post Disaster control period and ask Fire Station to Blow 2 minutes straight run

siren.

After incident normalization, CEC would ask Unit in-charge to visit and check the incident site along

with representatives of Inspection and F&S and also Maintenance (Electrical / Mechanical / Civil/

Instrumentation/ Rotary) as needed. Standard Checks particular to a unit will be provided by

respective Area Managers.

Based on feedback of the team, CEC would allow re-entry / resumption of operations at the incident

site.



7.7.7 Evacuation Plan

7.7.7.1 Purpose

To establish method of systematic, safe and orderly evacuation of all the occupants in case of fire or

any emergency, in the least possible time, to a safe assembly point through nearest safe means of

escape. Additionally to use available fire appliances provided for controlling or extinguishing fire and

safeguarding of human life.

7.7.7.2 Fire Escape Drill Procedure

In the event of fire condition or on hearing the fire alarm all the occupants of the building shall

immediately leave the work area and proceed towards nearest safe escape route. A care should

be taken before leaving the workplace so that the escape route shall not be blocked due to

chairs or other similar object.

Security In-charge will ensure the access control system is defeated for safe evacuation of all

the occupants from the affected building.

The occupants will have to leave the affected area / block / building in a speedy and orderly

manner.

Before leaving the workplace occupants will switch off electrical gadgets such as AC,

Computers, Water heaters, etc. The area owner of the building will ensure electric supply cut off

to the affected building.

The emergency exit / normal exit if not affected due to fire and / or smoke shall be used for

speedy evacuation.

All occupants will follow in a row while escaping from the block / building. Unnecessary haste

and crowding shall be avoided on the escape route. Panic actions of the occupants will

definitely delay the evacuation.

The occupants having visitors shall ensure the safe evacuation of the visitor along with them to

the safe assembly point.

Efforts shall be made to control or extinguish the fire with the help of available fire extinguishers

in that area.

Building / block in-charge shall ensure the safe escape and orderly evacuation of all the

occupants.

All occupants after being evacuated shall assemble at designate safe assembly point. Block /

building in-charge will arrange for head count to ensure that all the occupants have been safely

evacuated.

Security in-charge shall ensure that all the visitors have been evacuated as per visitor entry

register / gate pass register. The visitors shall evacuate from the building / block along with the

occupants and report to security in-charge.

The missing / suspected trapped occupants will be searched and rescued by the fire crew.

Upon All-Clear signal from the incident controller, occupants can go back to their work place.

Do’s

Leave your workplace immediately and rush through safe escape route.



Evacuate in a speedy but orderly manner.

Help elderly and handicapped persons for evacuation.

Assemble at safe assembly point and report to your floor coordinator.

Don’ts

Panic.

Re-enter in the affected building.

7.7.8 Training

On job training to the engineers on various facets of risk analysis would go a long way in improving

their horizon which in turn is expected to reflect in the operation of plant, especially from the safety

stand point. In order to combat with emergency situations arising out of accident release of

hazardous chemicals, it is necessary for industries to prepare an exhaustive offsite and onsite

emergency preparedness plan. The fire crew belonging to the fire fighting department shall be given

intensive training for the use of all equipment and in various fire fighting methods for handling

different types of fires.

7.7.9 Checklist for Capability Assessment

The checklist will help in assessing the preparedness, prevention and response resources

capabilities. The points included in the checklist are only indicative and there is a need to closely

examine the local requirements while preparing the checklist.

For good control and management of an incident, there are three important requisites.

Defined Organisation

Effective means

Trained people

The organisation has to be properly structured for routine as well as emergency purposes with clear

understanding of duties and responsibilities. The structure has to consider an execution and speedy

implementation of the response plans; while at the same time, it should be flexible enough to tune

itself to the fast changing situations. All plans and procedures for emergency handling should be

established. Checklists in the form of Do‟s and Don‟ts of preventive maintenance, strengthening of

HSE, manufacturing utility staff are listed in the subsequent subsections.

Work permit check list is described below:

Sr. No. Precaution to be taken Yes No

1 Electrically isolated and fuse removed. Lock out-Tag out followed

2 Flow isolated by closing valves

3 De-pressurized – vacuum released

4 Vessel cooled

5 Drained fully and drain kept open

6 Vent kept open

7 Manhole kept open

8 Vessel purged with steam

9 Vessel purged with water



Sr. No. Precaution to be taken Yes No

10 Vessel purged with nitrogen/ air

11 Vessel free from toxic gases/vapors/ flammable substances

12 Gas test shows > 20% oxygen inside vessel

13 Safety tags card placed wherever required

14 Personal PPe‟s provided

15 Exhaust / ventilation inside vessel is sufficient

16 Caution boards placed

17 Tools and tackles checked as per specifications

18 Head count of the area known to relevant persons

19 Trained Site supervisor nominated

20 Safety measures such as hydrant, alarms, sensors checked

7.8 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 7.8.1 PUBLIC HEARING

According to EIA Notification 2006 and its subsequent amendments, the proposed project comes

under the project activity of 7 (c) & (a), Industrial estates /parks, complexes/area export processing

zone (EPZs), Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech park, Leather Complexes and Building &

Construction projects under category A (Special condition apply) and is located at Butibori Industrial

Area, Tehsil, District Nagpur, State Maharashtra. MIDC Nagpur has therefore initiated the process of

Environmental Clearance and as per above notification, Public Hearing process was initiated on

submission of draft EIA report along with executive summary English and Marathi to State Pollution

Control Board. The public hearing was conducted on 10/7/2015 at Shree Hanuman Mandir Devsthan

Sabhagruh, Dudha Grampanchayat (Dudha-Mangli) Tehsil and District Nagpur under the

Chairmanship of Shri Ravindra Kumbhare Addl. District Magistrate (A representative nominated by

the District Collector, Nagpur). Shri Kiran Hasabnis, Sub-Regional Officer, Maharashtra Pollution

Control Board, Nagpur-2, acted as a Convener of the Environmental Public Hearing Panel. Shri Atul

P. Satfale, Field Officer, a representative of Regional Officer, MPCB Board, started public hearing

processing at 3.00 p.m. with the permission of Chairman of the Public Hearing Panel. Attendance

sheet was circulate and attached as Annexure VII.

With the permission of chairman of Public Hearing, Shri Mahindra Pattebahadur, Field Officer,

MPCB, Nagpur welcomed the Chairman and Member of the Public Hearing Panel, local citizens from

the villages and others present. He explained the purpose of conducting this public hearing that as

per MOEF, GOI, Notification SO 60(E), of 27th January, 1994 and amended on 14th Sept.2006. The

notices of the public hearing were published in two local widely circulated newspapers i.e. the

”Hitavada” (English) and “Tarun Bharat” (Marathi) on 8th June 2015. Copies of the advertisement are

enclosed as Annexure VIII. Copies of the executive summary / EIA summery containing salient

features of the projects and EIA both in English and in Marathi and other information / documents

were made available to the public by making these documents available in various Govt. offices as

well as local Gram Panchayat as per MoEF, GOI, Notification.

Suggestions, comments and objections of the public were called in writing before the date of Public

Hearing from the publication of the notice. The public hearing panel was constituted vide MPC



Board‟s Office Order No. E-196/2015 vide letter no.BO/JD (WPC/PH/B-2895) dtd.26/06/2015. A copy

of the same is enclosed as Annexure IX.

Shri Mahendra Pattebahadur, Field Officer, Sub- Regional Office, MPCB, Nagpur-II requested to

Project Proponent to give detailed presentation about the project.

Thereafter, representative of the project proponent explained in local language regarding Proposed

Project, Need of Environmental Clearance and approval, Project, Project location map, Map showing

project site, Arial view of the project site, Index map, Map showing irrigation area, Map showing

catchment area, Salient features of the project, Project site environmental monitoring, location map of

10 km radius, Environmental setting of study area, Monitoring sites for Air, Water and Noise, Map

chowing Air directions, Air Environment, Water Environment, Noise Environment, Soil Environment,

Environment Impact on nearby area, Benefits of the project, Development programme, Socio

Economic Environment and management plan to mitigate the adverse impacts arising due to project

activities was presented.

Shri Kiran Hasabnis, Sub- Regional Officer-2, MPCB Nagpur and Convener of the Environmental

Public Hearing Panel with permission of the Chairman requested public present to put their views /

opinions in free manner. The issues raised by the public and clarification given by the proponent /

consultant are presented below.

ISSUES AND COMPLIANCE OF PUBLIC HEARING

Sr. No.

Name of the person

Issues Clarification

1. Shri Sudhir Hande, Village Dudha

Change in name as Dudha Industrial Area, Instead of Additional Butibori industrial Area.

Demand of School, Temple and Parking place in Dudha village

Employment to one person whose land is acquired

Land acquired at the rate of Rs.13 lacs per acre, but demand is for Rs 17 lacs per acre, payment of difference in balance Rs. 4 lacs

Not possible as the name has been recorded in the MIDC proposal itself MIDC will create the facilities in association with the incoming industries. Related to demand of road near Dudha, the proposal is in consideration with MIDC Provision will be made in association with the incoming industries Payment has been made already as per decision taken by MIDC in consultation with the collector



Sr. No.

Name of the person


2. Shri Babarao Hande Village Dudha

Related to employment of village people specially young generation

Availability of transport facility

Large scale industries should be away from the village

Development of village in the area

MIDC will take care of employment to the youth of the villages. MIDC will insist the incoming industries to make provision for employment of local people in their industries Not in the purview of MIDC. However connectivity of roads will be made available Provision will be made regarding large scale industries away from the villages MIDC will take care of this. Proper facilities related to the development will be provided by MIDC

3. Shri Mohan Deoraoji Village Dudha

Related to pollution problem due to proposed additional Butibori Industrial Area Development

Proper measures will be taken by the incoming industries and MPCB will be taking care to monitor the pollution load and will take action accordingly

4. Shri Manoj Aatram Village Dudha

5. Shri Nitin lonkar Secretary, Butibori Manufacturing Association

Training to skilled labour creation of of std 10th and 12th pass out

Capacity of CETP be increased to 10 MLD

Establishment of ESIS Hospital in Industrial Area

Proposed metro train facility up to Butibori

Construction of a separate road way from Nagpur Airport to Butibori Industrial Area

Request for flyover

Provision will be made through incoming industries for training to skilled labour Provision has already been made to build-up CETP as per central Govt. rule A proposal for giving plot for ESIS Hospitals under consideration. The proposal has already sent to HQ for approval Not in purview of MIDC Not in purview of MIDC

Not in purview of MIDC

6. Vidarbha Jankalyan & Vikas Santha 1st Floor, Gokul-Gopal Enclave, Mate Square, Gopal Nagar, Nagpur

1. Planning and development of world class exhibition cum convention center with full amenities in an area of 25 Ha. This will help the local industries and the other Indian industries to showcase

Most of the issues are already taken in to consideration is the planning stage however regarding issues 2,5,7 MIDC will discuss with authority and accordingly action will be taken.



Sr. No.

Name of the person


their products. Min 25 Hec. area is must considering the future demands.

2. Metro rail up to Butibori (under the jurisdiction of metro-rail authority), Network covering main points in Butibori MIDC as a whole.

3. Well-equipped ESIC hospitals with 24 hourly emergency preparedness facilities.

4. Strengthening of city bus services covering entire Butibori area, with separate provision of Bus station (park).

5. Grant of incentives to existing industrial Butibori for solar power generation, providing one window clearance for speedy industrial growth. State Government to evolve special policy for Butibori MIDC considering backward region with incentives/subsidy, as the cost of electricity is higher as compared to adjoining states.

6. Providing reflective sign boards with plot nos and directions at all main turning points in Butibori MIDC area for easy traceability.

7. Planning new approach road to Butibori via Airport, Shivangaon, Mihan, via Gumgaon, Kirmiti. This will curtail nearly 12 Km distance there by saving precious time and fuel on daily basis Mihan and PWD authorities should be involved.

7. Butibori Manufacturers

1. Planning and development of world class

Most of the points/ issues are taken care in the MIDC policy decision and



Sr. No.

Name of the person


Association “Udyam” P- 5 Midc Industrial Area Near Fire Station, Butibori, Nagpur

exhibition cum convention center with amenities, in an area of 25 Ha. This will help the local industries and the other Indian industries to showcase their products and promote economic activities. There is no such adequate center in MIDC at present. Min 25 Hec area is must considering the future demands. 2. Strengthening of existing electrical supply in order to regulate power on 24X7 hourly basis. Presently electrical cost is almost double than the adjoining states. Maharashtra Government should consider special incentives/subsidy due to enhanced cost to Many industries have migrated to adjoining state due to lack of attention of policy makers despite ample coal and thermal power availability in the region. This disparity must be overcome at the earliest possible time. 3. Strengthening the utilities of existing and proposed MIDC covering the followings a) DG set back-up for entire water supply system as an auxiliary energy source. b) For existing and proposed wastewater treatment, tertiary treatment for CETP for better augmentation and recycling system to comply zero discharge norms being a statutory requirements. c) Policy for provision for drinking water outlets for pedestrian as desired by industries at selected locations. Local industry to take up this activity as their CSR. d) Road widening is to 5-

action plan. However for issues 2, 3 (e, g, k, n) and 4, MIDC will discuss with the authority and accordingly action will be take



Sr. No.

Name of the person


6 meters in Butibori food park area, as the existing road width is just 3 meters which is inadequate creating traffic congestion. Existing foot paths should be removed for road widening, as it is unutilized. e) Metro rail up to key covering areas of Butibori (under the jurisdiction of metro-rail authority), Network covering main points in Butibori MIDC as whole. f) Well-equipped ESIC hospitals with 24 hourly emergency preparedness facilities with accessibility to the surrounding local people. g) Strengthening of city bus services covering entire Butibori area, with separate provision of Bus station (park). h) Strengthening of greenbelt and landscaping with proper maintenance throughout the year in road side, PU land and increase in aesthetics of the Butibori MIDC area. i) Proper maintenance of storm water drainage lines and regular maintenance before rainy season to avoid water logging in low lying areas. j) Strengthening of streetlights using LED and stress on solar system on identified locations (Road side, traffic signals and vehicle parks). k) Grant of incentives to existing industrial Butibori for solar power generation, providing one window clearance for speedy industrial growth. State Government to evolve special policy for Butibori MIDC considering backword region with incentives/subsidy



Sr. No.

Name of the person


l) Providing reflective sign boards with plot nos and directions at all main turning points in Butibori MIDC area for easy traceability for commuters. m) Traffic nuisance due to movement of heavy trailers driving in wrong direction creates fear of accident, recent repeated episodes are the evidences and permanent solution to provide in consultation with concerned authorities n) Planning new approach road to Butibori via Airport, Shivangaon, Mihan, via Gumgaon, Kirmiti. This will curtail nearly 12 Km distance there by saving precious time and fuel on daily basis. o) Proper measures as per the industry specific for pollution abatement avoiding odour and smell problems at few hot spots (MIDC, SPCB and PP in association) 4. There is heavy traffic congestion at the point of entry to Butibori MIDC in front of Butibori Police Station. All the heavy vehicles, Buses, local vehicles pass through Road there by creating a traffic chaos. This location has also became an accident prone Zone. Hence we demand that a Fly-over be constructed on this spot so that Heavy vehicles and other traffic which does not enter Butibori MIDC can pass over this Fly over there by easing the traffic at the entrance of Butibori MIDC.

Shri Ravindra Kumbhare, Additional Dist. Magistrate and Chairman of the Public Hearing panel said

that there is only point related to the large industrial set up away from the villages, which will be taken

care by MIDC. Other points i.e. land acquisition, control of air and water pollution which will be solved

at the local level and MIDC will play a positive role. The chairman thanks the MIDC authorities, MPCB



authorities, consultant and public who had attended the public hearing and Mr Mahendra

Pattebahadur, Field Officer, Sub- Regional office –II MPCB, Nagpur declared the Public Hearing is

over with thanks to chair.

Public Hearing photographs are shown in Plate 7.1.



PLATE 7.1: PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING PUBLIC HEARING



PLATE 7.1: PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING PUBLIC HEARING (Contd...)


Chapter 8- Project Benefit 8-1

8.0 PROJECT BENEFIT

This section of report describes the direct and indirect benefits due to proposed additional Butibori

Industrial Area which will be expected to have at the local, neighbourhood, regional and maybe, at

national scale. The benefits from the proposed developmental industrial area will be as follows:

Proposed Project Benefits

The development of proposed industrial area will benefit accruing to the locality, neighborhood,

region and nation as a whole and will improve living standards of the nearby locality; some of the

benefits are described below:

Improvement in the physical infrastructure of project, ancillary industries that may come up on

account of the project.

Improvement in the social infrastructure like roads, railways, townships, housing, water supply,

electrical power, drainage, educational institutions and hospitals etc.

Employment potential skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled labours both during construction and

operational phases of the industrial area with specific attention to employment potential of local

population as well as necessity for imparting any specialized skills to them to be eligible for such

employment in the project on a long term basis.

The proposed project would bring positive socio-economic impacts which are given below:

It is expected that additional people will get employment and hence job opportunities for the

local people as well as immigrants from the nearby area would increase.

Employment in the area is expected to be improved in the region.

There would be increase in the commercial business and shopping centres due to influx of

population in the region to cater the needs of the existing population as well as the

immigrants.

There will be a development of infrastructural facilities in the area. It would also result in the

appreciation of land values around there areas.

Production will increase. It will fulfill the demands for production which are essential for the

progress of the nation.

Indirect benefit to the local people by providing opportunities for starting small/medium scale

business in trade and commerce.

More opportunities in the field of eduction

Augmentation is the areas of medical facilities

Improvement is banking and postal services

Overall improvement of the peripheral human habitat

Most of the environmental pollution problems will be mitigated through implimentation of EMP

recommended and concentric watch by MIDC authority and MPCB

Increase in infrastructural activities with respect to the development of the area will definitely

increase the livelihood of the people and there by the region.


Chapter 9- Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 9-1

9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

The developmental area located at tehsil and district Nagpur, state Maharashtra, proposed additional

Butibori Industrial Area (MIDC) acquires and develops industrial plots with all the basic amenities and

make them available to needy entrepreneurs. It will definitely boost the economic growth of the

country; develop region and quality of life of the people in a sustainable manner without creating any

environmental damage.

MIDC Butibori, is well connected to railways, roadways and airways. The proposed additional Butibori

industrial area is planned near to notified Butibori Industrial Area. Therefore, it will not involves loss of

vegetation and biodiversity. The vegetation is similar in the whole area with no sensitive ecosystem or

rare and endangered flora or fauna, hence no environmental loss will be there in terms of net

productivity value.

Total project cost is Rs.1000 crores and expenditure on implementation of the Environmental

Management Plan (EMP) is presented in chapter 10 of this report. Besides tangible benefits, the

proposed additional Butibori Industrial Area has got number of intangible benefits, like minimum

emission of the greenhouse gases, no adverse impact on environment as far as air, noise and water

environmental components are concerned. Individual industry will take care of environmental

management. With the establishment of this proposed developmental area, there will be socio-

economic development in the area and thereby the improvement in the quality of life of the people.

More employment opportunities will be there for the local people, moreover the incoming industries in

the industrial area will help for enhancement of the economy of the country. The proposed

developmental area will provide temporary and permanent job opportunities to the local people in the

neighboring areas. The individual industry management has complete focus on quantity, quality,

promptness, safe delivery and best services through 3 M’s – Man, machine and material

management.

The establishment of proposed industrial area when in operation will definitely provide significant

supply of products to the infrastructure and allied industries, not only in the region, state but also in

India and help to increase the economic status of the country.

The developmental activity in the industrial area will increase economy of country. However individual

industry will also help economy of state through the products transportation, taxes, supplying

economy for the nation’s growth.


Chapter 10- Environmental Management Plan 10-1

10.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

Environment management is basically resource management and environmental development

planning. The conventional resource management and development planning look at the issues from

narrow micro-economical point of view, while environmental management views, the issues from the

broader perspective of long term sustainable development option, which ensures that the

environment is not desecrated. An environment management plan is prepared for construction phase,

post construction phase (commissioning and operation) and for post project phase. The environment

management plan is prepared to minimize the impact on atmospheric emissions, noise generation,

liquid effluents, and solid wastes on the surrounding environment.

The baseline status of different relevant environmental components in the study area are assessed

and potential impacts on those components due to the proposed development of industrial area are

documented. The impacts on environment are found to be minimal during the study; however

additional measures are documented for both construction and operation stages for further

improvement of environmental quality in the form of an Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

10.2 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT (HSE)

It is of utmost concern for industries to conduct its smooth work environment in a manner that

will prompt the protection of the occupational health and safety, Welfare of its employees and

involvement in its academics and address the environmental concerns regarding sustainable

development.

To be a responsive and responsible citizen, we shall strive to achieve an organizational

culture of safety ,Health and Environmental Excellence

As an integral part of the institutional performance in Health, Safety and Commitment to

achieve high levels of performance in Health, Safety and environment.

Continual improvements in Safety, Health and environment shall be recognized as essential

for the future success of the industrial area

No HSE plan so far adopted by MIDC. However MIDC will take care while sanctioning the building

plan to be approved by industrial industries. Every industry will have to take building completion

certificate as well as fire NOC from MIDC. The constructing building with all necessary facility related

to HSE norms will be checked by MIDC through its officers along inspection of the building plan & will

give NOC accordingly. However MIDC will insist to have HSE plan for each industry. The HSE plans

to be adopted by the individual industry are as follows.

Operation and Maintenance: The problem of occupational health, in the operation and maintenance

phase is due to noise hearing losses. Suitable personnel protective equipment will be given to

employees. The working personnel will be given the following appropriate personnel protective

equipment:

Industrial Safety Helmet;

Face shield with replacement acrylic vision;

Zero power plain goggles

Welders equipment for eye and face protection;

Ear muffs;

Self contained breathing apparatus;



Safety belt

hand gloves;

Electrically tested electrical resistance hand gloves;

Industrial safety shoes with steel toe;

Occupational Health Center (OHC) equipped with required facilities will be available at the MIDC

area. Qualified doctor (Factory Medical Officer) will visit daily on working days. Full-fledged medical

facilities will be made available round the clock for attending emergency arising out of accidents, if

any.

10.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

Besides delineating an EMP to address the various environmental impacts identified and assessed,

the EMS suggests an overall framework under which the EMP is executed

The EMP presents the project specific guidelines on-

Environment Management strategies

Specialized engineering construction procedure in relation to the environmental guidelines of

the country

Spill prevention and control

Disposal and management of wastes and hazardous chemicals

Air, water and soil quality protection

Noise control

Soil erosion control and slope stabilization,

Vegetation, wildlife and habitat protection

Socio-economic and welfare considerations

Due to its complexity and implications, the implementation of EMP must be executed utilizing a

specific EMS framework. Once an EMP has been approved, it should provide the basis for

environmental considerations of all the activities carried out on the site by the appointed personnel.

With respect to the various environmental impacts identified during the EIA stage, mitigation

measures to prevent or minimize the impacts are suggested for the environmental components.

The Environment Management Plan for the proposed project aims to mitigate the potential

detrimental impacts on the environment, both during construction phase and operation phases of the

project. It also necessary that continued compliance with existing environmental regulations is

ensured. The construction and associated activities have been planned so as to minimize the impacts

on the physical, biological and socio-economic culture environments. Even thought it would be native

to expect that all detrimental impacts can be avoided, it is apparent that most of the impacts will be

localized and temporary in nature.

10.4 ENVIRONMENTAL OBJECTIVES

While developing an EMP within the frame work of an EMS, it is imperative to have clear

environmental objectives and delineate them. The key environmental management objectives for this

project are to avoid significant adverse environmental impacts and to ensure that where impacts do

occur they are mitigated. In addition, the project proponent aims to meet the following specific

objectives.

To adopt construction and operational methods , which will limits environmental degradation

To protect physical environmental components such as air , water and soil



To conserve terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna

To protect historic and cultural sites

To incorporate the views and perceptions of the local inhabitants in the project

To generate employment opportunities wherever possible and feasible.

To provide environmental guidelines and stipulations to the construction contractors to

minimize the impact of those activities around the proposed site

To provide advanced sophisticated safety system to ensure safety of the public at large

To establish a long term programme to monitor effects of the project on the environment

To audit for close watch on activities during construction and operation of the compressor

stations and associated facilitates to assess implementation of management measures.

10.5 IMPLEMENTATION

The various players responsible for execution of EMP and associated monitoring and inspection and

their designated levels of responsibilities are delineated below:

The project proponent will be responsible for providing all the necessary funding and the

administrative support to the EMP, and be ultimately responsible for providing the necessary

funding and administrative support to the EMP and be ultimately responsible for carrying out this

project with total commitment to environmental matters

The Management Representative (MR), working on behalf of the project proponent ,will be

responsible for coordinating the activities of a technical staff responsible for coordinating the

activities of a technical staff responsible for monitoring and managing the compliances of the

EMP. The responsibilities include technical, community and administrative matter related to the

EMP , including the liaison with the general public in the project area, other parties and regulatory

bodies on environmental issues related to the environmental compliance of the project and

properly address any issues of their concerns.

The HSE representative with the help of a technical staff will be responsible for monitoring the

compliance of the EMP (for which they will be given adequate training and must report to

Management Representative (MR).

The construction contractors will be responsible for ensuring full compliance with environmental

matter related to the construction activities, as laid down in the EMP. The construction contractor

will ensure that all his workers are properly briefed in environmental matters in terms of Dos and

Dont’s while they work on the project. The cost toward implementation of EMP is the part of the

bidding document so that the related costs are included in the contract.

The proposed project would create impacts on the environment in two distinct phases:

Phase 1: During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or short term.

Phase 2: During the operation phase which will have marginal impact.

10.6 EMP FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Environmental impacts during the construction phase can be attributed to the site preparation,

excavation of trenches, erection and mechanical fabrication, construction activities, transportation etc.

and provision of civic amenities to the construction workforce. The potential for environmental impact

during the construction phase on most of the environmental component, is temporary, and the

environment returns back to its previous status on completion of the construction. State of the art

technology will be adopted for control pollution during project execution phase, whenever and

wherever applicable.



All construction activities generally cause disruptions to the pre project environmental quality. The

following environmental protection measures will be incorporated as part of terms and conditions of

contract for implementation by the contractor or the authority as appropriate. Recommendations are

made to minimize impacts during the construction phase as delineated below:

Environmental impacts during construction phase, will be mainly due to civil works such as the site

preparation, RCC foundation, construction etc.; material and machinery transportation, fabrication

and erection etc.; storage and handling of different kinds of flammable/hazardous materials etc. the

construction phase impacts are temporary (approx.1-2 years) and localized phenomena except the

permanent change in local landscape and landuse pattern at the projects site. However, they require

due consideration with importance during project execution and also whenever applicable detailed

protocol/procedures shall be implemented to prevent/mitigate adverse impacts and occupational

hazards.

a) Site Preparation

The site preparation and plant erection activities during construction phases would be carried out with

proper preventive measures for pollution control. At the time of civil works for proposed project units,

it is necessary to control PM levels through dust suppression methods.

Preparation of site will involve excavation and transport of substantial quantities of earthen material.

Site grading operations will also involve stock piling of backfill materials. Due care shall be taken

through slope stabilization to avoid water pollution problems during rainy season.

During dry weather conditions, it is necessary to control the dust emissions arising out of the

excavation, leveling, transportation and stockpiling activities by proper water sprinkling

The top soil removed from construction areas may be preserved to reuse for development of land-

scapes and horticulture in the later part of construction phase

b) Basic Facilities

The work force (Approximate 300-400 workers) during construction phase would be significant. The

construction work force may temporarily migrate to project site, some may be with families. Sites for

construction and workers camp should be clearly demarcated to prevent occupational hazard. Project

proponents shall ensure provision for necessary basic needs and infrastructure facilities such as

water supply, sanitary facilities, housing, domestic fuel etc. to the families of construction workforce.

c) Occupational Health

Project proponent shall take care to include necessary clauses in respective construction tender/work

awards for maintaining strict compliance of occupational health standards for workers during duty

period including provision and usage of personnel protection equipment (PPE) such as protection, fire

protection gadgets to mitigate occupational health hazards.

Where, gases or fumes are likely to be present in trenches/foundations. Sufficient

mechanical/artificial ventilation shall be provided to protect the health and safety of persons working

there. If necessary, the personnel working in poorly ventilated work places shall be provided with

respiratory protective equipment.

d) Construction Equipment and Waste

Both diesel and gasoline powered construction machinery, vehicles etc. put in to operation at

project site shall be properly maintained to minimize exhaust emissions as well as noise

generation



Efforts should be made to prevent accidental spillage of any oil/grease from construction

equipment maintenance activities, and empty containers, rubber & plastic materials etc.

generated during construction is expected to be properly disposed of and MIDC authorities will

take care of these issues.

Through the effect of noise on the nearby inhabitants due to construction activity will be marginal.

Major noise prone activities will be restricted to only daytime.

The construction machinery will be maintained to minimize the noise generation.

e) Storage of Hazardous Materials

Hazardous materials such as petrol, diesel, lubricating oil, compressed gases, paint and varnishes

and also explosives for blasting operations required at the construction site shall be stored and

handled and strictly in accordance with the prevailing safety regulations. Thus, MIDC authorities need

to ascertain these aspects.

10.6.1 Management of Air Environment

The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has set standards with regard to the ambient air quality

and emission levels. The particulate matter size less than 2.5 μm (PM2.5 μg/m3), particulate matter

size less than 10 μm (PM10 μg/m3) levels in residential and rural area, industrial area should not

exceed 60 μm (PM60 μg/m3), 100 μm (PM100 μg/m3) respectively. The vehicular emission standards

(Mass emission standards effective from 1st April 1996) for diesel driven vehicles are hydrocarbons -

2.4 g/kwhr; Carbon Monoxide-11.2 g/kwhr; and Oxides Nitrogen-14.4 g/kwhr. These standards will

have to be met, and stipulation to that effect will be provided in construction contact agreement

One or more of the following measures may be implemented to minimize impact on air quality during

construction and operation of the project

Water sprinkling on site for dust suppression

Use of covering sheets shall be done for trucks carrying construction materials to prevent air

borne dust

All material storage adequately shall be covered to avoid dust / particulate emission

Use of ready mix concrete wherever possible instead of using onsite batching plant for concrete

Use of CPCB approved DG sets

Proper maintenance of DG sets

Adequate parking provision and proper traffic arrangement for smooth traffic flow

Vehicles having valid pollution under control certificate shall be allowed to ply

10.6.2 Management of noise environment

The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has set standards for ambient noise levels in various

activity zones. For industrial areas, the day time noise levels should not excess 75 dB(A) and the

night time levels of 70 dB(A). In case of residential areas, the day and night standards are 55 dB (A)

and 40 dB(A) respectively. Suitable conditions will be incorporated in the construction contract

agreement, to ensure compliance of these standards.

The following measures may be adopted to minimize the impact of noise during construction phase of

the project:

Provision of ear plug/muffs for labor in high noise prone areas

No noise polluting work in night shifts

Provision of barricades along the periphery of the site

Acoustic enclosure for DG sets



10.6.3 Management of Water Environment

The sources of water pollution on construction sites includes; diesel and oil paints, solvents, cleaners

and other harmful chemicals; debris and dirt. The surface water run-off also carries other pollutants

from the site, such as diesel and oil toxic chemicals, and building materials like cement. These

substances are harmful for aquatic life and also for animals. These pollutants may contaminate

groundwater which will be more difficult to treat than surface water

Understanding the water quality is essential in identifying critical issues with a view to evaluate the

impacts on habitat conditions, recreational resources, agricultural productivity and aesthetics in the

vicinity and to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation.

Avoid wastage of curing water

Use of tanker water for construction activity

Provision of temporary toilets for labor as a sanitation arrangement

Wastewater generated will be sent to septic tanks/ soakpits

10.6.4 Management of Soil/LandEnvironment

Following measures will be taken to reduce, generation of construction hazardous wastes.

Separate storage of construction materials

Reusing of the excavated earth partly for backfilling on site before disposing it to authorized sites

Bituminous materials / any other chemicals shall not be allowed to leach into the soil

Waste oil generated from DG sets will be handed over to authorized recyclers approved by

CPCB/MPCB

Hazardous wastes shall be handed over to authorized common hazardous waste disposal site for

further treatment and disposal

The solid wastes generated due to workers dwelling at the site, will be segregated and will be

disposed off through authorised vendors.

10.6.5 Management of Socio-Economic and Cultural Environment

To minimize adverse impacts arising out due to the propsed developmental project activities, mitigate

measures suggested as follows:

Provision of adequate drinking water, toilet and bathing facilities at the project site

Personal protective and safety equipment to the construction workers during construction phase

Provision of first aid facility at site

Regular health checkup of workers /labors

Regular pest control

Educational awareness programme for fire fighting and safety measures

Sufficient and appropriate santary facilities will be provided in order to maintain hygienic

conditions in the camps of construction labourers.

10.6.6 Traffic Control

The authority will make an assessment of the safe, legal load limit of all the bridges, streets that

may be traversed by heavy equipment

Traffic congestion and road hazards will be prevented

Deliveries of materials to the project site will be consolidated whenever feasible to minimize the

flow of traffic

Existing network of roads will be used for transporting equipment and construction materials and

no new road will be constructed.



During Construction Phase

During construction phase, one gate each for entry and exit; will be provided connected to approach

road. Proper parking will be provided for a vehicle which comes on site. Heavy vehicle movement will

be allowed normally at night time.

Truck traffic will be staggered all through the day and during non- peak hours materials will be

received during non-peak hours

Water will be sprinkled during transportation

Proper entry/exit and good parking space will be provided for the smooth traffic movement. There

will be ample space for movement of vehicles and parking.

10.6.7 Safety and Aesthetics Construction in Residential Areas

All construction equipment and materials shall be stored in a neat and orderly manner.

Excess excavated materials shall be removed from the project site as soon as possible, after the

completion of excavation operations, these materials will be used for leveling and landscaping

Temporary sanitary facilities will be provided for onsite workers. These facilities will be maintained

in a clean, odor free condition and care shall be taken to avoid soil and groundwater

contamination

Tenements are approximately similar in height; hence there is no obstruction of a view. The

project is proposed after consideration of all such components.

10.7 EMP FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE

Several control measures are incorporated to minimize the generation of wastes and subsequent

environmental impacts during the operational phase. Strict adherence to these pollution prevention

and control measures shall moderate the environmental impacts to the minimum possible level during

operational phase. In general, the environmental management plan during operational phase of the

plant shall be directed to the following:

It shall be ensured that all the pollution control/environment management systems are

commissioned before the commencement of operation of the project.

Regular performance evaluation of the control systems shall be undertaken to ensure their

optimum performance

Preventive maintenance schedule of the control systems will be matching with that of the

respective operational unit.

Regular monitoring of various components of environment shall be undertaken to ensure effective

functioning of pollution control measures as well as to safe guard against any unforeseen

changes in the environment.

Efforts shall be made to ensure the maximum utilization of wastes generated

A program of vegetation reinstatement will be undertaken to compensate for loss of vegetation

cover during the construction phase

10.7.1 Management of Air Environment

The proposed developmental project does not impose any impact on the ambient air quality, during

operational phase. Large number of trees will be grown to restrict negative impacts on ambient air

quality if any.

Regular maintenance of valves, pumps and other equipment to prevent leakage

Plantation of trees would act as noise and dust buffers

Greenbelt development shall be implemented to mitigate impacts from fugitive emissions



The air quality surveillance program may be strengthened properly keeping in view the combined

maximum impacts from the post project activities particularly in critical downwind directions.

10.7.2 Management of Noise Environment

The sources of intermittent noise generating equipment will be provided with appropriate acoustic

barriers so that the noise levels within 100 m of these facilities when in operation will be less than

70 dB(A)

If DG set will be provided, it should have acoustic enclosure for effective noise reduction of 25

dB(A). Also, the DG set will be provided with exhaust muffler capable of effective noise reduction

of 25 dB(A).

To minimize the noise levels following noise control measures will be adopted:

Provision of proper parking arrangement, traffic management plan for smooth flow of vehicles

helps to reduce noise levels due to vehicular traffic

Green belts and landscaping shall act as a barrier to attenuate noise levels

10.7.3 Management of Water Environment

Surface water quality

During operation phase, no wastewater will be discharged from the individual industries in MIDC

area to any surface water bodies.

Wastewater generated from individual industries will be sent to CEPT that will be constructed in

proposed MIDC area (1.6 MLD capacity) and treated wastewater will be sent to HRTS.

Ground water quality

During operation phase no wastewater or solid/hazardous wastes will be discharged on land, so there

will not be any impact on groundwater quality due to leaching.

10.7.3.1 Water requirement & waste water generation


wenna weirs at Nirgudi.

The distribution network will be through pipeline i.e. 12 km from the Wenna weirs the water will be

supplied through pipeline and will be stored in storage tank where it will be treated in wastewater

treatment plant (CETP) and the treated water will be sent to ESR (Elevated Storage Reservior) and

distributed to the users through pipeline (individual industries through pipeline)

The water requirement breakup is given in Table 10.1.

TABLE 10.1

WATER REQUIREMENT

Sr. No. Particulars Water requirement (m3/day)

1 Process 9000


3 Green built & application 1000

4 Fire fighting 300

5 Domestic 2700

Total 27000

10.7.3.2 Wastewater treatment & disposal

The wastewater generation estimated to be 7560 m3/day.



The wastewater generated will be sent to CETP proposed for this project separately. The CETP (1.6

MLD) will be constructed in the proposed MIDC area which will receive the wastewater from

individual industries of accepting norms as shown in Table 10.3. The design and the units will be

same as shown in the existing CETP in existing MIDC as shown in Figure 10.1. The treated effluent

will be used for HRTS. The estimated quantity that will be required for HRTS in 35 Ha of land will be

7000 m3. The existing land where the HRTS is in operation is sufficient for the disposal in HRTS.

However additional HRTS will be developed by MIDC in 35 Ha of land phasewise & the treated waste

water will also be used in new HRTS. The breakup of wastewater generation from proposed

additional MIDC area is shown in Table 10.2.

TABLE 10.2


Sr. No. Particulars Wastewater generation (m3/day)

1 Process 4050



4 Fire fighting -

5 Domestic 2160

Total 7560

TABLE 10.3

CRITERIA FOR ACCEPTING INCOMING EFFLUENT AT CETP

Sr. No. Effluent Qty. Parameter SSI MSI LSI

1. < 25 m3/day COD 2500 mg/l As per consent As per consent

BOD 1000 mg/l As per consent As per consent

2. > 25 m3/day COD As per consent As per consent As per consent

BOD As per consent As per consent As per consent

Note: All other parameters like TDS, TSS, O&G, Chlorides, Sulphates, Ammonia, N, Heavy Metals etc. are

accepted as per consent to operate norms of member industries issued by Maharashtra Pollution Control

Board.



Process flow diagram of existing CETP is given in Figure 10.1.

FIGURE 10.1: CETP PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM

10.7.3.3 Domestic Wastewater Generation and Disposal

The water requirement for domestic purpose will be 2700 m3/day & domestic generation will be 2160

m3/day. However for disposal of domestic wastes individual industry will make provision for sending it

to septic tank/soak pit. There will not be any disposal of domestic waste into nearby water body.

However excess domestic waste generation will be treated & in centralized STP for which provision

will be made by MIDC in future and treated domestic waste will be used for plantation & green belt

around the MIDC area or within the premises. MIDC will check this & informed to MPCB for any

ambiguity in the disposal of domestic waste.



10.7.3.4 High Rate Transpiration System (HRTS) for Disposal

The total land available for existing and proposed HRTS in 25 & 35 Ha so the total quality of treated

waste water used in HRTS is estimated to be 12000 m3. The existing and proposed HRTS will be

sufficient for the disposal. So, no disposal of wastewater envisaged in any aquatic body.

10.7.3.5 Water Conservation and Development

The water conservation plan will consist of a combination of three major steps depicted below:

Water Conservation Plan

Water conservation plan shall be practices to the extent possible by use of reclaimed water for all on

potable application like gardening, watering lawns, car washing, flushing toilets etc.

A. Recycling of wastewater

Total domestic wastewater will be treated in Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) and will be used for

flushing and landscaping purpose.

B. Minimizing Water Consumption

A combination of water saving appliances and water management measures will be planned in all the

dwelling unit. The message of water conservation will be given to all resident and other occupier on

site (individual industries) by way of awareness campaigns and circulars. Specific measures that will

be implemented include the following:

C. Management Measures

Dual flush system

Dual flush cisterns will developed to reduce the wastage of water by excess use in the low or

high level cistern. It will be achieved by cutting the vacuum seal at the fixed water level in the

flush cisterns

Dual flush cisterns will have two flush settings, one for normal operation to flush solids 6 lit per

flush and a second reduced amount for liquids as 3 lit per flush, thus saving considerable

amount of water.

Water efficient landscaping

Use of water saving practices like low plumbing fixtures and flow control devices

Treatment of domestic waste into Sewage Treatment Plant

Recycling of STP treated sewage for flushing, gardening and cooling tower makeup.

Provision of storm water drainage system with adequate capacity, Proper maintenance of

storm water drainage

10.7.3.6 Storm Water Drainage

Strom water drainage is being constructed along both the side of the road in proposed MIDC area.

Provision has been made to construct 4 lane roads within the MIDC area. Construction of both the

sides storm water drainage is almost in completion stage. These drainages will be treated as natural

drainages through which the rain water will be flowing & collecting in the harvesting pond or

connected to the nearby flowing stream Figure 10.2. The storm water drainage pattern design is

presented in Figure 10.3.

Water conservation

Recycling of water after treatment

Using alternative water sources

Minimizing water consumption



FIGURE 10.2: STORM DRAIN SECTION

FIGURE 10.3: PROPOSED PLANT LAYOUT WITH STORM WATER

DESIGN AND DISPOSAL PLAN



10.7.3.7 Rain Water Harvesting

Individual industry will make arrangement for rain water harvesting and MIDC will make it compulsory

/mandatory for these industries to reduce the water intake. MIDC will insist the industry to make

provision for rain water harvesting treat it & audit for their domestic industrial purposes &

plantation/greenbelt. MIDC will also insist to industries to make provision in the layout of the individual

industry for making the space for rain water harvesting in a collection pond.

Advantages of Rain Water Recharging

There are various advantages of rain water recharging; some of these are listed below:

1. Fresh groundwater uptake is reduced as it allows use of rainwater in case of scarcity.

2. Solution to water scarcity problems.

3. Effective rise in groundwater levels due to artificial recharge.

4. Improves the quality of groundwater sources.

5. It’s economical & energy saving as it prevents extraction of water and depleting groundwater

6. Easy operation & maintenance.

Design of Rain Water Recharging

Quantity of rain water collected depends upon:

1. Average rainfall intensity.

2. Catchment area.

3. Run-off coefficient.

Schematic sketch for recharging well is given in Figure 10.4.

FIGURE 10.4: SCHEMATIC SKETCH FOR RECHARGING WELL



10.7.4 Management of Land/Soil Environment

Every precaution will be taken to avoid spillages of oils and other products or raw materials which will

be produced or taken for the production on soils to protect groundwater and to avoid any danger to

other soil microbial groups which are sensitive to oil pollution.

Solid Waste

Waste is an unavoidable byproduct of human activity. Economic development, rapid urbanization and

improved living standards have led to the increase in quantity and complexity of the waste generated.

Proper disposal of waste is essential for preservation and improvement of public health.

Solid wastes that would be generated due to excavation will be in the form of rubble and soil. This soil

and rubble would be used for development of landscaping. Construction debris will be reused for

backfilling of roads and other construction works.

Waste generation in the Preconstruction and Construction phase:

Waste generation: top soil, debris

Quantity of the top soil to be preserved :-use of landscaping

Disposal of the construction way debris : use for leveling

Solid Waste & Hazardous Wastes Generation

Approximately 60000 populations are expected in additional MIDC. The total waste generation

estimated to be 30 tons/day. The collected solid wastes will be segregated at site for organics &

inorganics. Organic wastes will used is composting and inorganics will be sent to authorize vendors.

Common hazardous waste & disposal facility is available in 10 km distance from the additional MIDC

area. The common hazardous waste area is in 29.7 Ha area. The collection system will be as per

MPCB norms. The total hazardous waste can not be quantified at this stage; it will be totally

depending on the number and type of industries in the coming up MIDC area. However proper NOC

will have to be obtained from Director of Industrial Health and Safety by every industry to submit it to

MIDC.

Benefits of Organic Waste Convertor

The total MSW arriving on the site is cleared on the same day.

Provides a scientific method for the production of organic compost.

Elimination of pathogens and weed seeds

Problems of rodents and insect pests are avoided

Aesthetically acceptable

Treatment time is substantial reduced

Eco-friendly and economical

Requires less space for the treatment

Load on the landfill is reduced , thus requires less land for disposal

10.7.5 Management of Biological Environment

The main purpose of green belt development is to attenuate the adverse impacts, while keeping in

view the availability of vacant /open land, preferably wasteland. Because, conventionally the efficacy

of green belt in the pollution abatement mainly depends upon the simple principle of the width of the

green belt, tree heights to formulate green belt canopy while keeping inview the distance and

direction of source of pollution as well as the focal points of noise emitting sources like permanent



installations. Even, otherwise as per normal practice, the green belt thickness in the context of usual

wind direction, its velocity and intensity in the specific area.

An ideal green belt always imparts scenic beauty besides providing roosting /perching place for birds

and ground surface for naturally available reptiles, other flora and fauna species, to make the area

more natural and hazard free.

Criteria for selection of species of Green Belt:

The plant species suitable for green belt development should be selected based on the following

characteristics:

It should have thick canopy cover

They should be perennial and evergreen

They should have high sink potential for pollutants

They should be efficient in absorbing pollutants without significantly affecting their growth

Health sapling 2-3 years old will be planted to ensure better survival rate

Preference will be given for trees with ecological values followed by aesthetic value.

10.7.6 Management of Socio- Economic Factors

Local people will be employed as far as possible to avoid migration of people from outside the study

area. Amenities will be developed within the study area and generate the aesthetic view in proper

way.

MIDC industrial area development activity will increase economy of city/region/India overall economic

growth due to additional MIDC. Expected changes in QoL in the study area is given in Table 10.4.

TABLE 10.4

EXPECTED CHANGE IN QUALITY OF LIFE

Sr. No.

Villages QoL (s)

QoL (s) After Implementation of EMP and Welfare Measure

QoL (c)

QoL (c) After Implementation of EMP and Welfare Measure

1. Dhawalpeth 0.48 0.58 0.49 0.52

2. Dudha 0.49 0.56 0.5 0.52

3. Asola 0.54 0.56 0.55 0.56

4. Sawangi 0.52 0.56 0.53 0.54

5. Tarsi 0.50 0.56 0.51 0.53

6. Mangli 0.52 0.55 0.54 0.55

7. Mandawa 0.50 0.50 0.52 0.52

8. Takalghat (CT) 0.62 0.64 0.64 0.64

Average 0.52 0.56 0.53 0.54

(s) = Subjective

(c) = Cumulative

10.7.7 Management of Traffic

During operation phase, one gate, for entry and exit; at proposed developmental area project will be

provided with approach road. There will be an ample space for movement and parking space for

parking and movement of the vehicles. Proper traffic arrangement plan will make easily and smoothly

monitored without any hindrance to the regular flow of traffic on the main road.



Parking Arrangement

Individual industries in their layout will make provision for allocating space for parking. No special

provision for allocating space for parking through MIDC. There is no provision for parking in the

proposed MIDC area. However there will be provision for space allocation for truck terminals where

the incoming trucks will be parked.

10.8 ADDITIONAL MITIGATION MEASURES

In addition to the above suggested measures for management of air, noise, water, soil, traffic etc.

following additional measures shall be provided.

10.8.1 Human Health and Safety Management Plan

The objective is to ensure that the health and safety of onsite personnel is proactively managed

during the construction stage of the project. Below are given the proposed project related human

health and safety environmental concerns and its management.

The primary concern on potential health risk for the construction workers and other employees

on site during construction are associated with drinking water quality.

The project would ensure safe potable water supply to the workers on site.

Adequate space needs to be provided for construction of temporary sheds for construction

workers to avoid unhygienic conditions.

Construction a site will be approved with a readily available first aid kit including an adequate

supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances

Suitable transport to take injured or sick person to the nearest hospital will be immediately

provided.

The project will ensure the safe working of all workers. Each construction worker will be

provided with safety gadgets and made to wear during the construction work.

This will include protective footwear, helmets, and gloves to all workers employed for the work

on mixing, cement, lime mortars, concrete etc.; the wielders protective eye-shields to workers

who are engaged in wielding works; earplugs to workers exposed to loud noise; safety belts to

the labours working at higher platforms, and masks to avoid dust.

The project will strictly follow the statutory child labor act.

The project will also ensure that no paint containing lead or lead products is used except in

the form of paste or readymade paint. Facemasks will be provided for use to the workers

when paint is applied in the form of spray. Adequate safety measures will be ensured for

workers during handling of materials at site.

The project will comply with all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working

platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, and safe means of entry and exit

The project will take adequate precautions to prevent danger form electrical equipments.

No material will be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or inconvenience to any person

or the public.

All necessary fencing and lights will be provided to protect the public.

All machines to be used in the construction will conform to the relevant Indian Standards

Codes, will be free from patent defect, will be kept in good working order, will be regularly

inspected and properly maintained as per IS provision.

Work spots will be maintained clean, and provided with optimum lighting.



10.8.2 Energy Conservation

Energy conservation measures are often the easiest, quickest and cheapest way to reduce costs and

be environmentally pro-active.

Energy conservation program will be implemented through measures taken both on energy demand

and supply. Energy Conservation will be one of the focuses during the complex planning and

operation stages. The conservation efforts would consist of the following:

Architectural design

Public areas will be cooled by natural ventilation as opposed to air conditioning

Maximize the use of natural lighting through design

Passive solar cooling utilizing building shading through overhangs

There will be significant use of energy efficient space conditioning, lighting and mechanical

systems.

Energy efficient space conditioning, lighting and mechanical systems are planned in conformity

with Energy Conservation Building Code 2007.

Following measures are proposed:

1. Minimum light points and power consuming apparatus have been proposed.

2. Adequate use of internal light and air has been made by planning the blocks of houses in the

sun/wind direction.

3. Energy efficient LED fittings have been proposed in the street lighting against the 2 X 40 Watt

florescent tube lights.

4. Energy saving shall be made by the use of electronic timers in the automatic off/on operation of

the street lighting.

Energy Saving Practices

Purchase of energy efficient appliances

Solar lighting is proposed for landscape and street lighting

Constant monitoring of energy consumption and defining targets for energy conservation

Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for desired comfort

levels

Use of compact fluorescent lamps and low voltage lighting

10.8.3 Vehicular Parking and Safety Management Plan

Individual industrial Authorities have taken care to provide adequate parking facilities within the

premises. Hence, there will be no shortage of parking space for vehicles. Adequate parking space is

proposed within the premises at surface level. There will be provision of proper entry-exit point for

vehicle movements and pedestrian users.

Supply Energy Conservation Demand

Reduce consumption

Use energy-efficient equipment’s

Create awareness



Adequately wide roads to cater to two way traffic and to meet the fire regulations are paneled. It is

proposed to provide sufficient amount of car space.

10.9 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR)

Under the CSR, MIDC authority has proposed action plans for the benefit and welfare of the society

which is given below:

Proposed Action

At policy level, the MIDC trust needs to allocate a considerable resources on alternative

livelihoods. MIDC guideline shall clearly define industries role and participation in the alternative

livelihoods implementation plan. The industries may contribute to the alternative livelihoods plan

under their CSR networks.

MIDC trust shall engage an external agency to conduct a market study to identify livelihoods

options. A phased alternative livelihoods plan along with financial feasibility shall be developed for

all the affected villages. If required, an external agency shall be condacted to implement the

livelihood plan. However it is to be mentioned here that no any R & R is involved in this project.

A monitoring committee shall be formulated to ensure proper implementation and documentation

of the alternative livelihoods plan.

Recommendations

The recommendations are drawn from the strategic framework. The recommendations are arranged

into seven sub-sections:

Policy frame work

1. A policy shall clearly define the aspects such as

a. Target of each industry to appoint PAF members

b. The target of each industry shall depend on their projected turnover.

c. The number of members to be provided regular jobs from each project affected household shall

be in proportion to the size of acquired land lord.

2. MIDC trust guideline shall clearly define

a. Interventions is alternative livelihoods

b. Role and participation of each industry in the alternative livelihoods implementation plan

c. Role and participation of each industry in the capacity building process.

There is no budget allocation for CSR activities. However space is made available for common facility

center for bank, post office, hospital and drinking water pipeline connection on charges bases. For

infrastructure, road development activities related to village connectivity and street lights are carried

out. Last year a total expenditure of Rs. 100 crores was made for road laying or construction water

distribution network, street lights, water pipeline and construction of ESR. Drinking water is also made

available to nearby villages at lower rate.

10.10 INDUSTRIAL ECOLOGICAL CONCEPT

Industrial ecology (IE) is an interdisciplinary frame work for designing and operating systems almost

as living systems (interdependence of different components) it seeks to create a balance between

ecology and economics within local and global constraints. It is an offshoot of the concept of

sustainability.

IE supports coordination of design over the lifecycle of products and processes. It enables creation of

short term innovations with awareness of their long term impacts. It helps design local solutions that

contribute to global sustainance.



It helps companies become more competitive by improving their environmental performance and

strategic planning. IE helps communities develop and maintain a should industrial based and

infrastructure without sacrificing the quality of their environments and it helps government agencies

like MIDC to design policies and regulations that improve environment protection while building

business competitiveness in the MIDC region.

IE - principles and methods can be used by service as well as manufacturing companies. Application

of IE will improve the planning and performance of government operations, including local, regional

and national levels of infrastructure. While much of the initial work in IE has focused on

manufacturing, a full definition of industrial systems includes service, agricultural, manufacturing,

military, public operations such as infrastructure of landfills, water and sewage systems and

transportation systems proper environmental management through implementation of the measures

to be taken while in operation.

In other words, IE is a dynamic system-based framework that enables management of human activity

on a sustainable basis by:

Minimizing energy and materials usage through application of solar and wind resources.

Ensuring acceptable quality of life for people through infrastructural development and

employment

Minimizing the ecological impact of human activity to levels natural systems can sustain.

Conserving and restoring ecosystem health and maintaining biodiversity

Maintaining the economic viability of systems for industry, trade and commerce.

The industrial ecology approach involves

1. Application of systems science to industrial systems

2. Defining the systems boundary to incorporate the natural world and

3. Seeking to optimize that systems

In this context, “Industrial systems” applies not just to private sector manufacturing and service but

also government operation including provision of infrastructure.

Need for industrial ecology

We are is an era of exponential change in world systems, availability of development, construction of

natural capital, release of an increasing variety of toxic materials, climate change, and the impacts of

all of these forces on human and natural systems.

For instance, plastics from ocean dumping of garbages are entering in to food chain. The ocean

waters in northern seas are becoming less saline due to ice melting as a result of a warming

atmosphere.

Decision-makers and citizen need guidance from a system-based interdisciplinary frame work to deal

with complex interactions among such complex systems.

Industrial ecology may be able to help us perceive the whole system required to feed the planets

preserve and restore its farm lands, preserve ecosystems and biodiversity, and still provide water and

land for a growing population.

10.11 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


maintenance of different pollution control systems. The total cost of the additional Butibori Industrial



area is estimated to be Rs.1000 Crores.The budgetary planning for environmental protection,

pollution prevention & environmental management activities is shown in Table 10.5.

TABLE 10.5

BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

Sr. No. Activities Capital Cost (Rs. Crores)

1. CEPT 10.0

2. Water treatment plant 6.75

3. CSTP 5.00

4. Environmental monitoring 0.5

5. Solid waste and hazardous management (TSDF site) 10.0

6. Green belt and landscaping 1.0

7. Solar system 3.0

8. HRTS 5.00

Total 41.25


Chapter 11- Summary and Conclusion 11-1

11.0 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

Maharashtra industrial development corporation (MIDC) incorporated under section 3 of the

Maharshtra Industrial Development (MIDC) act 1961, appointed as special planning authority (SPA)

for the notified areas as defined under subsection IA of section 40 of the Maharashtra regional and

town planning (MRTP) act, 1966, in exercise of the powers conferred under clause (d) of subsection

3 of section 40 of the said act, makes the following developmental control regulations (DCR) for the

notified areas under MIDC. Accordingly MIDC decided to develop an additional area in 1391.85

hacters of land to create the facilities for domestic and export led production by various industries

likely to come in the proposed MIDC area.

Keeping in mind, MIDC under its jurisdiction proposed to develop additional MIDC in an area of

1391.85 ha incorporating areas of village Dhawalpeth, Mangali, Dudha, Bhamahri, Chicholi, Chimano

zari, Navegaon and Tarsi, Tehsil and district Nagpur in Maharashtra state to invite the industries of

variable sectors to come up as the existing Buttibori area is full cluster of industries and no space is

available for the additional industries to come up. In the close vicinity of proposed MIDC, existing

MIDC is located named as Buttibori MIDC. The MIDC already has acqiuired an area of 1178.23 ha on

which the proposed developmental activities will be undertaken. The proposed additional MIDC will

be located 0.5 km from the NH-7 and SH-264, 10 km from Buttibori railway station. The availability of

water resources, power and infrastructure make it convenient to setup the industries within the MIDC

area. The additional Buttibori industrial estate will offer plots of large, medium and small industrial

units. So, to meet the demand of industrial estates and more industries to come, MIDC Nagpur has

proposed to enhance the additional Butibori industrial area.

The EIA by M/s Buildnig Environment (India) Pvt. Ltd, Belapur, Navi Mumbai in association with

Anacon Laboratories at Nagpur, evaluated the environmental parameters to detect the

environmental trend in the study area. The study area is already having several existing units and the

data reflects some background concentrations. The reflection of background concentration is

associated with the present development activities. In addition, ANACON has generated the baseline

data (air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic) against the known standards and criteria

and have not been indentified any parameters that increased the concentration level beyond the

environmental standards mandated by MoEF. The EIA report is being submitted for the purpose of

requirement of obtaining environmental clearance from statutory authorities. The EIA report covers

the identified impacts with elaborate EMP so as to prevent any damage to environment and

ecological balance of the area. The prediction for the future quality with the addition of existing

activities to make it cumulative with respect to air, noise, water,land, biological and socio- economic

impacts. The incremental loads associated with the proposed activities will be relatively small and will

not result in significant impacts due to the implementation of the environemental management plan

besides the following supportive reasons:

1. The area of 10 km. radius around proposed additional MIDC was studied and assess the impacts

for all environmental components, including existing activities with the result of marginal impact on

the surrounding areas with the benefits of economic growth for the region and thereby the

country.

2. The impact of air quality and noise levels are not expected to occur as a result of proposed

activities due to the provision made for plantation and greenbelt development.

3. The EMP list all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential biophysical and

socio- economic impact identified in the EIA viz. the following.

A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures



Parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action.

Timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectivies of mitigation are fully

met.

The EMP comprises a series of components covering direct mitigation and environmental monitoring

and a project site restoration plan. The EMP has been prepared for the proposed developmental

activities during construction and operational phases.

4. Project proponent (MIDC) shall take due care to include necessary clauses in respective

construction tender/work awards for maintaiing strict compliance of occupational health standards

for workers during duty period including provision and usage of personal gadgets to mitigate

occupational health hazards as per MIDC development control regulations 2009 approved by the

Govt. urban development department notification.

Where, gases or fumes are likely to be present in trenches/foundations, sufficient

mechanical/artificial ventilation shall be provided to protect the health and safety of

persons working there. If necessary, the personnel working in poorly ventilated work

places shall be provided with respiratory protective equipment.

5. Hazardous materials such as petrol, diesel, lubricating oil, compressed gases, paint and

varnishes and also explosives for blasting operations required at the construction site shall be

stored and handled strictly in accordance with the prevailing safety regulations. Thus, MIDC

authorities need to ascertain these aspects.

6. The region being marginally water scarce, however, the project developer will not extract fresh

water from any waterbodies (surface or groundwater) for the construction phase of the project. No

existing resources/fresh water sources (surface/groundwater,) which are currently being used by

the villagers for the purpose of obtaining drinking water and/or water for irrigation or other

purposes should be tapped into. The water shall be supplied from the existing water resources of

the MIDC.

7. The solid wastes such as paints, lubricants, oil, diesel containers or any other non- biodegradable

wastes that have leaching characteristics should be disposed off as per te “Authorization”

received from MPCB and hazardous management rule 2008. A waste management plan will be

prepared before the commissioning of activity, implemented and monitored for all land-based

construction operations.

8. Wastewater treatment plants will have good cushion to meet the hydraulic and pollution load

during operating the plants. MIDC authorities shall ascertain at planning stage and further

evaluate at commissioning stage so that the treated effluent would have charateristics of

prescribed limits of MPCB/CPCB. The performance of ETP shall be continuously monitoried and

any deviation in performance will be corrected on priority basis

9. Reuse of treated effluent will be attempted to the maximum possible extent, e.g. cooling tower

blow down & treated effluent for horticulture use, fire water makeup, etc. However, it is planned to

use treated wastewater for HRTS system developed in 25.Ha land and also proposed to develop

in 35 ha. of land.

10. Water flow measurement facilities (metering) shall be provided at inlet and outlets of major

process unit, which shall help in minimizing wastage, conserving the water as well as maximizing

the recycle/resue of treated effluent



11. Regular monitoring of effluent from different treatment units and also combined final discharge of

treated wastewater is recommended. Performance evaluation of effluent treatment plant as well

as sewage parameters covered under this study

12. There will be constant watch by the MIDC authorities to look into emissions and wastewater

generation and discharges. Any outlier will be informed accordingly by the MIDC through SPCB

for relevant actions as per MPCB rules and regulations.

13. Top priority will be given to rainwater harvesting in the industrial buildings besides, exploring the

feasibility of rainwater harvest

14. MIDC has acquired about 1391.85 ha land for the proposed development of additional MIDC.

Most of it from private agricultural land (1368.27 ha) and Govt land (23.58 ha). There is no R & R

involved for this project. There is no any dispute regarding land possession.

15. In view of the possible exposure of the operators to toxic gases at different work places, a

properly scheduled periodical diagnostic and health chackups shall be undertaken for the

employees, especially for operators and lower level workers engaged at critical work places. if

required, based on helath records,suitable rotation of duties for workers may be implemented at

critical work zones. Potencial hazards, safety procedures, emergency measures etc. shall be

deployed at suitable locations at all workplaces to mitigate occupational hazards.

16. The Environmental Cell of individual industry headed by a senior executive who report to the head

of HSE dept. The environment cell consists of environment professionals with experience in

various aspects of environment management ranging from 7 years to 20 years. This cell tobe set

up during the construction of the indivisual plant under MIDC and has adequate expertise and

competency in handling and implementing the environment management systems and practices.

The Environment Cell will monitor and measure the environmental performance of the company.

17. The Environmental Cell that will be established by individual industry will be responsible for

implementing and maintaining environment management systems in the whole MIDC area under

the supervision of MPCB which includes air quality monitoring meterological observation, stack

emission, noise level measurement, treated effluent characterization, controlling ground water

pollution from leachates, green belt development, 3rd party environmental audit etc.

18. Risk assessment was carried out for proposed developmental activities in MIDC in operations

under abnormal conditions. MCA (Maximum creditable Accident) analysis has been worked our at

various wind velocities and atmospheric stability classes to estimate the maximum effective

distances in case of heat radiation, toxic releases, vapour cloud explosion, etc. A list of proble or

potential accidents of the major units under MIDC arising due to use, storage of handling of the

hazardous materials are examined to establish their credibility. Mitigation measures have been

recommended to tackle the emergencies. Disaster Management Plan (DMP) has been delineated

including the rules and responsibility of key persons. The project does not have much pollution

involved under routine operations. There may be risk only under extreme conditions which the

project authority will be capable of handling through its emergency response procedures and

disaster management plan as per the guidelienes imposed upon to safe guard the project. Public

hearing was conducted to appraise the people regarding project activities and asked for the

issues related to their greevences. The public hearing was conducted smoothly and people had

favourable opinion about the project.



Conclusion:-

The developments in proposed MIDC is environmentally, technically and economically

feasible

All the activities will be confined to non-forest area of the acquired land, and management with

a minimum possible emissions area allowed to enter the environment. Thus, the environment

will not be adversely affected in any way.

The development of plantation and greenbelt will help to increase the biodiversity of plants

and birds in the area.

Apart from this, the environmental management plan has delineated many measures to

reduce pollution by industrial developments under MIDC.

The enterprise social commitment policy (Previously CSR) would further bring out the

development of the surrounding villages and the area and quality of life of local people will be

improved

The cost environmental control and monitoring measures are computed Rs. 41.25 crores/yr

(Capital and Recurring).

CHAPTER-12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1 BUILDING ENVIRONMENT INDIA PVT LTD

This report is released for the purpose of obtaining Environment clearance for project, under the

provision of EIA notification dated 14th

September 2006, of Maharashtra Industrial

Developmental Corporation (MIDC), Nagpur. Information provided (unless attributed to

reference third parties) is otherwise copyrighted and shall not be used for any other purpose

without the written consent of Building Environment India Pvt Ltd.

Report Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan Report

Project Details

Name of the

Report

EIA / EMP report for proposed development of Additional Butibori Industrial Area

MIDC at Butibori Nagpur

Client Maharashtra Industrial Developmental Corporation (MIDC), Nagpur

Prepared by Building Environment India Pvt Ltd.

Project Number Report

No

Version 00 Released

Date

March

2015

Contact Details

Building Environment India Pvt Ltd,

SaiSangam, Office No. 603,

Plot No. 85, Sector 15,

CBD Belapur, Maharashtra - 400614, India

Tel. No. : 91-22-41237073

[email protected]

NABET Accreditation NO. – 69th

MOM, 7 February 2012

EC Application

Reference

Document

File No.: F. No. 21-16/2013-I.A.III

Appraisal by EAC on Dated: 22nd

to 24th

January, 2014

TOR Issued Vide Letter Dated: 12th

March 2014

Issue Order

Date Building Environment India Pvt Ltd. Maharashtra Industrial

Developmental

Corporation (MIDC),

Nagpur

Originated by Approved by Checked by Approved by

Name Signature Name Signature Name Signature

H Kolatkar H Kolatkar Mr. Hokam D. B.

Jambhulkar

Disclaimer

Building Environment India Pvt Ltd. has taken all reasonable precaution in the preparation of this report as

per its auditable quality plan. Building Environment India Pvt Ltd. also believes that the facts presented in

the report are accurate as on the date it was written. However, it is impossible to dismiss absolutely, the

possibility of errors or omissions. Building Environment India Pvt Ltd. Therefore specifically disclaims

any liability resulting from the use or application of the information contained in this report. The information

is not intended to serve as legal advice related to the individual situation.

Project Team

Nature of Work Person Responsible Name of the person(s) responsible

Issue of List of

requirements, draft of

covering letter &

undertaking to Client

Project manager Dr. Prajakta Kulkarni

Site Visit EIA Coordinator Mr. Hrushikesh Kolatkar

Project Manager and

FAEs

Ms. SuvidhaPatil

Dr. PrajaktaKulkarni

Mr. Rishabh Sharma

Dr. Ajay Ojha

Mr. Shrivallabhkothe

Dr. RavindraKode

Mr. Pravash Mishra

Dr. Manoj Kumar Mishra

As per terms of reference

given in MoEF EIA

manual, the baseline data

generation for different

environmental parameters

All FAEs (In-house& Empanelled ) each for the below given respective FAE

AREA FAE AFAE Team Member

Land Use Mr. Hrushikesh

Kolatkar

Ms. Prachi

Mumbaikar -----

Air Dr. Ajay Ojha Ms. Suvidha

Patil

Dr. Prajakta

Kulkarni Noise Dr. Manoj Kumar

Mishra

Mr. Rishabh

Sharma ---

Water Dr. Prajakta

Kulkarni

Ms.

Mahalaxami

Nilange

----

Geology &

Hydrogeology Mr. Shrivallabh

Kothe

---- ----

Soil Conservation Mr. Shrivallabh

Kothe

--- ----

Risk & Hazard

Assessment Dr. Ravindra Kode

--- Ms.

Mahalaxami

Nilange Solid Waste

Management Dr. Prajakta

Kulkarni

Ms. Suvidha

Patil

---

Ecology &

Biodiversity Dr. Prajakta

Kulkarni

--- --

Socio-economic Mr. Hrushikesh

Kolatkar &

Mr. Pravash

Mishra

----- Ms. Suvidha

Patil

Dr. Prajakta

Kulkarni Preparation of EIA report

Originator Dr. Prajakta Kulkarni Checker Mr. Hrushikesh Kolatkar

Approval of Report Client D. B. Jambhulkar


Chapter 12- Disclosure of Consultants 12-1

12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1 INTRODUCTION

Anacon established in 1993 as an analytical testing laboratory and now a leading Environmental

Consultancy firm backed by testing lab for environment and food in Central India region. The lab is

well equipped with basic infrastructural facilities and manpower. We are rendering our services in this

field to various industries since last 20 years. We are a group of experienced former Scientists from

the Government Institutions and recognized by Ministry of Environment & Forests, New Delhi for

carrying out environmental Studies & accredited by Quality Council of India (QCI) for conducting

Environmental studies vide letter No. NABET/EIA/SA015/1112 dt.09.11.2012 for 6 Sectors Category

A, viz. Mining, Thermal Power Plants, Coal Washeries, Metallurgical Industries, Cement Plants &

Synthetic Organic Chemical Industries.

Our organization is also certified by ISO9001:2008, 14001:2004, 18001:2007& our Lab division is

accredited by National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories(NABL, Govt.

of India) for Chemical, Biological & Mechanical Testing vide certificate No. T-1550, T-1826 &

T-2344 respectively for 900 parameters for Water, Food & Agricultural products, Cereals,

Pulses, Bakery products, Spices & Condiments, Milk & Dairy products & Chemical Testing of

Ores & Minerals, Coal/Coke & Cosmetic products. We are also approved by 'Bureau of Indian

Standards (BIS)’. We are recognized by Indian Bureau of Mines (IBM) as a RQP for preparation of

Mine Plan / Scheme. We are pleased to inform you that we have received “MSME National Award

2010” for “Outstanding Entrepreneurship Performance” on 2nd

Sept. 2011 at Vigyan Bhawan,

New Delhi.

We are also working for various industries in the sectors of Steel, Cement, Power, Distilleries, Textile

and Pharmaceuticals. Our activities are spread in the states of Assam, Chhattisgarh, Madhya

Pradesh & Maharashtra. Our esteemed client groups includes many large scale industries from

private as well as the Public Sector Units. National Productivity Council, BALCO, MECON, TATA

STEEL, LAFARGE, GRASIM, Ultra Tech Cement Ltd., RAYMONDS, LUPIN, Ranbaxy, GAIL,

Seagram & Sagar Distilleries and Sponge Iron are our major clients. To know more about our Group

and the assignments completed please visit us at www.anaconlaboratories.com.

We have expanded and commissioned laboratory at Butibori Food Park, Nagpur at Plot Nos. FP 34,

35 equipped with highly sophisticated imported equipments, like GC MSMS, LC MSMS (both triple

quad), HPLC, ICP, AAS, UV–Vis, FTIR etc for chemical analysis for the samples viz. Water, Air,

Chemical, Fertilizer, Mineral, Metal, Coal, Food, Agricultural Products, Pesticides, Insecticides, Ores,

etc.,

We have successfully carried out studies related to Air, Noise, Water, Waste Water, Hazardous

Waste, Land Environment, Ecology, Socio-economy as a part of EIA studies of various industries.

We have also carried land use and land cover studies based on the satellite imageries.

Our operations are spread over in six different states in Central India region with branches at

Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, Maharashtra and Delhi.

12.2 CREDENTIALS OF TESTING LAB

Our laboratory is registered with following Govt. departments for providing technical services in the

field of environment. The registration numbers are as follows;

1. Recognized by Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) vide Notification No. D.L-33004/99 dt.

03.01.2014



2. National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories (NABL) has granted us

Accreditation vide Certificate No.T-01550 w.e.f. 04.10.2012 valid upto 03.10.2016 vide their letter

No. NABL/T/0929 dt.29.11.2012.



No. NABL/T/0929 dt.29.11.2012.



No. NABL/T/0929 dt.29.11.2012.

5. Approved by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for ISI mark certification vide No. CL/CQAPD/OSL

(7124116) dt.16.12.2011 for package drinking water, milk and its products.

6. Authorised by Food Safety & Standards Authority of India under FSS Act.

7. ISO 9001:2008 vide Registration No. 44 100 124446-E3, ISO14001:2004 vide registration No.44

104 124446-E3 and ISO18001:2007 vide registration No. 44 116 124446-E3.

8. Accredited as EIA Consultant Organization under NABET-QCI, vide letter No.

NABET/EIA/SA015/1112 dt.09.11.2012 for 6 Sectors Category A,

9. Mah.Govt.WQM2003/PK26(2)PP12 Dt.1.9.2004 – Drinking water quality monitoring

10. Mah.Govt.JSP 2004/PK3715 PP11Dt.28.04.2004 – Hydrogeological survey

11. RQP/NGP/328/2005/B dt.01.02.2005 – Indian Bureau of mines for preparation of mine plan, mine

closure plan.

12. SPCB, Odisha No.3091 dt.13.02.2008

13. RSPCB, empanelment of environment consultant & analytical laboratory in continuation to

Board’s circular no. F.14 (3) Corres/RPCB/Plg/3491-3514 dt.14.12.2009 & Dt.25.3.2010 as

testing lab under EPA & Env. Consultant.

14. RSPCB recognition of laboratory for Air pollution studies vide notification dated May 20, 2009 and

published in Rajasthan Gazette Extraordinary dated June 22, 2009

For the organizational statutory requirement the registration numbers are as follows;

1. Company Law Board Registered

2. Provident Fund Registered

3. Professional tax Registered

4. ESIC Registered

5. Service Tax Registered

6. Income Tax - Registered

7. MSMED Registered



12.3 SERVICES OFFERED

Air (Monitoring / Survey / Modeling etc.,

Pl. specify)

Yes - Stack and Ambient Air Quality Monitoring, Survey / Modeling as per MoEF requirements. Specific gas monitoring like PM 10, PM 2.5,HC, CO, O2, CO2 &VoCs using state of art Microprocessor based portable kits.

Water : Surface, sea, inland &

Ground water (Monitoring / Survey / Modeling etc., Pl. specify) Geohydrological Survey

Yes - Monitoring of Water Environment in EIA projects, hydrogeological survey and water

Shed development.

Soil (Analysis, Remediation, Salt water intrusions, Water Harvesting etc.)

Yes – Monitoring of land environment in EIA Projects.

Plant (Effect of pollution, Treatment Technologies, Pollution Indicators etc.)

Yes - The effect of pollutant from various industrial sectors has been evaluated in terrestrial ecology of EIA project.

Assessment & impact studies on

Biodiversity (Flora and Fauna)

Yes – Studies on biodiversity has been reported in EIA projects.

Municipal Solid Wastes (Analysis, Management – Handling, Storage, Transportation, Treatment and Disposal, Site Identification, remediation, Development/ Evaluation of Technology etc.)

Yes National Productivity Council is utilizing our

services for monitoring and analysis of solid waste samples, which includes sampling and analysis of

solid waste samples. Anacon lab can undertake the consultancy project on solid waste management for municipal corporation, resorts and newly developed cities. Preparation of detailed feasibility report is an

expertise of Anacon lab.

Hazardous Wastes (Quantification, Site Assessment, Designing / Monitoring of Treatment Facilities, Technology Assessment etc., Pl. specify)

Yes – The project on development of landfill site including Engineering design, Hydrogeological studies and Environmental quality in respect of the Air, Water and Soil have been successfully completed for Force Motors (Bajaj Tempo), Kinetic Motors and Pratibha Syntex, Pithampur, Indore (MP)

Noise

(Monitoring/Survey, Modeling etc)

Yes – The monitoring of the Noise Environment in the Impact zone of the industries and in plant have

been carried out by Anacon Lab. For 65 EIA study.

Bio-Medical Wastes (Quantification, Site Assessment, Designing / Monitoring of Treatment Facilities Tech. Assessment etc., Pl. Specify)

Yes – The survey of Hospital waste management have been carried out in few cases.

Hazardous Chemicals (Site assessment, Inspection of Storages, Major Accident Hazards, Preparation / assessment of Safety Report, risk assessment /Onsite / offsite

Emergency Plan preparation etc.)

Yes – The storage of the hazardous chemicals have been assessed in respect of fugitive emissions and risk assessment for Pharmaceutical Industries at Lupin, Mandideep, Bhopal (M.P.). Four dumping sites developed maxi cap 8000 Tons for BALCO, Korba, Chhattisgarh.

Plastic Wastes (Management, recycling/reuse Technology

Yes – On the similar line of solid waste management, studies on the plastic waste



evaluation etc.) management could be undertaken by Anacon

Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Electronic Waste (Management, recycling/reuse, technology evaluation etc.)

No

Environmental Education/Awareness (Projects approved/ grants received /campaigns carried out etc.)

Yes - Conducted Workshop at Raipur on 14.2.04

Theme –Latest Trends in Mining Technical and

Legislative requirements, 67 participants attended. Conducted several Environment Awareness programs for PCB on different topics and also at Educational institutions/P.G. Departments. College students along with HOD have visited Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., for Educational tour. Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., has participated as a Key participant at CII seminar in the field of mining industries at Raipur Dt.22.03.06.

Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIAs carried out/ sector wise expertise in EIA/ clearances obtained from MoEF / State Government etc )

Yes - Successfully completed 105 EIA studies and 48 EIA presented before MoEF & env clearance is granted; remaining 57 presented at State level & the env clearance is granted, till end of 2013.

Environmental Audit/s (Details of the audits conducted along with client list and Purposes of such audits)

Yes for various types of Industries. Conducted water audits for 17 Reserve banks in India

Energy Audits / Water

Audits (Expertise available, list of the clients and details on such audits)

Yes - Energy Audit for L & T Hirmi, Raipur on STP to conserve energy. In this exercise saving of the 40 % energy is suggested.

Environmental Planning &

Management (Projects undertaken/ expertise for actual field implementation of the EMP)

Yes - The special efforts have been put up by Anacon for Seagram Distilleries Pvt. Ltd., and Sagar Industries & Distilleries Pvt. Ltd., Nashik for planning and implementation of EMP. Other projects also have been executed on Environmental Planning and Management.

Others (R&D Projects) (State briefly the other activities of your organization and the success Stories, if any)

Yes – 1.Conducted feasibility studies for pyrite recovery plant for 1000 TPD Cap for GHCL Lignite mine to reduce Sulphur from 7 % to 2 %

2. Identification of route cause for river bed drying (300 m width) for Lafarge, Raipur

12.4 FACILITIES

Anacon offer vide range of services in indoor and outdoor monitoring and analytical characterization

in the field of Environment. Further, it is ably supported by highly skilled and experienced team of

professionals in the fields of Science, Engineering, Ecology, Meteorology, Social Planning, Geo &

Hydro-geology, and Environmental Planning.



Besides the regular monitoring equipment such as Respirable Dust Samplers, PM 2.5 Automatic

Weather Monitoring Stations, Stack Monitoring Kits, Personal Samplers, Noise Meters, Portable

Water Kits etc, the other major specialized equipment include:

Anacon Laboratories has well equipped with sophisticated instrument such as Thermo ICAP 6300

ICP UK make – OES Radial View Spectrometer with Standard Gas System for analysis of heavy

metals, required for the analysis of water (130 parameters as per various categories of IS stds. for

water ), waste water & Hazardous waste. + Gas Chromatograph.

We have expanded and commissioned biggest state of art Environment and Food testing laboratory

in Central India region at Butibori Food Park, Nagpur at Plot Nos. FP 34, 35 equipped with highly

sophisticated imported equipments, like GC MSMS, LC MSMS (both triple quad), HPLC, ICP, AAS,

UV–Vis, FTIR etc for chemical analysis for the samples viz. Water, Air, Chemical, Fertilizer, Mineral,

Metal, Coal, Food, Agricultural Products, Pesticides, Insecticides, Ores, etc., kindly visit us at

www.anaconlaboratories.com

Anacon Laboratories has established the facilities for Ambient Air Quality by using US Make

Meteorological Station and High Volume Sampler. Stack Monitoring is also undertaken. The

methodology for estimation of SO2, NOx, SPM, PM10, P.M.2.5 has been established along with project

specific pollutant e.g. HM, CO, O3, CO2 VOC, HC etc

12.5 QUALITY SYSTEMS

12.5.1 National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories (NABL) has granted us

Accreditation vide Certificate No.T-01550 w.e.f. 04.10.2012 valid up to 03.10.2016





(NABL for 900 parameters)

12.6 ACHIEVEMENTS

1. Anacon laboratory recognized under Environment Protection (EP) Act by GOI in 2007,

Environment Division with its best mind power and industrial knowledge competency that

allows it to compare with the standards set by GOI as a Competent Organization.

2. Anacon has organized 10 days training program for the FDA officials, Government of

Maharashtra from 16.08.2010 to 27.08.2010 on newly announced “Food Safety & Standards

Act, 2011”

3. Anacon has received “MSME National Award 2010” for “Outstanding Entrepreneurship

Performance in service sector” on 2nd

Sept. 2011 at Vigyan Bhawan, New Delhi.

4. Anacon has signed MOU with Nagpur University, Nagpur to Promote Academic and Research

Cooperation in Feb’2012. Under this program Post Graduate i.e. post M.Sc., M.Tech.

students professional training programs and R&D projects are undertaken on regular basis to

meet Industry – Academia requirements for human resource development.

5. Dr. (Mrs.) Sugandha Garway, Director, ANACON Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. has been selected on

the panel of the National food standards harmonization / development process for our country

by Food Safety Authority of India.

http://www.anaconlaboratories.com/



6. Anacon has signed the MOU dtd.26th Dec. 2012 for soil testing for a period of two years from

Agriculture Department, Government of Chhattisgarh, season wise soil samples are collected

for each farm and analyzed, fertilizer dosing is advised on appropriate time in order to

increase crop yield and Soil health cards are issued to every farmer of different districts of

Chattisgarh.

7. Anacon has executed the work of water Quality monitoring to maintain overall residual

chlorine in the entire city of Nagpur for period from 16.06.2007 to 31.01.2012 and in the

period Anacon team has worked sincerely to the best of our ability by utilizing all Technical

expertise to the entire satisfaction of the Municipal authorities concerned. Anacon has

delivered consistent results from last 5 years as a result which water borne deceases i.e.

jaundice & gastro have been reduced to the extent of 70 %. Nagpur Municipal Corporation is

leading in India for successful implementation of 24 x 7 water supply scheme under JNURM

scheme, GOI and Anacon contributed for improving water quality in the entire city of Nagpur.

Anacon has also designed & developed dedicated website for tracking the Water quality of

the city.

8. Anacon has executed the work of "Source apportionment studies "of National Environmental

Engineering Research Institute (NEERI), Nagpur vide Order No. Outsource/S.A (APC)/2007

GL dt.22.01.2008 & Order No. Outsource/S.A (APC)/2007-GL dt.02.05.2008 for 236 Air Dust

Samples for 33 elements using ICPA instrument, all results submitted as per Internationally

approved procedures and standards, and also Quality Assurance & Quality Control (QAQC)

procedures were followed strictly during analysis.

9. Anacon Lab is executing the project of Rajiv Gandhi Science and Technology commission,

Government of Maharashtra, for" Evaluation studies of water purification systems in 16

schools of the rural areas nearby Nagpur.

10. Anacon has completed the TRANSIT SURVEY of SEONATH RIVER, M/s Lafarge India Pvt.

Ltd., Sonadih Cement Plant, Raipur (C.G.) Sonadih river width 300 M, bed was drying, route

cause analysis was identified and corrective measures suggested were implemented by

Lafarge and the solution was provided successfully.

11. Training has been imparted on "Pesticide residue analysis" to scientists of National Test

House, Mumbai & "Coal analysis" to scientists of NALCO, Orissa.

12. ANACON has signed MOU with Nagpur University & Kada College Ahmednagar to undertake

joint collaborative projects, imparting training to students & staff & to provide incubation

centre for research projects undertaken by academicians.

13. ANACON has also completed mapping of water quality of 2 districts of Madhya Pradesh.


Annexure-I ToR Letter AN-I-1


Annexure-II Environmental Standards AN-II-1

LIST OF INSTRUMENTS USED FOR SAMPLING & ANALYSIS

Sr. No.

Instrument Name Make Model Parameters

1 Respirable particulate sampler

Aero Vironment Engineers Inc.

RDS- 9000 RPM, SPM, SO2, NOX

2. Weather Technologies data acquisition system microprocessor system for automatic monitoring of weather parameters.

Weather technologies (India Pvt. Ltd., Pune)

WDL – 1002 Wind speed, direction, temperature, relative humidity, rain gauge & solar radiation.

3. Spectrophotometer Systronics 166 Spectrophotometric Methods.

4. Inductive Coupled Plasma analyser (ICPA- AE 5)

Thermo Electronics UK

6300 Metal elements in air, water, soil samples.

5. Gas Chromatograph Ashco Neon Pro PAH, organic compounds.

6. Sound level meter Lutron, Taiwan SL – 4001 Noise Monitoring

7. pH Meter Systronics 361 pH values in water and soil samples.

8. Conductivity meter Systronics 308 Conductivity measurement in water samples.

9. Turbidity Meter Systronics 132 Turbidity Measurement in water samples

10. Flame Photometer Systronics 128 Sodium Potassium in Water and Soil analysis.

11. Ion-selective electrode meter Thermo Electronics UK

Orion star Specific Ions measurement in Water and Soil analysis.



AIR ENVIRONMENT



MONITORED PARAMETERS AND FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING

Parameters Sampling frequency

Suspended Particulate Matter 24 hourly sample twice a week for Three months

Respirable Particulate Matter 24 hourly sample twice a week for Three months

PM2.5 24 hourly sample twice a week for Three months

Sulphur dioxide (SO2) 24 hourly sample twice a week for Three months

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) 24 hourly sample twice a week for Three months

Ozone 8 hourly samples for 24 hour twice a week for three months

Carbon Monoxide (CO) 8 hourly samples for 24 hour twice a week for three months

TECHNIQUES USED FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

Sr. No.

Parameter Techniques Technical Protocol

Minimum Reportable Value (µg/m3)

1 Total Suspended Particulate Matter

Respirable Dust Sampler (Gravimetric Method)

IS - 5182 (Part – IV)

5.0

2 Respirable Particulate Matter

Respirable Dust Sampler (Gravimetric Method)

IS - 5182 (Part – IV)

5.0

3 PM 2.5 Fine particulate sampler using WINS Impactor with low flow rate 16.7 lpm (Envirotech)

IS - 5182 (Part – IV)

5.0

4 Sulphur Dioxide Modified West and Gaeke Method

IS - 5182 (Part – II)

4.0

5 Oxide of Nitrogen Jacob &Hochheiser Method IS - 5182 (Part –VI)

4.0

6 Ozone Spectrophotometer ASTM – D5011-92

1.0

7 Carbon Monoxide Gas Chromatography Method IS - 5182 (Part – X)

12.5

8 Mercury ICP-AAS IS - 5182 (Part - X)

1.0



Sr. No.

Parameter Techniques Technical Protocol

Minimum Reportable Value (µg/m3)

9 VOC Absorption / Adsorption over Char Coal By GCMS

- -

10 Hydro Carbon (Methane, Non Methane & THC)

Flame Ionization Detection - 0.05 ppm

SENSITIVITY OF METEOROLOGY MONITORING EQUIPMENT

Sr. No. Sensor Sensitivity

1 Wind Speed Sensor + 0.02 m/s

2 Wind Direction Sensor + 3 degrees

3 Temperature Sensor ± 0.2 ° C

4 Relative Humidity ± 3%

5 Rain gauge 0.5mm

6 Solar radiation 4mV/KW/m2



WATER ENVIRONMENT

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES (SOP) FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS

Sr. No.

Parameter Sample Collection Sample Size

Storage / Preservation

1 pH Grab sampling Polyurithane Plastic / glass container

50 ml On site analysis

2 Electrical Conductivity

Grab sampling Polyurithane Plastic / glass container


3 Total Suspended Solids (TSS)


100 ml Refrigeration, can be stored for 7 days

4 Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)


100 ml Refrigeration, can be stored for 7 days

5 COD Grab sampling Polyurithane Plastic / glass container

100 ml Add H2SO4 to pH <2, refrigeration; 28 days

6 Residual Chlorine Grab sampling Polyurithane Plastic / glass container


7 Hardness Grab sampling Polyurithane Plastic / glass container

100 ml Add HNO3 to pH<2, refrigeration; 6 months

8 Chlorides Grab sampling Polyurithane Plastic / glass container

50 ml Not required; 28 days

9 Sulphates Grab sampling Polyurithane Plastic / glass container

100 ml Refrigeration; 28 days

10 Sodium, Potassium Polyurithane Plastic / glass container

100 ml Not required; 6 months

11 Nitrates Polyurithane Plastic / glass container

100 ml Refrigeration; 48 hrs

12 Fluorides Polyurithane Plastic / glass container

100 ml Not required; 28 days

13 Alkalinity Polyurithane Plastic / glass container

100 ml Refrigeration; 14 days

14 Ammonia Polyurithane Plastic / glass container

100 ml Add HNO3 to pH<2, refrigeration; 28 days

15 Hexavalent Chromium, Cr+6

Polyurithane Plastic / glass container rinse with 1 : 1 HNO3

100 ml Grab sample; refrigeration; 24 hrs

16 Heavy Metals ( Hg, Cd, Cr, Cu, Fe, Zn, Pb, etc.)

Polyurithane Plastic / glass container 1 : 1 HNO3

500 ml Filter, Add HNO3 to pH<2; Grab sample; 6 months

Source : Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Published by APHA, AWWA, WEF 19th Edition, 1995.

ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES FOR WATER AND

WASTEWATER SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS

Sr. No. Parameter Method

1 pH APHA – 4500 – H+

2 Colour APHA – 2120 C

3 Odour IS : 3025, Part- 4

4 Temperature APHA – 2550 B

5 Dissolved Oxygen APHA – 4500 O

6 BOD, 3 day @ 27° C APHA – 5210 B



GROUND WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

Sr. No. Parameter Units Limits of IS : 10500 : 1993

1 pH - 6.5 to 8.5 (NR)

2 Color Hazen 5 (25)

3 Taste - Agreeable

4 Odor - UO

5 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 4 minimum

6 Electrical Conductivity μS/cm #

7 Turbidity NTU 5 (10)

8 Chlorides mg/l 250 (1000)

9 Fluorides mg/l 1.0(1.5)

10 Cyanides mg/l 0.05 (NR)

7 COD APHA – 5220 C

8 Electrical Conductivity APHA – 2510 B

9 Turbidity APHA – 2130 B

10 Chlorides APHA – 4500 CI

11 Fluorides APHA – 4500 F

12 Phosphates APHA – 4500 P

13 Cyanides APHA – 4500 CN

14 NH3 -N APHA – 4500 NH3

15 Nitrate NO3-N APHA – 4500 NO3

16 NO2-N APHA – 4500 NO2

17 Phenolic Compounds APHA – 5530 D

18 Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) APHA – 2540 C

19 Total Suspended Solids (TSS) APHA – 2540 D

20 Total Hardness APHA – 2340 C

21 Sulphates as SO4 APHA – 4500 SO4 -2

22 Arsenic APHA – 3120 B/ APHA –3114 B/ APHA –3500 AS

23 Calcium APHA – 3120 B/ APHA –3500 CA

24 Magnesium APHA – 3120 B/ APHA –3500 Mg

25 Sodium APHA – 3120 B/ APHA –3500 Na

26 Potassium APHA – 3120 B/ APHA –3500 K

27 Manganese APHA – 3120 B/ APHA –3500 Mn

28 Barium APHA – 3120 B/ APHA –3500 Ba

29 Mercury APHA – 3120 B/ APHA –3500 Hg

30 Silver APHA – 3120 B/ APHA –3500 Ag

31 Selenium APHA – 3120 B/ APHA – 3114 B/ APHA –3500 Se

32 Lead APHA – 3120 B/ APHA –3500 Pb

33 Copper APHA – 3120 B/ APHA –3500 Cu

34 Cadmium APHA – 3120 B/ APHA –3500 Cd

35 Iron APHA – 3120 B/ APHA –3500 Fe

36 Zinc APHA – 3120 B/ APHA –3500 Zn

37 Nickel APHA – 3120 B/ APHA –3500 Ni

38 Boron APHA – 4500 B

39 Coliform Organisms APHA – 9215 D

40 Total Organic Carbon APHA – 5310 B

41 Oil and Grease APHA – 5220 B

42 Pesticides APHA – 6630 D

43 PAH APHA – 6440 C

44 Alkalinity as CaCO3 APHA – 2320 B



Sr. No. Parameter Units Limits of IS : 10500 : 1993

11 Nitrate NO3-N mg/l 45(NR)

12 Phenolic Compounds mg/l 0.005

13 Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) mg/l 500 (2000)

14 Total Hardness mg/l 300(600)

15 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 200(400)

16 Arsenic mg/l 0.01(NR)

17 Calcium mg/l 75(200)

18 Magnesium mg/l 30(100)

19 Sodium mg/l #

20 Potassium mg/l #

21 Manganese mg/l 0.1(0.3)

22 Mercury mg/l 0.001(NR)

23 Selenium mg/l 0.01(NR)

24 Lead mg/l 0.05(NR)

25 Copper mg/l 0.05(1.5)

26 Cadmium mg/l 0.01(NR)

27 Iron mg/l 0.3(1.0)

28 Zinc mg/l 5(15)

29 Boron mg/l 1

30 E.coli - Absent

31 Coliform Organisms MPN/100ml 10

32 Oil and Grease mg/l 0.1

33 Pesticides mg/l absent

34 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 200(600)

35 Chromium mg/l 0.05(NR)

36 Aluminium mg/l 0.03 (0.2)

37 Phenolic Compounds mg/l 0.001(0.002)

38 Anioionic Detergents mg/l 0.2(1.0)

39 Mineral Oil mg/l 0.01(0.03)

Note : #: Limits not specified, Ag : agreeable, UO : Un- objectionable. (): Permissible limit in absence of alternative source.

WASTE WATER DISCHARGE STANDARDS

Sr. No. List of Parameter Units Standard (On Land Irrigation)

1 Color and Odor -- All efforts should be made to remove colour and upleasunt odor as far as pracativable.

2 Suspended Solids mg/l 200

3 Particle size of Suspended Solids

-- Shall pass 850 micron IS sieve.

4 pH value -- 5.5 to 9.0

5 Temperature °C #

6 Oil and grease, Max. mg/l 10.0

7 Total residual chlorine, Max. mg/l #

8 Ammonical nitrogen (as N), Max.

mg/l #



Sr. No. List of Parameter Units Standard (On Land Irrigation)

9 Total Kjeldhal nitrogen (as N), Max.

mg/l #

10 Freeammonia (as NH3), Max. mg/l #

11 Biochemical Oxygen Demand (3 days at 27°C)

mg/l 100.0

12 Chemical Oxygen Demand, Max.

mg/l #

13 Arsenic (as As), Max. mg/l 0.2

14 Mercury (as Hg), Max. mg/l #

15 Lead (as Pb), Max. mg/l #

16 Cadmium (as Cd), Max. mg/l #

17 Hexavalent chromium (as Cr +6), Max.

mg/l #

18 Total chromium (as Cr), Max. mg/l #

19 Copper (as Cu), Max. mg/l #

20 Zinc (as Zn), Max. mg/l #

21 Selenium (as Se), Max. mg/l #

22 Nickel (as Ni), Max. mg/l #

23 Cyanide (as CN), Max. mg/l 0.2

24 Fluorides as F mg/l #

25 Dissolved phosphates (as P), Max.

mg/l #

26 Sulphides (as S), Max. mg/l #

27 Phenolic compounds (as C2,H5,OH), Max.

mg/l #

28 Radioactive Materials mg/1 #

Alpha Emitters, Max. mC/ml 10-7

Beta Emitters, Max. mC/ml 10-7

29 Bio-assay test -- 90% survival of fish after 96 hours in 100% effluent.

30 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l #

31 Iron (as Fe) mg/l #

32 Vanadium (as V) mg/l #

33 Nitrate nitrogen mg/l #

Note: 1. # Limits not specified

2. These standards shall be applicable for industries, operations or processes other than those industries, operations or process for which standards have been specified in Schedule of the Environment Protection Rules, 1989.



SOIL ENVIRONMENT

ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES FOR SOIL ANALYSIS

Sr. No. Parameter Method

1 Grain size distribution Sieve analysis (D 422 – 63)

2 Textural classification Chart developed by Public Roads Administration

3 Bulk density Sand replacement, core cutter

4 Sodium absorption ratio Flame colourimetric (D 1428-82)

5 pH pH meter (D 1293-84)

6 Electrical conductivity Conductivity meter (D 1125-82)

7 Nitrogen Kjeldahl distillation ( D 3590-84)

8 Phosphorus Molybdenum blue, colourimetric (D 515-82)

9 Potassium Flame photometric ( D 1428-82)

10 Copper AAS ( D 1688-84)

11 Iron AAS ( D 1068-84)

12 Zinc AAS ( D 1691-84)

13 Boron Surcumin, colourimetric (D 3082-79)

14 Chlorides Argentometric (D 512-81 Rev 85)

SOIL ANALYSIS PARAMETER AND UNIT

Sr. No. Parameter Units

1 pH (1 : 5 Aq. Extract) ---

2 Conductivity (1 : 5 Aq. Extract) µS/cm

3 Texture ---

4 Sand %

5 Silt %

6 Clay %

7 Bulk Density mg/cc

8 Exchangeable Calcium as Ca mg/kg

9 Exchangeable Magnesium as Mg mg/kg

10 Exchangeable Sodium as Na mg/kg

11 Available Pottassium as K Kg/ ha

12 Available Phosphorous as P Kg/ ha

13 Available Nitrogen as N Kg/ ha

14 Organic Matter %

15 Organic Carbon %

16 Water Soluble Chloride as Cl+ mg/kg

17 Water Soluble Sulphate as SO4 mg/kg

18 Sodium Absorption Ratio ---

19 Aluminium %

20 Total Iron %

21 Manganese mg/kg

22 Zinc mg/kg

23 Boron mg/kg



STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION

Sr. No. Soil Test Classification

1 pH < 4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 5.51- 6.00 moderately acidic 6.01- 6.50 slightly acidic 6.51- 7.30 Neutral 7.31- 7.80 slightly alkaline 7.81- 8.50 moderately alkaline 8.51- 9.0 strongly alkaline 9.01 very strongly alkaline

2 Salinity Electrical Conductivity ( µmhos/cm) (1ppm = 640 µmhos/cm)

Upto 1.00 Average 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)

3 Organic Carbon (%) Upto 0.2 : very less 0.21-0.4 : less 0.41-0.5 medium, 0.51- 0.8: on an average sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient

4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Upto 50 very less 51-100 less 101-150 good 151-300 Better >300 sufficient

5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Upto 0.2 : very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium, 51-65 on an average sufficient 66-80 sufficient >80 more than sufficient

6 Potash (Kg/ha) 0-120 very less 120-180 less 181-240 medium, 241-300 average 301-360 Better >360 more than sufficient



NOISE ENVIRONMENT

AMBIENT NOISE STANDARDS

Area Code Category of Area Noise Level dB (A) eg

Day time * Night Time

A Industrial Area 75 70

B Commercial Area 65 55

C Residential Area 55 45

D Silence Zone ** 50 40

Note :*Day time is from 6 am to 10 pm. ** Silence zone is defined as area up to 100-m around premises of hospitals, educational institutions and courts. Use of vehicle horns, loud speakers and bursting of crackers are banned in these zones.

STANDARD FOR OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE

Total Time of Exposure per Day in Hours (Continuous or Short term Exposure)

Sound Pressure Level in dB (A)

8 90

6 92

4 95

3 97

2 100

3/2 102

1 105

¾ 107

½ 110

¼ 115

Never >115

Note: 1. No exposure in excess of 115 dB (A) is to be permitted. For any period of exposure falling in between any figure and the next higher or lower figure as indicated in column (1), the permissible level is to be determined by extrapolation on a proportionate scale.


Annexure-III AAQ Results AN-III-1

Project site -Dhavalpeth (AAQ 1)

Date PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO NH3 Ozone

µg/m3

17/3/2014 57 13.9 5.4 16.6 72 26 23

18/3/2014 63 14.8 6.1 17.2 82 26 21

24/3/2014 60 20.0 6.3 12.5 71 27 23

25/3/2014 61 20.3 7.2 12.9 70 26 23

01/4/2014 60 20.0 6.5 12.8 73 28 25

02/4/2014 59 19.6 7.1 13.6 70 29 26

08/4/2014 58 19.3 9.2 14.3 71 30 26

09/4/2014 61 20.3 8.3 14.6 73 30 39

15/4/2014 61 20.3 8.5 14.9 74 30 30

16/4/2014 62 20.6 8.3 15.1 73 24 32

22/4/2014 61 20.3 9.1 15.5 72 25 36

23/4/2014 60 20.0 8.9 15.9 72 25 34

29/4/2014 60 20.0 8.7 16.3 73 25 30

30/4/2014 59 19.6 8.7 16.1 75 27 30

05/5/2014 59 19.6 8.3 16.9 76 27 32

06/5/2014 60 20.0 6.9 16.6 73 28 31

12/5/2014 60 20.0 6.2 14.3 72 32 33

13/5/2014 61 20.3 6.8 14.5 73 32 31

19/5/2014 63 21.0 7.1 14.6 75 30 25

20/5/2014 60 20.0 7.5 16.6 76 30 28

26/5/2014 61 20.3 7.3 15.1 80 32 29

27/5/2014 61 20.3 7.6 14.3 79 33 30

02/6/2014 62 20.6 8.2 14.3 78 35 32

03/6/2014 63 21.0 8.3 14.6 76 35 31

09/6/2014 60 20.0 8.5 10.3 73 30 31

10/6/2014 64 21.3 7.6 11.1 72 24 33

Min 57.0 13.9 5.4 10.3 70.0 24.0 21.0

Max 64.0 21.3 9.2 17.2 82.0 35.0 39.0

Avg 60.6 19.7 7.6 14.7 74.0 28.7 29.4

98th 63.5 21.2 9.2 17.1 81.0 35.0 37.5



Chicholi (AAQ 2)


µg/m3

17/3/2014 53 12.8 5.6 17.2 61 24 22

18/3/2014 47 13.6 5.1 14.8 58 24 24

24/3/2014 48 16.0 13.5 12.6 55 26 26

25/3/2014 47 16.0 17.6 10.1 55 20 26

01/4/2014 49 16.3 17.2 10.6 57 22 25

02/4/2014 50 16.6 14.3 11.2 58 23 26

08/4/2014 51 17.0 14.6 11.4 59 25 26

09/4/2014 48 16.0 15.3 11.9 59 30 39

15/4/2014 47 15.6 16.1 12.5 60 30 30

16/4/2014 50 16.6 17.1 12.9 61 24 32

22/4/2014 51 17.0 12.3 13.1 59 25 36

23/4/2014 52 17.3 10.6 13.8 60 25 34

29/4/2014 50 16.6 11.6 13.2 60 25 30

30/4/2014 51 17.0 12.9 13.6 61 27 30

05/5/2014 49 16.3 13.2 13.3 62 27 32

06/5/2014 50 16.6 14.3 14.1 59 28 31

12/5/2014 50 16.6 16.1 14.3 58 32 33

13/5/2014 49 16.3 16.3 10.3 58 32 31

19/5/2014 51 17.0 14.1 10.6 57 30 25

20/5/2014 51 17.0 17.3 10.2 57 30 28

26/5/2014 50 17.6 12.6 11.6 58 32 29

27/5/2014 51 17.0 12.9 11.2 59 39 42

02/6/2014 52 17.3 13.1 14.5 60 40 41

03/6/2014 49 16.3 14.1 14.6 61 35 39

09/6/2014 50 16.6 9.6 13.2 60 30 31

10/6/2014 49 16.3 10.3 12.3 58 24 33

Min 47.0 12.8 5.1 10.1 55.0 20.0 22.0

Max 53.0 17.6 17.6 17.2 62.0 40.0 42.0

Avg 49.8 16.4 13.4 12.7 58.8 28.0 30.8

98th 52.5 17.5 17.5 16.0 61.5 39.5 41.5



Tarsi (AAQ 3)


µg/m3

17/3/2014 53 14.9 5.7 18.2 87 23 22

18/3/2014 57 16.2 6.8 21.6 103 24 22

24/3/2014 55 18.3 6.5 18.5 89 26 23

25/3/2014 54 18.0 6.6 18.6 89 24 24

01/4/2014 55 18.3 7.2 18.9 90 25 24

02/4/2014 53 17.6 7.5 19.1 97 23 24

08/4/2014 54 18.0 10.2 19.5 88 25 25

09/4/2014 56 18.6 9.7 19.5 90 30 39

15/4/2014 56 18.6 10.2 18.6 91 30 30

16/4/2014 54 18.0 10.6 18.9 91 24 32

22/4/2014 57 19.0 6.6 18.9 95 25 36

23/4/2014 57 19.0 6.9 20.3 97 25 34

29/4/2014 58 19.3 7.2 20.5 89 25 30

30/4/2014 55 18.3 7.5 21.2 90 27 30

05/5/2014 56 18.6 7.3 20.2 102 27 32

06/5/2014 55 18.3 7.4 20.8 100 28 31

12/5/2014 54 18.0 8.5 18.6 98 32 33

13/5/2014 57 19.0 8.6 18.9 91 32 31

19/5/2014 56 18.6 8.9 19.3 90 30 25

20/5/2014 53 17.6 7.1 19.9 96 30 28

26/5/2014 57 19.0 7.5 20.5 92 32 29

27/5/2014 56 18.6 7.5 21.3 90 39 43

02/6/2014 55 18.3 7.5 20.6 89 40 41

03/6/2014 57 19.0 8.5 18.2 88 35 40

09/6/2014 57 19.0 8.8 19.3 87 30 31

10/6/2014 56 18.6 8.9 20.2 92 24 33

Min 53.0 14.9 5.7 18.2 87.0 23.0 22.0

Max 58.0 19.3 10.6 21.6 103.0 40.0 43.0

Avg 55.5 18.3 7.9 19.6 92.3 28.3 30.5

98th 57.5 19.2 10.4 21.5 102.5 39.5 42.0



Bamhani (AAQ 4)


µg/m3

17/3/2014 61 13.9 6.3 17.2 72 22 23

18/3/2014 60 20.0 6.9 15.5 74 24 24

24/3/2014 59 19.6 7.2 16.1 79 23 25

25/3/2014 58 19.3 7.5 15.9 81 21 26

01/4/2014 61 20.3 7.9 15.2 73 22 25

02/4/2014 59 19.6 8.1 17.9 75 23 26

08/4/2014 57 19.0 8.3 18.1 74 24 26

09/4/2014 58 19.3 12.5 19.5 91 28 29

15/4/2014 55 18.3 8.9 18.9 80 29 30

16/4/2014 59 19.6 9.1 18.9 73 24 32

22/4/2014 60 20.0 8.8 17.3 76 25 36

23/4/2014 58 19.3 7.3 18.2 72 25 34

29/4/2014 57 19.0 7.5 18.9 79 25 30

30/4/2014 56 18.6 7.6 18.5 73 27 30

05/5/2014 55 18.3 11.3 16.4 82 27 32

06/5/2014 55 18.3 10.2 15.3 84 28 31

12/5/2014 56 18.6 9.6 17.1 86 32 33

13/5/2014 58 19.3 9.8 17.2 73 32 31

19/5/2014 60 20.0 7.5 17.2 74 30 30

20/5/2014 59 19.6 6.9 18.2 78 30 28

26/5/2014 57 19.0 7.3 19.1 80 32 29

27/5/2014 59 19.6 10.5 17.6 84 39 32

02/6/2014 62 20.6 10.9 18.5 81 41 36

03/6/2014 57 19.0 11.2 15.5 81 35 39

09/6/2014 55 18.3 8.1 17.1 79 30 38

10/6/2014 56 19.3 7.9 16.8 73 28 36

Min 55.0 13.9 6.3 15.2 72.0 21.0 23.0

Max 62.0 20.6 12.5 19.5 91.0 41.0 39.0

Avg 58.0 19.1 8.7 17.4 78.0 27.9 30.4

98th 61.5 20.5 11.9 19.3 88.5 40.0 38.5



Rama (AAQ 5)


µg/m3

17/3/2014 57 11.7 5.9 16.1 54 23 21

18/3/2014 49 16.3 11.3 15.9 59 21 24

24/3/2014 63 21.0 6.6 17.3 61 22 25

25/3/2014 50 16.6 6.5 16.6 56 23 26

01/4/2014 52 17.3 6.9 17.2 60 24 25

02/4/2014 53 17.7 8.1 18.6 62 23 27

08/4/2014 56 18.6 10.2 16.6 69 24 28

09/4/2014 59 19.5 8.5 17.3 72 26 29

15/4/2014 60 20.1 8.6 19.2 66 26 30

16/4/2014 55 18.3 8.9 18.4 83 27 32

22/4/2014 54 18.1 7.1 18.9 73 25 36

23/4/2014 49 16.3 8.6 17.1 76 26 34

29/4/2014 48 16.1 9.1 21.3 75 26 30

30/4/2014 56 18.6 8.5 20.6 81 27 30

05/5/2014 57 19.1 8.9 19.1 82 28 32

06/5/2014 59 19.5 7.6 16.7 89 28 32

12/5/2014 51 17.1 8.2 17.8 57 30 33

13/5/2014 56 18.6 9.6 18.1 60 32 34

19/5/2014 61 20.3 10.1 18.7 61 30 35

20/5/2014 59 19.5 9.2 16.3 65 30 35

26/5/2014 58 19.3 8.3 17.2 69 32 34

27/5/2014 54 18.2 12.9 18.6 70 36 32

02/6/2014 52 17.3 10.1 18.4 71 40 41

03/6/2014 53 17.7 7.7 19.3 75 35 39

09/6/2014 48 16.1 9.6 20.1 77 33 38

10/6/2014 50 16.6 6.9 18.5 81 28 36

Min 48.0 11.7 5.9 15.9 54.0 21.0 21.0

Max 63.0 21.0 12.9 21.3 89.0 40.0 41.0

Avg 54.6 17.9 8.6 18.1 69.4 27.9 31.5

98th 62.0 20.7 12.1 21.0 86.0 38.0 40.0



Tembhari (AAQ 6)


µg/m3

17/3/2014 59 16.1 6.3 18.2 81 22 22

18/3/2014 43 14.3 7.9 14.3 77 22 24

24/3/2014 48 16.0 8.6 20.1 75 23 26

25/3/2014 49 16.3 7.5 19.6 76 24 26

01/4/2014 50 16.6 6.9 19.3 78 25 25

02/4/2014 50 16.5 10.2 19.2 80 26 26

08/4/2014 47 15.6 6.7 18.6 73 28 26

09/4/2014 49 16.3 7.3 17.2 69 27 39

15/4/2014 60 20.0 8.4 16.4 75 29 30

16/4/2014 45 15.0 7.9 16.9 74 25 32

22/4/2014 55 18.3 8.1 15.2 81 24 36

23/4/2014 56 18.6 8.6 16.1 82 25 34

29/4/2014 57 19.0 6.1 15.4 80 25 30

30/4/2014 58 19.3 7.5 17.4 86 27 30

05/5/2014 49 16.3 8.4 18.1 71 27 32

06/5/2014 50 16.6 7.6 17.9 83 28 31

12/5/2014 51 17.0 7.9 16.1 76 32 33

13/5/2014 57 19.1 8.3 16.4 79 32 31

19/5/2014 58 19.0 8.9 17.3 73 30 25

20/5/2014 53 17.6 9.4 18.9 74 30 28

26/5/2014 54 18.1 9.7 18.2 76 33 29

27/5/2014 55 18.3 6.9 16.1 79 35 42

02/6/2014 52 17.3 6.5 17.3 80 35 41

03/6/2014 53 17.5 7.3 16.1 73 35 39

09/6/2014 49 16.3 7.1 15.2 71 36 31

10/6/2014 52 17.3 6.4 16.6 82 24 33

Min 43.0 14.3 6.1 14.3 69.0 22.0 22.0

Max 60.0 20.0 10.2 20.1 86.0 36.0 42.0

Avg 52.3 17.2 7.8 17.2 77.1 28.0 30.8

98th 59.5 19.7 10.0 19.9 84.5 35.5 41.5



Sonegaon (AAQ 7)


µg/m3

20/3/2014 51 13.6 5.3 14.9 59 30 28

21/3/2014 63 16.7 5.8 18.2 64 33 29

27/3/2014 62 20.9 6.1 18.5 60 31 33

28/3/2014 62 20.6 6.3 15.1 62 29 41

04/4/2014 61 20.3 6.5 16.3 65 30 39

05/4/2014 60 19.9 7.2 15.4 61 23 31

11/4/2014 59 19.6 7.5 15.9 59 25 33

12/4/2014 59 19.6 8.4 15.2 62 30 39

18/4/2014 58 19.2 9.7 16.3 69 35 30

19/4/2014 62 20.6 6.3 16.8 60 44 32

25/4/2014 61 20.3 6.5 17.1 59 41 36

26/4/2014 60 20.2 6.8 17.9 61 25 34

02/5/2014 55 18.3 7.3 18.1 63 30 30

03/5/2014 58 19.3 7.5 18.3 61 32 30

09/5/2014 59 19.6 10.2 16.5 66 32 32

10/5/2014 60 19.9 11.1 16.7 62 33 31

16/5/2014 61 20.3 5.5 14.9 63 32 33

17/5/2014 62 20.6 9.3 15.3 64 35 31

23/5/2014 62 20.7 9.6 15.7 66 36 25

24/5/2014 61 20.3 7.7 16.1 65 36 26

30/5/2014 60 19.8 8.6 16.7 64 37 28

31/5/2014 55 18.3 8.2 17.4 65 34 29

05/6/2014 58 19.3 7.9 18.1 61 36 30

06/6/2014 59 19.6 8.5 15.2 60 35 33

12/6/2014 57 18.9 8.7 15.9 63 30 31

13/6/2014 56 18.7 9.2 15.9 64 24 35

Min 51.0 13.6 5.3 14.9 59.0 23.0 25.0

Max 63.0 20.9 11.1 18.5 69.0 44.0 41.0

Avg 59.3 19.4 7.8 16.5 62.6 32.2 31.9

98th 62.5 20.8 10.7 18.4 67.5 42.5 40.0



Sindi (AAQ 8)


µg/m3

20/3/2014 54 12.8 6.8 16.9 64 25 25

21/3/2014 58 13.7 6.3 18.2 68 23 25

27/3/2014 57 19.3 6.9 13.3 63 23 27

28/3/2014 59 19.6 7.3 14.5 60 24 28

04/4/2014 60 19.9 8.2 15.3 61 30 29

05/4/2014 61 20.3 8.9 16.1 65 35 29

11/4/2014 59 19.7 7.5 17.7 67 39 28

12/4/2014 58 19.4 6.5 16.9 68 38 27

18/4/2014 57 19.3 6.9 19.2 70 35 30

19/4/2014 57 19.3 8.1 15.3 74 30 32

25/4/2014 60 19.9 7.7 16.2 68 24 36

26/4/2014 67 22.3 7.9 15.7 65 25 34

02/5/2014 62 20.7 8.3 18.1 63 25 37

03/5/2014 64 21.3 8.9 17.7 60 27 30

09/5/2014 65 21.6 7.4 17.5 55 27 32

10/5/2014 63 20.9 6.5 18.1 62 28 31

16/5/2014 64 21.3 7.3 18.5 60 32 33

17/5/2014 61 20.3 7.8 18.9 63 32 31

23/5/2014 60 19.9 6.9 17.9 62 30 25

24/5/2014 62 20.7 7.3 17.2 64 30 28

30/5/2014 63 20.9 8.2 16.6 65 32 29

31/5/2014 61 20.3 9.4 17.3 67 33 27

05/6/2014 60 19.9 8.6 18.2 63 35 27

06/6/2014 59 19.7 7.3 18.5 65 30 23

12/6/2014 58 19.4 6.9 18.9 66 29 26

13/6/2014 57 19.3 7.2 17.3 60 29 33

Min 54.0 12.8 6.3 13.3 55.0 23.0 23.0

Max 67.0 22.3 9.4 19.2 74.0 39.0 37.0

Avg 60.2 19.7 7.6 17.2 64.2 29.6 29.3

98th 66.0 22.0 9.2 19.1 72.0 38.5 36.5



Vadgaon (AAQ 9)


µg/m3

20/3/2014 63 16.1 6.8 21.4 79 22 21

21/3/2014 60 19.9 10.2 17.5 74 23 23

27/3/2014 62 20.6 9.3 18.1 75 25 25

28/3/2014 65 21.7 8.7 12.6 62 28 25

04/4/2014 67 22.3 8.5 15.6 63 28 26

05/4/2014 68 22.6 9.3 16.8 60 29 29

11/4/2014 62 20.6 7.9 17.2 59 30 28

12/4/2014 63 20.9 8.3 17.8 62 31 27

18/4/2014 65 21.7 8.9 19.2 60 33 30

19/4/2014 67 22.3 7.6 20.1 48 36 32

25/4/2014 59 19.6 6.9 14.6 55 35 36

26/4/2014 60 19.9 14.1 15.2 59 39 34

02/5/2014 57 18.8 10.6 16.3 60 25 30

03/5/2014 54 18.1 9.3 15.1 62 27 30

09/5/2014 60 19.9 10.2 15.3 52 27 32

10/5/2014 69 22.9 9.7 17.8 65 28 31

16/5/2014 62 20.6 8.5 17.4 68 32 33

17/5/2014 67 22.3 8.7 16.6 71 32 44

23/5/2014 61 20.3 10.9 15.5 67 30 39

24/5/2014 60 19.9 11.6 14.3 68 33 36

30/5/2014 59 19.7 11.7 15.7 60 34 32

31/5/2014 62 20.6 12.3 17.1 59 36 31

05/6/2014 64 21.3 13.2 18.3 58 38 41

06/6/2014 65 21.7 12.1 19.6 63 46 39

12/6/2014 66 21.9 12.5 19.1 64 41 31

13/6/2014 60 19.9 11.1 18.1 67 43 33

Min 54.0 16.1 6.8 12.6 48.0 22.0 21.0

Max 69.0 22.9 14.1 21.4 79.0 46.0 44.0

Avg 62.6 20.6 10.0 17.0 63.1 32.0 31.5

98th 68.5 22.8 13.7 20.8 77.0 44.5 42.5



Ajangaon (AAQ 10)


µg/m3

20/3/2014 56 17.3 6.1 17.2 67 23 21

21/3/2014 48 14.2 5.8 13.7 58 23 23

27/3/2014 50 16.6 6.3 14.6 60 22 22

28/3/2014 52 17.3 6.5 14.9 57 24 23

04/4/2014 51 16.9 7.2 15.2 58 25 26

05/4/2014 55 18.3 8.5 15.4 61 26 30

11/4/2014 58 19.3 6.9 14.8 62 25 29

12/4/2014 59 19.6 7.4 15.9 60 27 28

18/4/2014 60 19.9 8.2 16.4 58 28 30

19/4/2014 54 17.8 9.6 17.3 59 28 32

25/4/2014 51 16.9 8.5 18.1 62 29 36

26/4/2014 58 19.3 7.7 17.5 63 30 34

02/5/2014 57 18.9 6.9 17.9 64 31 30

03/5/2014 56 18.6 6.4 18.3 65 30 30

09/5/2014 59 19.6 6.3 18.6 68 30 32

10/5/2014 60 19.9 6.9 15.2 60 28 31

16/5/2014 61 20.3 7.3 16.3 62 32 33

17/5/2014 55 18.3 8.6 15.7 61 32 31

23/5/2014 58 19.3 9.1 17.2 59 30 25

24/5/2014 57 18.9 9.8 18.3 60 30 28

30/5/2014 56 18.6 10.7 16.2 62 32 29

31/5/2014 54 17.8 9.6 15.7 63 39 42

05/6/2014 55 18.3 10.2 16.4 64 40 41

06/6/2014 58 19.3 8.5 17.3 66 35 39

12/6/2014 58 19.4 8.9 14.5 60 30 31

13/6/2014 57 18.9 9.7 15.2 62 24 33

Min 48.0 14.2 5.8 13.7 57.0 22.0 21.0

Max 61.0 20.3 10.7 18.6 68.0 40.0 42.0

Avg 55.9 18.4 8.0 16.3 61.6 29.0 30.3

98th 60.5 20.1 10.5 18.5 67.5 39.5 41.5



Khapri (AAQ 11)


µg/m3

20/3/2014 68 17.9 7.4 26.2 112 24 22

21/3/2014 64 16.2 6.7 23.8 103 24 24

27/3/2014 59 19.6 6.1 15.3 106 26 26

28/3/2014 57 18.9 6.2 16.2 98 20 26

04/4/2014 60 19.9 7.3 17.1 80 22 25

05/4/2014 55 18.3 6.6 17.9 84 23 26

11/4/2014 50 16.6 8.2 18.1 89 25 26

12/4/2014 41 13.6 7.7 15.2 85 30 39

18/4/2014 54 17.9 8.6 16.6 99 30 30

19/4/2014 57 18.9 9.2 16.7 101 24 32

25/4/2014 58 19.3 9.6 18.1 107 25 36

26/4/2014 59 19.6 5.9 20.1 98 25 34

02/5/2014 60 19.9 13.1 19.3 85 25 30

03/5/2014 62 20.6 10.1 20.5 77 27 30

09/5/2014 61 20.3 12.1 16.7 87 27 32

10/5/2014 66 21.9 9.9 17.3 88 46 31

16/5/2014 62 20.6 10.5 15.5 90 32 33

17/5/2014 63 20.9 6.9 16.2 91 32 31

23/5/2014 65 21.6 8.7 17.3 95 30 25

24/5/2014 60 19.9 9.2 18.1 97 30 28

30/5/2014 61 20.3 8.6 18.5 102 32 29

31/5/2014 55 18.3 9.1 19.1 110 39 42

05/6/2014 59 19.6 10.3 20.4 102 40 41

06/6/2014 58 19.3 6.7 22.3 95 35 39

12/6/2014 57 18.9 9.2 20.6 97 30 31

13/6/2014 54 17.9 9.7 15.2 93 24 33

Min 41.0 13.6 5.9 15.2 77.0 20.0 22.0

Max 68.0 21.9 13.1 26.2 112.0 46.0 42.0

Avg 58.7 19.1 8.6 18.4 95.0 28.7 30.8

98th 67.0 21.8 12.6 25.0 111.0 43.0 41.5



Borgaon (AAQ 12)


µg/m3

20/3/2014 49 12.7 5.4 16.4 64 21 24

21/3/2014 43 11.3 6.1 13.8 57 22 24

27/3/2014 45 14.9 7.3 14.6 58 22 25

28/3/2014 46 15.3 10.1 14.9 59 21 26

04/4/2014 47 15.6 8.4 15.3 60 25 27

05/4/2014 48 15.9 8.7 14.7 61 26 29

11/4/2014 47 15.6 7.6 17.6 62 26 30

12/4/2014 46 15.3 7.9 15.2 65 28 31

18/4/2014 45 14.9 6.5 15.9 69 29 33

19/4/2014 43 14.3 6.9 16.2 68 24 32

25/4/2014 45 14.9 8.2 17.3 45 25 36

26/4/2014 45 14.9 5.9 13.9 63 25 34

02/5/2014 43 14.3 7.1 14.7 60 25 39

03/5/2014 44 14.6 7.9 14.2 61 27 40

09/5/2014 45 14.9 8.2 15.3 52 27 32

10/5/2014 46 15.3 8.6 16.2 55 28 31

16/5/2014 48 15.9 8.5 14.3 57 32 33

17/5/2014 47 15.6 9.2 16.2 59 32 31

23/5/2014 50 16.6 7.5 17.5 60 30 25

24/5/2014 51 16.9 8.4 17.7 61 32 28

30/5/2014 48 16.1 8.6 15.6 63 32 29

31/5/2014 49 16.3 5.8 14.2 62 33 42

05/6/2014 43 14.3 7.6 14.8 63 36 41

06/6/2014 46 15.3 6.7 15.1 61 35 39

12/6/2014 47 15.6 6.9 16.4 65 30 31

13/6/2014 48 16.1 7.9 15.3 55 24 33

Min 43.0 11.3 5.4 13.8 45.0 21.0 24.0

Max 51.0 16.9 10.1 17.7 69.0 36.0 42.0

Avg 46.3 15.1 7.6 15.5 60.2 27.6 31.7

98th 50.5 16.8 9.7 17.7 68.5 35.5 41.5


Annexure-IV Demographic Details AN-IV-1

Demographic Details

Sr. No Taluka Town/ Village

Village No_HH

TOT_P

TOT_M

TOT_F

P_06

M_06

F_06

P_SC

P_ST P_LIT M_LIT F_LIT TOT_WORK_P

MAINWORK_P

MARGWORK_P

NON_WORK_P

0-1 km

Nagpur district

1 Nagpur (Rural) 535935 Dhawalpeth 75 461 216 245 88 41 47 0 0 298 155 143 257 238 19 204

2 Nagpur (Rural) 535947 Dudha 168 708 370 338 70 33 37 123 466 528 307 221 409 311 98 299

Total 243 1169 586 583 158 74 84 123 466 826 462 364 666 549 117 503

1-3 km

Nagpur district

3 Hingna 536119 Asola 247 1082 560 522 160 71 89 110 184 615 351 264 374 371 3 708

8 Hingna 536120 Sawangi 152 644 330 314 82 39 43 97 86 475 252 223 302 292 10 342

6 Hingna 536032 Chicholi 204 930 480 450 105 56 49 120 142 679 372 307 442 437 5 488

7 Nagpur (Rural) 535936 Tarsi 112 453 237 216 68 41 27 33 271 320 167 153 282 53 229 171

4 Nagpur (Rural) 535868 Ghogali 123 502 254 248 66 34 32 135 16 381 200 181 191 182 9 311

5 Nagpur (Rural) 535949 Mangli 61 271 131 140 39 20 19 75 107 200 99 101 159 157 2 112

Total 899 3882 1992 1890 520 261 259 570 806 2670 1441 1229 1750 1492 258 2132

3-5 km

Nagpur district

9 Hingna 536027 Ghodeghat 144 556 298 258 64 31 33 22 189 409 239 170 324 269 55 232

10 Hingna 536011 Bhansoli 91 466 236 230 44 25 19 56 290 384 196 188 168 162 6 298

11 Hingna 536117 Kohala 52 165 103 62 31 19 12 6 113 58 43 15 69 45 24 96

12 Hingna 536031 Haladgaon 124 495 260 235 44 21 23 72 165 366 205 161 284 264 20 211

13 Nagpur (Rural) 535952 Chimanzari 60 255 124 131 25 15 10 18 172 179 92 87 126 72 54 129

14 Nagpur (Rural) 535946 Bamhani 261 1111 566 545 89 43 46 331 115 871 468 403 555 471 84 556

15 Nagpur (Rural) 535937 Borkhedi 556 2436 1231 1205 365 182 183 510 398 1583 895 688 1125 970 155 1311

16 Nagpur (Rural) 535913 Junapani 15 63 34 29 2 1 1 0 61 47 28 19 30 30 0 33

17 Nagpur (Rural) 535932

Khapari Subhedar 78 349 175 174 40 21 19 0 47 249 126 123 215 214 1 134

Total 1381 5896 3027 2869 704 358 346 1015 1550 4146 2292 1854 2896 2497 399 3000




Village No_HH

TOT_P

TOT_M

TOT_F

P_06

M_06

F_06

P_SC


MAINWORK_P

MARGWORK_P

NON_WORK_P

5- 10 km

18 Hingna 536010 Mandawa 245 840 483 357 87 45 42 167 491 516 337 179 615 600 15 225

19 Hingna 536121 Bhansuli 104 398 226 172 59 30 29 2 133 271 163 108 157 156 1 241

20 Hingna 536103 Tembhari 423 1556 850 706 297 151 146 279 76 1190 674 516 593 557 36 963

22 Hingna 536005 Devali 243 1181 618 563 119 64 55 165 572 857 484 373 651 366 285 530

23 Hingna 536026 Khairi kh 81 348 182 166 39 14 25 76 170 241 131 110 219 219 0 129

24 Hingna 536024 Dhokarda 180 752 361 391 92 44 48 0 203 534 277 257 411 410 1 341

25 Hingna 536029 Ajangaon 189 751 364 387 109 53 56 6 249 459 238 221 429 139 290 322

26 Hingna 536050 Mohgaon 375 1653 842 811 183 107 76 327 548 1206 647 559 844 696 148 809

27 Hingna 536110 Pipri 190 761 409 352 112 55 57 93 385 552 322 230 418 339 79 343

28 Hingna 536129 Takalghat (CT) 2947

11363 6210

5153

1398

751 647

2506 644 8913 5091 3822 5089 4064 1025 6274

29 Hingna 536106 Khapa 304 1128 650 478 154 96 58 54 5 916 510 406 380 377 3 748

30 Hingna 536107 Umari 37 145 77 68 25 16 9 24 19 100 51 49 54 11 43 91

31 Hingna 536095 Devalipeth 11 35 19 16 3 1 2 9 17 22 14 8 22 22 0 13

32 Hingna 536092 Sukali (Gharpure) 122 498 259 239 66 38 28 7 147 361 196 165 320 284 36 178

21 Nagpur (Rural) 535879 Khapari 834 3595 1825

1770 413

213 200 773 262 2883 1515 1368 1259 1131 128 2336

33 Nagpur (Rural) 535963 Jasapur 80 351 174 177 34 12 22 33 36 272 153 119 189 188 1 162

34 Nagpur (Rural) 535962 Tamaswadi 83 341 159 182 47 22 25 49 42 234 119 115 209 205 4 132

35 Nagpur (Rural) 535957 Kharda 41 178 87 91 21 12 9 12 34 137 73 64 108 89 19 70

36 Nagpur (Rural) 535958 Chichkotha 25 105 49 56 13 6 7 11 94 76 39 37 72 40 32 33

37 Nagpur (Rural) 535960

Sonegaon (lodhi) 236 1030 532 498 106 59 47 161 280 770 421 349 619 534 85 411

38 Nagpur (Rural) 535969 Bori (CT) 2896 12072 6307 5765 1656 866 790 1860 1004 9504 5128 4376 4454 3525 929 7618

39 Nagpur (Rural) 535909 Bothali 107 484 239 245 60 24 36 35 278 338 180 158 246 240 6 238

40 Nagpur (Rural) 535953 Tembhari 85 396 202 194 43 22 21 79 66 331 171 160 189 179 10 207

41 Nagpur (Rural) 535944 Rama 297 1336 663 673 161 82 79 57 124 898 482 416 712 698 14 624




Village No_HH

TOT_P

TOT_M

TOT_F

P_06

M_06

F_06

P_SC


MAINWORK_P

MARGWORK_P

NON_WORK_P

42 Nagpur (Rural) 535945 Alagondi 107 480 243 237 40 18 22 43 11 368 204 164 308 292 16 172

43 Wardha 534058 Dorli 37 144 73 71 17 9 8 35 30 105 55 50 90 90 0 54

44 Seloo 534014 Borgaon 60 263 127 136 27 14 13 6 199 199 100 99 160 159 1 103

45 Seloo 533976 Somalgad 4 17 9 8 2 1 1 0 15 8 4 4 9 9 0 8

46 Seloo 533977 Seldoh 399 1771 882 889 186 86 100 84 394 1340 717 623 919 877 42 852

47 Seloo 534015 Hiwara 19 82 45 37 5 3 2 0 40 59 34 25 59 55 4 23

48 Seloo 534018 Pipra 26 102 52 50 9 4 5 95 0 90 48 42 57 56 1 45

49 Seloo 802695 Sindi (M Cl) 2938 12858 6598

6260 1312

663 649

1546 970 10208 5563 4645 5350 4542 808 7508

50 Seloo 534042 Digraj 195 889 456 433 116 65 51 180 41 664 354 310 558 556 2 331

51 Samudrapur 534535 Salapur 15 70 39 31 7 3 4 69 0 47 29 18 48 48 0 22

52 Samudrapur 534539 Kalamana 90 372 192 180 34 20 14 36 21 262 147 115 237 234 3 135

53 Samudrapur 534537 Vikhani 132 562 312 250 49 28 21 38 220 430 258 172 316 316 0 246

Total 14157 58907 30815 28092 7101 3697 3404 8917 7820 45361 24929 20432 26370 22303 4067 32537

Grand Total 16680 69854 36420 33434 8483 4390 4093 10625 10642 53003 29124 23879 31682 26841 4841 38172

No_ HH : Number of household TOT_P : Total population TOT_M : Total male TOT_F : Total female P_06 : Population 0-6 age group

M_06 : Male population 0-6 age group F_06 : Female population 0-6 age group P_SC : Population scheduled cast

P_ST : Population scheduled tribe P_LIT : Population Literate

M_LIT : Male Literate F_LIT : Female Literate TOT_WORK_P : Total worker population

MAINWORK_P : Main worker population MARGWORK_P : Marginal worker population

NON_WORK_F : Non worker population


Annexure-V Infrastructure Details AN-V-1

Infrastructure Details

SR. NO VILL_NAME EDUCATION MEDICAL WATER COMMNICATION TRANSPORTATION ROAD POWER

0-1 km

1 Dhawalpeth P NA W, TW, HP NA BS PR EA

2 Dudha P NA W, HP PH NA PR EA

1-3 km

3 Asola P, M NA T, W, HP PH BS PR EA

4 Ghogali P NA NA NA NA NA NA

5 Mangli P NA W, HP NA NA MR ED, EAG, EA

6 Chicholi NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

7 Tarsi P NA W, TW, HP NA NA PR EA

8 Sawangi P, M, S NA T, W, HP PO, PH BS PR EA

3-5 km

9 Ghodeghat P, M NA T, W, HP NA NA MR EA

10 Bhansoli P NA T, W, TK, HP PH BS PR EA

11 Kohala NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

12 Haladgaon P NA T, W, HP NA BS PR EA

13 Chimanzari P NA W, HP NA NA PR EAG, EO

14 Bamhani P, M NA W, HP PH BS PR EA

15 Borkhedi P(2), M(2), S NA W, HP PH(5) BS PR EA

16 Junapani NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

17 Khapari Subhedar P NA W, HP NA BS MR ED

5- 10 km

18 Mandawa P NA W, HP PH NA PR EA

19 Bhansuli P, M NA T, HP NA NA MR EA

20 Tembhari P, M NA W, TK, HP NA BS PR ED

21 Khapari (Gandhi) P NA W, HP PH BS PR ED, EAG




22 Devali P NA W NA NA MR EA

23 Khairi kh P NA T, W, HP NA NA MR ED, EAG

24 Dhokarda P, M NA T, W, HP, C NA NA PR EA

25 Ajangaon P NA T, W, HP NA NA MR EA

26 Mohgaon P NA W, HP PH(4) BS PR EA

27 Pipri P, M NA W, HP NA NA MR EA

28 Takalghat P(2), M(2), S(2)

MCW, PHC, FWC, TBC, CHW(4), OC

T, W, TK, HP, R PO, PH(14) BS PR EA

29 Khapa NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

30 Umari NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

31 Devalipeth NA NA W, HP, R PH NA MR EA

32 Sukali (Gharpure) P NA W, TK PH BS PR EA

33 Jasapur P NA W, HP NA BS PR EAG

34 Tamaswadi NA NA W, TW, HP NA BS PR NA

35 Kharda NA NA W, TW, HP PH NA PR EA

36 Chichkotha P NA W, HP NA NA MR ED, EAG

37 Sonegaon (lodhi) P NA W, HP NA BS PR EAG, EO

38 Bori P(8),(4), S(4), SSC(2), C, I

FWC, CHW(4), OC(5)

T, W, TK, HP, R PO, PH(350) BS, RS PR EA

39 Bothali NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

40 Tembhari P NA T, W, HP NA NA PR EA

41 Rama P, M NA W, HP PO, PH BS PR EA

42 Alagondi P NA W, HP PH BS PR EA

43 Dorli NA NA NA NA NA MR NA

44 Borgaon P, M, AC PHS, FWC, NH T, W, HP PO, PH(11) BS PR EA

45 Somalgad NA NA W, TW NA NA PR EA

46 Seldoh P, M, S, AC PHS, TBC, RMP, CHW T, W, TK, HP PO, PH(28) BS PR EA

47 Hiwara NA NA W, HP, C PH NA PR EA




48 Pipra NA NA W, HP NA NA PR EA

49 Digraj P PHS W, HP NA NA PR EA

50 Salapur NA NA W, HP PH BS MR ED, EAG

51 Kalamana P FWC, TBC T, W, TW, HP, C PH(5) BS MR EA

52 Vikhani P, M NA T, W, TK, HP PH(2) NA PR EA

ABB:

EDUCATION

P PRIMARY SCHOOL WATER

M MIDDLE SCHOOL T TAP

S SECONDARY SCHOOL W WELL

SSC SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TK TANK

C COLLEGE TW TUBEWELL

IND_SCH INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL HP HANDPUMP

ADLT_LT_CT ADULT LITERACY CENTRE R RIVER

C CANAL

MEDICAL COMMNICATION

D HOSPITAL PO POST OFFICE

HA AYURVEDI HOSPITAL PH PHONE

HU UNANI HOSPITAL TRANSPORTATION

DA ALLOPATHIC DISPENSERY BS BUS

DU DISPENSARY UNANI RS RAILWAY STATION

DH DISPENSARY HOMEOPATHIC

MCW MATERNITY & CHILD WELFARE CENTRE ROAD

H HEALTH CENTRE

PH PRIMARY HEALTH CENTRE PR PAVED ROAD

PHS PRIMARY HEALTH SUB CENTRE MR MUD ROAD

FWC FAMILY WELFARE CENTRE POWER



TBC TB CLINIC ED ELECTRICITY FOR DOMESTIC PURPOSE

N NURSING HOME EAG ELECTRICITY FOR AGRICULTURE PURPOSE

RMP RAGISTERED MEDICAL PRACTITIONER EO ELECTRICITY FOR OTHER PURPOSE

SMP SUBSIDIZED MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS EA ELECTRICITY FOR ALL

CHW COMMUNITY HEALTH WORKER

O OTHER CENTRE


Annexure-VI Landuse Details AN-VI-1

Landuse Details

Sr. No VILLAGE LAND_FOREST IRRIGATED UNIRRIGATED CULTIWABLE WASTE AREA NOT AVAILABLE FOR CULTIVATION TOTAL AREA IN HA

0-1 km

1 Dhawalpeth 0 4.4 213.3 136.59 98.55 452.84

2 Dudha 0 13.8 304.5 94.66 108.33 521.29

Total 0 18.2 517.8 231.25 206.88 974.13

1-3 km

3 Asola 0 9.64 601.9 35 33.86 680.4

4 Ghogali 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 Mangli 0 22.45 300.3 10.88 24.89 358.52

6 Chicholi 0 0 0 0 0 0

7 Tarsi 0 2.62 372.1 167.84 111.77 654.33

8 Sawangi 0 58.8 232.69 113.92 8.7 414.11

Total 0 93.51 1506.99 327.64 179.22 2107.36

3-5 km

9 Ghodeghat 0 45.15 278.05 177.37 16.57 517.14

10 Bhansoli 0 30.23 260 50 76.24 416.47

11 Kohala 0 0 0 0 0 0.00

12 Chimanzari 0 11.65 371.85 55.3 144.86 583.66

13 Bamhani 0 14.2 297.7 146.31 38.46 496.67

14 Borkhedi 0 0.83 359.28 159.67 71.53 591.31

15 Junapani 0 0 0 0 0 0.00

16 Khapari Subhedar 0 2.4 280.1 0 44.15 326.65

17 Haladgaon 0 29.25 390.6 149.18 12.36 581.39

Total 0.00 133.71 2237.58 737.83 404.17 3513.29 5-10 km

18 Mandawa 0 5.9 693.57 0 14.85 714.32

19 Bhansuli 0 14.7 322.2 13.17 10.46 360.53

20 Tembhari 0 0 0 28.18 221.68 249.86

21 Khapari (Gandhi) 28.93 30 212.2 18.05 20.4 309.58

22 Devali 0 5.5 140 29.1 10.67 185.27

23 Khairi kh 90.64 10.4 460.2 35.58 30.95 627.77

24 Dhokarda 139.21 41.28 201.6 0 6.37 388.46

25 Ajangaon 0 38.93 119.99 252.65 5.96 417.53

26 Mohgaon 0 6.85 176.1 96.56 49.63 329.14

27 Pipri 0 59.24 77.01 0 45.57 181.82

28 Takalghat 0 59.34 353.38 10 9 431.72

29 Khapa 0 0 0 0 0 0


Annexure-VI Landuse Details AN-VI-2

Sr. No VILLAGE LAND_FOREST IRRIGATED UNIRRIGATED CULTIWABLE WASTE AREA NOT AVAILABLE FOR CULTIVATION TOTAL AREA IN HA

30 Umari 0 0 0 0 0 0

31 Devalipeth 0 18.8 221.12 38.2 31.79 309.91

32 Sukali (Gharpure) 0 31.4 292.36 40.4 47.32 411.48

33 Jasapur 0 2.95 185 19.12 26.8 233.87

34 Tamaswadi 0 0 224.23 29.04 41 294.27

35 Kharda 0 0 442.19 107.14 28.96 578.29

36 Chichkotha 0 8 118.5 22.95 28.23 177.68

37 Sonegaon (lodhi) 0 16.35 358.65 72.23 71.47 518.7

38 Bori 0 8.76 269.42 183.98 378.31 840.47

39 Bothali 0 0 0 0 0 0

40 Tembhari 0 22.5 171.5 71.38 55.44 320.82

41 Rama 0 23.05 652.5 81.82 145.43 902.8

42 Alagondi 0 34.75 395 44.32 69.34 543.41

43 Dorli 25.49471895 13.35437659 200.3156489 0 2.72753025 241.8922747

44 Borgaon 2.193355186 41.47950306 385.4558699 21.08372789 89.54716523 539.7596212

45 Somalgad 86.96531909 23.06665048 139.3630367 66.71118126 16.74557889 332.8517664

46 Seldoh 103.78374 105.1151309 580.3083647 39.10808951 22.30585569 850.6211809

47 Hiwara 46.13330096 25.69705799 0 309 0 380.8303589

48 Pipra 44.51458864 51.79879406 219.7401967 21.04326009 46.73222452 383.829064

49 Digraj 27.51810934 53.41750637 448 0 0 528.9356157

50 Salapur 0 13.26130064 208.51038 25.64444984 32.45922868 279.8753592

51 Kalamana 0 15.17542795 265.165311 4.046780786 40.46780786 324.8553276

52 Vikhani 36.01634899 14.1111246 325.5635142 71.52685039 50.56047914 497.7783173

Total 631.3994812 795.1768726 8859.142322 1752.03434 1651.17587 13688.92889

Grand Total 631.40 1040.60 13121.51 3048.75 2441.45 20283.71


Annexure-VII PH Attendance Sheet AN-VII-1


Annexure-VIII PH Advertisement AN-VIII-1


Annexure-VIII PH Advertisement AN-VIII-2


Annexure-IX PH Panel AN-IX-1


Annexure-IX PH Panel AN-IX-2

for - welcome to environmentenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/eia/29092015egp2qxex... ·...

Documents